UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
x
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
or
¨
Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File Number 1-12815
CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON COMPANY N.V.
Incorporated in The Netherlands IRS Identification Number: not applicable
Oostduinlaan 75
2596 JJ The Hague
The Netherlands
31-70-3732010
(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class:
 
Name of each exchange on which registered:
Common Stock; Euro .01 par value
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: none
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES   x     NO   ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    YES   ¨     NO   x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES   x     NO   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YES   x     NO   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
x
Accelerated filer
o
Non-accelerated filer
o   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    YES   ¨     NO   x
Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates, based on a New York Stock Exchange closing price of $59.66 as of June 28, 2013 was $6,399,208 .
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of February 18, 2014 was 107,331,077 .
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the 2014 Proxy Statement for the annual general meeting of shareholders to be held April 30, 2014 Part III
 



CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON COMPANY N.V.
Table of Contents
 
 
 
Page
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Item 15.

2

Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Business
Founded in 1889, Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. (“CB&I” or “the Company”), a Netherlands company, provides a wide range of services, including conceptual design, technology, engineering, procurement, fabrication, modularization, construction, commissioning, maintenance, program management and environmental services to customers in the energy infrastructure market throughout the world, and is a provider of diversified government services. Our stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “CBI.” With more than a century of experience and approximately 56,000 employees worldwide, we capitalize on our global expertise and local knowledge to safely and reliably deliver projects virtually anywhere. At a given point in time, we have active projects in process in more than 70 countries.
Recent Acquisitions
The Shaw Group Inc. (“Shaw”) . As more fully described in Note 4 to our Consolidated Financial Statements (“Financial Statements”), on July 30, 2012, we entered into a definitive agreement (the “Acquisition Agreement”) to acquire Shaw (the “Shaw Acquisition”). On February 13, 2013 (the “Acquisition Closing Date”), we completed the Shaw Acquisition for a gross purchase price of approximately $3.4 billion , comprised of approximately $2.9 billion in cash consideration and approximately $488.8 million in equity consideration. The cash consideration was funded using approximately $1.1 billion from existing cash balances of CB&I and Shaw on the Acquisition Closing Date, and the remainder was funded using debt financing as further described in Note 10 to our Financial Statements. Shaw's unrestricted cash balance on the Acquisition Closing Date totaled approximately $1.2 billion , and accordingly, the cash portion of our purchase price, net of cash acquired, was approximately $1.7 billion and our total purchase price, net of cash acquired, was approximately $2.2 billion . The acquired Shaw operations previously provided services through the following four segments:
Power . Power provides a range of services, including design, engineering, construction and procurement ("EPC"), technology and consulting services, primarily to the fossil and nuclear power generation industries.
Plant Services . Plant Services provides electric power refueling outage maintenance, turnaround maintenance, routine maintenance, offshore maintenance, modifications, capital construction, reliability engineering, plant engineering, plant support and specialty services. Additionally, Plant Services provides services to restore, rebuild, repair, renovate and modify industrial and electric power generation facilities, and offers predictive and preventive maintenance services.
Fabrication & Manufacturing ("F&M"). F&M provides fabricated piping systems and process and nuclear modules, primarily to the electric power, petrochemical and refinery industries, supporting both external customers and other internal segments.
Environmental & Infrastructure (“E&I”). E&I provides full-scale environmental and infrastructure services for government and private-sector clients around the world. These services include program and project management, design-build engineering and construction, sustainability and energy efficiency, remediation and restoration, science and technology, facilities management and emergency response and disaster recovery.
Each of the above Shaw segments have been incorporated into our expanded operating groups, which represent our reportable segments, as described in the Segment Financial Information section below.
Other Acquisitions. On May 17, 2013, we acquired a coal gasification technology ("E-Gas") for cash consideration of approximately $60.8 million , primarily consisting of process technology intangible assets. This acquired business has been incorporated into our Technology operating group.
Segment Financial Information
In conjunction with the aforementioned Shaw Acquisition, beginning in the first quarter of 2013, our management structure and internal and public segment reporting was aligned based upon the expanded services offered by the following four operating groups:
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance. Engineering, Construction and Maintenance provides EPC for major energy infrastructure facilities, as well as comprehensive and integrated maintenance services, and includes our Oil and Gas business unit (formerly our Project Engineering and Construction segment) and Shaw's former Power and Plant Services segments. Projects for this operating group include nuclear, fossil and renewable electric generating plants for the power industry, and upstream and downstream process facilities for the oil and gas industry, such as refinery process units and petrochemical facilities, as well as Liquefied Natural Gas ("LNG") liquefaction and regasification terminals. Customers include international energy companies such as Chevron, ExxonMobil, and Occidental Petroleum; national energy companies such as Ecopetrol (Colombia), Statoil (Norway) and Exelon (United States ("U.S.")); and regional energy companies such as Williams (U.S.), Duke Energy (U.S.), and Entergy (U.S.). Effective January 1, 2013, the backlog and operating results of our large LNG

3

Table of Contents

mechanical erection project in the Asia Pacific region that was previously reported within our former Steel Plate Structures segment (currently within our Fabrication Services operating group) are reported within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group to align with our current operating structure.
Fabrication Services. Fabrication Services provides fabrication of piping systems, process and nuclear modules, and fabrication and erection of storage tanks and pressure vessels for the oil and gas, petrochemicals, water and wastewater, mining, mineral processing and power generation industries. This operating group includes our Steel Plate Structures business unit (formerly our Steel Plate Structures segment) and Shaw's former F&M segment. Projects for this operating group include above ground storage tanks, LNG tanks, pressure vessels, elevated water storage tanks, other specialty structures, such as nuclear containment vessels and process and nuclear modules, as well as fabrication of piping and structural steel, induction bending and module prefabrication and assembly. Customers include international energy companies such as Chevron, ChevronPhillips, ConocoPhillips, Dow, ExxonMobil, and Shell; national energy companies such as ADNOC (Abu Dhabi) and CNOOC (China); regional refiners, chemical, and gas processing companies such as Flint Hills, Sunoco, and Suncor; terminal operators such as Kinder Morgan and Oiltanking; mining and mineral processing companies such as BHP and Alcoa, and the general power industry. As discussed above, effective January 1, 2013, the backlog and operating results of our large LNG mechanical erection project in the Asia Pacific region that was previously reported within our former Steel Plate Structures segment are now reported within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group.
Technology . Technology provides licensed process technologies, catalysts, specialized equipment and engineered products for use in petrochemical facilities, oil refineries, coal gasification plants and gas processing plants and offers process planning and project development services, and a comprehensive program of aftermarket support. This operating group primarily consists of our former Lummus Technology segment. Customers include international energy companies such as Shell and ExxonMobil; national energy companies such as Pemex (Mexico), CNOOC (China), Rosneft (Russia); petrochemical companies such as Westlake Petrochemicals, Occidental, Reliance Industries and regional companies such as IRPC (Thailand), GS Caltex (Korea) and Chandra Asri (Indonesia).
Government Solutions . Government Solutions provides design-build infrastructure projects for federal, state and local governments, design-build services for marine and transportation projects, and full-scale environmental services for government and private sector clients, including remediation and restoration of contaminated sites, emergency response, and disaster recovery. This operating group primarily consists of Shaw's former E&I segment. Customers include U.S. Federal departments and agencies such as the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE), U.S. Department of Defense (DOD), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), as well as U.S. state and local governments and a variety of non-governmental customers.
Segment financial information by operating group can be found under “Results of Operations” within Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in Note 18 within Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Competitive Strengths
Our core competencies, which we believe are significant competitive strengths, include:
Strong Health, Safety and Environmental (“HSE”) Performance. Because of our long and outstanding safety record, we are sometimes invited to bid on projects for which other competitors do not qualify. Our HSE performance also translates directly to lower costs and reduced risk to our employees, subcontractors and customers. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the national Lost Workday Case Incidence Rate for construction companies similar to CB&I was 0.7  per 100 full-time employees for 2012 (the latest reported year), while our rate for 2013 was only 0.05  per 100 employees.
Worldwide Record of Excellence. We have an established record as a leader in the international engineering and construction industry by providing consistently superior project performance for more than a century.
Global Execution Capabilities. With a network of approximately 200 sales and operations offices around the world, established supplier relationships and available workforces, we have the ability to rapidly mobilize personnel, materials and equipment to execute projects in locations ranging from highly industrialized countries to some of the world’s most remote regions. Additionally, due primarily to our long-standing presence in numerous markets around the world, we have a prominent position as a local direct hire contractor in global energy and industrial markets.
EPC Project Execution Capabilities. We are one of the few EPC contractors that has self perform construction capability in the U.S. and worldwide. In addition, our world class piping fabrication facilities around the world are unique in the EPC contractor industry. These are key elements of our project delivery model that provides our customers lower costs and schedule assurance due to our ability to directly perform and control the critical path activities of most projects. This provides us with a competitive advantage over other EPC contractors that operate in our space.

4

Table of Contents

Modular Fabrication. We are one of the few EPC contractors and process technology providers with fabrication facilities, which allow us to offer customers the option of modular construction, when feasible. In contrast to traditional on-site “stick built” construction, modular construction enables modules to be built within a tightly monitored shop environment which allows us to, among other things, better control quality, minimize weather delays and expedite schedules. Once completed, the modules are shipped to and assembled at the project site.
Licensed Technologies. We offer a broad, state-of-the-art portfolio of hydrocarbon refining, petrochemical and gas processing technologies. Our ability to provide licensed technologies sets us apart from our competitors and presents opportunities for increased profitability. Combining technology with EPC capabilities strengthens our presence throughout the project life cycle, allowing us to capture additional market share in higher margin growth markets.
Recognized Expertise. Our in-house engineering team includes internationally recognized experts in a broad range of energy infrastructure fields, including processes and facilities related to oil and gas production, LNG, refining, petrochemicals, gas processing, power generation, modular design and fabrication, cryogenic storage and processing, and bulk liquid storage and systems. Several of our senior engineers are long-standing members of committees that have helped develop worldwide standards for storage structures and process vessels for the oil and gas industry, including the American Petroleum Institute and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
Strong Focus on Project Risk Management. We are experienced in managing the risk associated with bidding and executing complex projects. Our position as an integrated EPC service provider allows us to execute global projects on a competitively bid and negotiated basis. We offer our customers a range of contracting options, including cost-reimbursable, fixed-price and hybrid, which has both cost-reimbursable and fixed-price characteristics.
Management Team with Extensive Engineering and Construction Industry Experience. Members of our senior leadership team have an average of 30 years of experience in the energy infrastructure industry.
Growth Strategy
We anticipate that our near-term growth will primarily be derived organically from our existing end markets and from our recent Shaw Acquisition. Combining CB&I and Shaw has created one of the most complete energy focused companies in the world, with the ability to provide technology, engineering, procurement, fabrication, construction, maintenance, and associated services. The Shaw Acquisition increases our skilled resources, expands our services into energy growth areas, including power generation, and provides non-energy related diversification through our Government Solutions operating group. With increased critical mass, CB&I will also have an even greater ability to compete for and execute the largest energy infrastructure projects. On an opportunistic and strategic basis, we may pursue further growth through selective acquisitions of additional businesses, technologies, or assets that meet our stringent acquisition criteria and will expand or complement our current portfolio of services.
Competition
We operate in a competitive environment. Technology performance, price, timeliness of completion, quality, safety record and reputation are principal competitive factors within our industry. There are numerous regional, national and global competitors that offer similar services to those offered by each of our operating groups.
Marketing and Customers
We contract directly with hundreds of customers in the energy, petrochemical, natural resource, power and government services industries. We rely primarily on direct contact between our technically qualified sales and engineering staff and our customers’ engineering and contracting departments. Dedicated sales employees are located in offices throughout the world.
Our significant customers are primarily in the hydrocarbon and power generation industries and include major petroleum and petrochemical companies (see the “Segment Financial Information” section above for a representative listing of our customers by operating group). We have had longstanding relationships with many of our significant customers; however, we are not dependent upon any single customer on an ongoing basis and do not believe the loss of any single customer would have a material adverse effect on our business. For 2013 , revenue from our mechanical erection and tank projects in the Asia Pacific region for Gorgon LNG was approximately $1.2 billion (approximately 11% of our total 2013 revenue). For 2012 and 2011 , revenue from our Colombian refinery project for Reficar was approximately $915.0 million (approximately 17% of our total 2012 revenue) and $690.9 million (approximately 15% of our total 2011 revenue), respectively.

5

Table of Contents

Backlog
At December 31, 2013 , we had a backlog of work to be completed on contracts of approximately $27.8 billion , compared with $10.9 billion at December 31, 2012 . Our 2013 backlog reflected the impact of approximately $16.8 billion acquired in connection with the Shaw Acquisition. The geographic mix of our backlog and revenue is primarily dependent upon global energy demand, and at December 31, 2013 and for the year then ended, approximately 30% and 55% of our backlog and revenue, respectively, was derived from projects outside the U.S. In addition, due to the nature of projects for our Government Solutions operating group, where legislatures typically appropriate funds on a year-by-year basis while contract performance may take more than one year, approximately $1.2 billion of our backlog at December 31, 2013 was for contractual commitments that are subject to future funding decisions. Due to the timing of awards and the long-term nature of some of our projects, approximately 60% to 65% of our December 31, 2013 backlog is anticipated to be recognized as revenue beyond 2014 . For further discussion of our backlog, see the applicable risk factor in Item 1A “Risk Factors” and the “Overview” section of Item 7.
Types of Contracts
Our contracts are awarded on a competitive bid and negotiated basis. We offer our customers a range of contracting options, including cost-reimbursable, fixed-price and hybrid, which has both cost-reimbursable and fixed-price characteristics. Each contract is designed to optimize the balance between risk and reward.
Raw Materials and Suppliers
The principal raw materials we use are metal plate, structural steel, pipe, fittings, catalysts, proprietary equipment and selected engineered equipment such as pressure vessels, exchangers, pumps, valves, compressors, motors and electrical and instrumentation components. Most of these materials are available from numerous suppliers worldwide, with some furnished under negotiated supply agreements. We anticipate being able to obtain these materials for the foreseeable future; however, the price, availability and schedule validities offered by our suppliers may vary significantly from year to year due to various factors, including supplier consolidations, supplier raw material shortages and costs, surcharges, supplier capacity, customer demand, market conditions, and any duties and tariffs imposed on the materials.
We use subcontractors where it assists us in meeting customer requirements with regard to resources, schedule, cost or technical expertise. These subcontractors may range from small local entities to companies with global capabilities, some of which may be utilized on a repetitive or preferred basis. To the extent necessary, we anticipate being able to locate and contract with qualified subcontractors in all global areas where we do business.
Environmental Matters
Our operations are subject to extensive and changing U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, as well as the laws of other countries, that establish health and environmental quality standards. These standards, among others, relate to air and water pollutants and the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. We are exposed to potential liability for personal injury or property damage caused by any release, spill, exposure or other accident involving such pollutants, substances or wastes.
In connection with the historical operation of our facilities, including those associated with acquired operations, substances which currently are or might be considered hazardous were used or disposed of at some sites that will or may require us to make expenditures for remediation. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify parties from whom we have purchased or to whom we have sold facilities, for certain environmental liabilities arising from acts occurring before the dates those facilities were transferred.
We believe we are in compliance, in all material respects, with environmental laws and regulations and maintain insurance coverage to mitigate our exposure to environmental liabilities. We do not believe any environmental matters will have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flow. We do not anticipate we will incur material capital expenditures for environmental controls or for the investigation or remediation of environmental conditions during 2014 or 2015 .
Patents
We have numerous active patents and patent applications throughout the world, the majority of which are associated with technologies licensed by our Technology operating group. However, no individual patent is so essential that its loss would materially affect our business.

6

Table of Contents

Employees
At December 31, 2013 , we employed approximately 55,900 persons worldwide, comprised of approximately 21,400 salaried employees and approximately 34,500 hourly and craft employees. Our number of employees, particularly hourly and craft, varies in relation to the location, number and size of projects we have in process at any given time. To preserve our project management and technological expertise as core competencies, we continuously recruit and develop qualified personnel, and maintain ongoing training programs for all our key personnel.
The percentage of our employees represented by unions for 2013 was approximately 20% to 25% . We have agreements, which generally extend up to 5 years, with various unions representing groups of employees at project sites in the U.S., Canada, Australia and various other countries. We enjoy good relations with our unions and have not experienced a significant work stoppage in any of our facilities for more than a decade.
Available Information
We make available our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), free of charge through our internet website at www.cbi.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
The public may read and copy any materials we file with or furnish to the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains our electronic filings at www.sec.gov .
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Any of the following risks (which are not the only risks we face) could have material adverse effects on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flow:
Our Business is Dependent upon Major Construction and Service Contracts, the Unpredictable Timing of Which May Result in Significant Fluctuations in our Cash Flow due to the Timing of Receipt of Payment Under the Contracts.
Our cash flow is dependent upon obtaining major construction and service contracts primarily for work in the energy, petrochemical, natural resource, power and government services markets throughout the world, especially in cyclical industries such as hydrocarbon refining, petrochemical, and natural gas. The timing of or failure to obtain contracts, delays in awards of contracts, cancellations of contracts, delays in completion of contracts, or failure to obtain timely payment from our customers, could result in significant periodic fluctuations in our cash flow. In addition, many of our contracts require us to satisfy specific progress or performance milestones in order to receive payment from the customer. As a result, we may incur significant costs for engineering, materials, components, equipment, labor or subcontractors prior to receipt of payment from a customer. Such expenditures could reduce our cash flow and necessitate borrowings under our credit facilities.
The Nature of Our Primary Contracting Terms for Our Long-Term Contracts, Including Cost-Reimbursable and Fixed-Price or a Combination Thereof, Could Adversely Affect Our Operating Results.
We offer our customers a range of contracting options for our long-term contracts, including cost-reimbursable, fixed price and hybrid, which has both cost-reimbursable and fixed-price characteristics. Under cost-reimbursable contracts, we generally perform our services in exchange for a price that consists of reimbursement of all customer-approved costs and a profit component, which is typically a fixed rate per hour, an overall fixed fee, or a percentage of total reimbursable costs. If we are unable to obtain proper reimbursement for all costs incurred due to improper estimates, performance issues, customer disputes, or any of the additional factors noted below for fixed-price contracts, the project may be less profitable than we expect. Under fixed-price contracts, we perform our services and execute our projects at an established price and, as a result, benefit from cost savings, but may be unable to recover any cost overruns. If we do not execute a contract within our cost estimates, we may incur losses or the project may be less profitable than we expected. The revenue, cost and gross profit realized on such contracts can vary, sometimes substantially, from the original projections due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:
costs incurred in connection with modifications to a contract that may be unapproved by the customer as to scope, schedule, and/or price (“unapproved change orders”);
unanticipated costs or claims, including costs for project modifications, customer-caused delays, errors or changes in specifications or designs, or contract termination;
unanticipated technical problems with the structures, equipment or systems we supply;
failure to properly estimate costs of engineering, materials, components, equipment, labor or subcontractors;

7

Table of Contents

changes in the costs of engineering, materials, components, equipment, labor or subcontractors;
changes in labor conditions, including the availability and productivity of labor;
productivity and other delays caused by weather conditions;
failure of our suppliers or subcontractors to perform;
difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals;
changes in laws and regulations; and
changes in general economic conditions.
Our hybrid contracts can have a combination of the risk factors described above for our fixed-price and cost-reimbursable contracts.
These risks are exacerbated for projects with long-term durations because there is an increased risk that the circumstances upon which we based our original estimates will change in a manner that increases costs. In addition, we sometimes bear the risk of delays caused by unexpected conditions or events. To the extent there are future cost increases that we cannot recover from our customers. alliance partners, suppliers or subcontractors, the outcome could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
Furthermore, revenue and gross profit from our contracts can be affected by contract incentives or penalties that may not be known or finalized until the later stages of the contract term. Some of these contracts provide for the customer’s review of our accounting and cost control systems to verify the completeness and accuracy of the reimbursable costs invoiced. These reviews could result in reductions in reimbursable costs and labor rates previously billed to the customer.
The cumulative impact of revisions in total cost estimates during the progress of work is reflected in the period in which these changes become known, including, to the extent required, the reversal of profit recognized in prior periods and the recognition of losses expected to be incurred on contracts in progress. Due to the various estimates inherent in our contract accounting, actual results could differ from those estimates.
Our Billed and Unbilled Revenue May Be Exposed to Potential Risk if a Project is Terminated Or Canceled Or if Our Customers Encounter Financial Difficulties.
Our contracts often require us to satisfy or achieve certain milestones in order to receive payment for the work performed. As a result, under these types of arrangements, we may incur significant costs or perform significant amounts of services prior to receipt of payment. If the customer does not to proceed with the completion of the project or if the customer defaults on its payment obligations, we may face difficulties in collecting payment of amounts due to us for the costs previously incurred. In addition, many of our customers for large EPC projects are project-specific entities that do not have significant assets other than their interests in the EPC project. It may be difficult to collect amounts owed to us by these customers. If we are unable to collect amounts owed to us, this would have an adverse effect on our future results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
We May Not Be Able to Fully Realize the Revenue Value Reported in Our Backlog.
At December 31, 2013 , we had a backlog of work to be completed on contracts of approximately $27.8 billion . Backlog develops as a result of new awards, which represent the revenue value of new project commitments received by us during a given period, including legally binding commitments without a defined scope. Commitments may be in the form of written contracts, purchase orders or indications of the amounts of time and materials we need to make available for customers’ anticipated projects. New awards may also include estimated amounts of work to be performed based on customer communication and historic experience and knowledge of our customers’ intentions. Backlog consists of projects which have either not yet been started or are in progress but are not yet complete. In the latter case, the revenue value reported in backlog is the remaining value associated with work that has not yet been completed. The revenue projected in our backlog may not be realized or, if realized, may not be profitable as a result of poor contract performance.
Due to project terminations, suspensions or changes in project scope and schedule, we cannot predict with certainty when or if our backlog will be performed. From time to time, projects are canceled that appeared to have a high certainty of going forward at the time they were recorded as new awards. In the event of a project cancellation, we typically have no contractual right to the total revenue reflected in our backlog. Some of the contracts in our backlog provide for cancellation fees or certain reimbursements in the event customers cancel projects. These cancellation fees usually provide for reimbursement of our out-of-pocket costs, costs associated with work performed prior to cancellation, and, to varying degrees, a percentage of the profit we would have realized had the contract been completed. Although we may be reimbursed for certain costs, we may be unable to recover all direct costs incurred and may incur additional unrecoverable costs due to the resulting under-utilization of our assets.

8

Table of Contents

Our Failure to Meet Contractual Schedule or Performance Requirements Could Adversely Affect Our Revenue and Profitability.
In certain circumstances, we guarantee project completion by a scheduled date or certain performance levels. Failure to meet these schedule or performance requirements could result in a reduction of revenue and additional costs, and these adjustments could exceed projected profit. Project revenue or profit could also be reduced by liquidated damages withheld by customers under contractual penalty provisions, which can be substantial and can accrue on a daily basis. Schedule delays can result in costs exceeding our projections for a particular project. Performance problems for existing and future contracts could cause actual results of operations to differ materially from those previously anticipated and could cause us to suffer damage to our reputation within our industry and our customer base.
Our Government Contracts May Be Subject to Modification or Termination, Which Could Adversely Affect Our Revenue and Profitability.
We are a provider of services to U.S. government agencies and are therefore exposed to risks associated with government contracting. Government agencies typically can terminate or modify contracts with us at their convenience due to budget constraints or various other reasons. As a result, our backlog may be reduced or we may incur a loss if a government agency decides to terminate or modify a contract with us. We are also subject to audits, including audits of our internal control systems, cost reviews and investigations by government contracting oversight agencies. As a result of an audit, the oversight agency may disallow certain costs or withhold a percentage of interim payments. Cost disallowances may result in adjustments to previously reported revenue and may require us to refund a portion of previously collected amounts. In addition, failure to comply with the terms of one or more of our government contracts or government regulations and statutes could result in us being suspended or debarred from future government projects for a significant period of time, possible civil or criminal fines and penalties, the risk of public scrutiny of our performance, and potential harm to our reputation, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Other remedies that government agencies may seek for improper activities or performance issues include sanctions such as forfeiture of profit and suspension of payments.
In addition to the risks noted above, legislatures typically appropriate funds on a year-by-year basis, while contract performance may take more than one year. As a result, contracts with government agencies may be only partially funded or may be terminated, and we may not realize all of the potential revenue and profit from those contracts. Appropriations and the timing of payment may be influenced by, among other things, the state of the economy, competing political priorities, curtailments in the use of government contracting firms, budget constraints, the timing and amount of tax receipts and the overall level of government expenditures.
We Are Exposed to Potential Risks and Uncertainties Associated With Our Use of Partnering Arrangements and Our Subcontracting and Vendor Partner Arrangements to Execute Certain Projects.
In the ordinary course of business, we execute specific projects and conduct certain operations through joint venture, consortium and other collaborative arrangements (collectively referred to as “venture(s)”). We have various ownership interests in these ventures, with such ownership typically being proportionate to our decision-making and distribution rights. The ventures generally contract directly with the third party customer; however, services may be performed directly by the venture, or may be performed by us or our partners, or a combination thereof.
The use of these ventures exposes us to a number of risks, including the risk that our partners may be unable or unwilling to provide their share of capital investment to fund the operations of the venture or to complete their obligations to us, the venture or, ultimately, our customer. This could result in unanticipated costs to complete the project, liquidated damages or contract disputes, including claims against our partners, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
Additionally, we rely on third party partners, equipment manufacturers and third party subcontractors to assist in the completion of our projects. To the extent these parties cannot execute their portion of the work and are unable to deliver their services, equipment or materials according to the contractual terms, or we cannot engage subcontractors or acquire equipment or materials, our ability to complete a project in a timely manner may be impacted. If the amount we are required to pay for these goods and services in an effort to meet our contractual obligations exceeds the amount we have included in the estimates for our work, we could experience project losses or a reduction in estimated profit.
In both the private and public sectors, either acting as a prime contractor, a subcontractor or as a member of a venture, we may join with other firms to form a team to compete for a single contract. Because a team can often offer stronger combined qualifications than any stand-alone company, these teaming arrangements can be very important to the success of a particular contract bid process or proposal. This can be particularly true for larger projects and in geographies in which bidding success can be substantially impacted by the presence and quality of a local partner. The failure to maintain such relationships in both foreign and domestic markets may impact our ability to win additional work.

9

Table of Contents

Intense Competition in the Markets We Serve Could Reduce Our Market Share and Earnings.
The energy, petrochemical, natural resource, power and government services markets we serve are highly competitive markets in which a large number of regional, national and multinational companies (including, in some cases, certain of our customers) compete, and these markets require substantial resources and capital investment in equipment, technology and skilled personnel. Competition also places downward pressure on our contract prices and margins. Intense competition is expected to continue in these markets, presenting us with significant challenges in our ability to maintain strong growth rates and acceptable margins. If we are unable to meet these competitive challenges, we could lose market share to our competitors and experience an overall reduction in our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
Our Revenue and Earnings May Be Adversely Affected by a Reduced Level of Activity in the Hydrocarbon Industry.
In recent years, demand from the worldwide hydrocarbon industry has been the largest generator of our revenue. Numerous factors influence capital expenditure decisions in the hydrocarbon industry, including, but not limited to, the following:
current and projected oil and gas prices;
exploration, extraction, production and transportation costs;
the discovery rate, size and location of new oil and gas reserves;
the sale and expiration dates of leases and concessions;
local and international political and economic conditions, including war or conflict;
technological challenges and advances;
the ability of oil and gas companies to generate capital;
demand for hydrocarbon production; and
changing taxes, price controls, and laws and regulations.
The aforementioned factors are beyond our control and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
If the U.S. Were to Revoke or Limit the DOE's Loan Guarantee Program (“LGP”), it Could have a Material adverse Effect on Our Results of Operations, Financial Position or Cash Flow.
Some of our customers may rely on the DOE’s LGP, under which the DOE issues loan guarantees to eligible projects that “avoid, reduce, or sequester air pollutants or anthropogenic emissions of greenhouse gases” and “employ new or significantly improved technologies as compared to technologies in service in the U.S. at the time the guarantee is issued.” If the U.S. government were to revoke or limit the DOE’s LGP, it could make obtaining funding more difficult for many of our customers, which could inhibit their ability to take on new projects and result in a negative impact on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
We May be Exposed to Additional Risks as We Obtain New Significant Awards and Execute Our Backlog, Including Greater Backlog Concentration in Fewer Projects, Potential Cost Overruns and Increasing Requirements for Letters of Credit, Each of Which Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Our Future Results of Operations, Financial Position or Cash Flow.
As we obtain new significant project awards and convert the backlog into revenue, these projects may use larger sums of working capital than other projects and will be concentrated among a smaller number of customers. If any significant projects currently included in our backlog or awarded in the future were to have material cost overruns, or are significantly delayed, modified or canceled, and we are unable to replace the projects in backlog, our results of operations, financial position or cash flows could be adversely impacted.
Additionally, as we convert our significant projects from backlog into active construction, we may face significantly greater requirements for the provision of letters of credit or other forms of credit enhancements. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to access such capital and credit as needed or that we would be able to do so on economically attractive terms.

10

Table of Contents

Our Customers’ and Our Partners’ Ability to Receive the Applicable Regulatory and Environmental Approvals for Our Power Projects and the Timeliness of Those Approvals Could Adversely Affect Us.
The regulatory permitting process for our power projects requires significant investments of time and money by our customers and sometimes by us and our partners. There are no assurances that we or our customers will obtain the necessary permits for these projects. Applications for permits to operate these fossil and nuclear-fueled facilities, including air emissions permits, may be opposed by government entities, individuals or environmental groups, resulting in delays and possible non-issuance of the permits.
Volatility in the Equity and Credit Markets Could Adversely Impact Us due to Factors Affecting the Availability of Funding for Our Customers, Availability of Our Lending Facilities and Non-Compliance with Our Financial and Restrictive Lending Covenants.
Some of our customers, suppliers and subcontractors have traditionally accessed commercial financing and capital markets to fund their operations, and the availability of funding from those sources could be adversely impacted by a volatile equity or credit market. The availability of lending facilities and our ability to remain in compliance with our financial and restrictive lending covenants could also be impacted by circumstances or conditions beyond our control, including but not limited to the delay or cancellation of projects, changes in currency exchange or interest rates, performance of pension plan assets, or changes in actuarial assumptions. Further, we could be impacted if our customers experience a material change in their ability to pay us, if the financial institutions associated with our lending facilities were to cease or reduce operations, or if there is a full or partial break-up of the European Union or its currency, the Euro.
Demand for Our Products and Services is Cyclical and Vulnerable to Economic Downturns and Reductions in Private Industry and Government Spending.
As noted above, the industries we serve historically have been, and will likely continue to be, cyclical in nature and vulnerable to general downturns in the domestic and international economies. Many of our customers may face budget shortfalls or may delay capital spending resulting in a decrease in the overall demand for our services. A decrease in federal, state and local tax revenue as well as other economic declines may result in lower government spending. Further, our customers may demand better pricing terms and their ability to pay timely may be affected by an ongoing weak economy. Portions of our business traditionally lag recovery in the economy; therefore, our business may not recover immediately upon any economic improvement. The aforementioned could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
Our New Awards and Liquidity May Be Adversely Affected by Bonding and Letter of Credit Capacity.
A portion of our new awards requires the support of bid and performance surety bonds or letters of credit, as well as advance payment and retention bonds. Our primary use of surety bonds is to support water and wastewater treatment and standard tank projects in the U.S., while letters of credit are generally used to support other projects. A restriction, reduction, or termination of our surety bond agreements could limit our ability to bid on new project opportunities, thereby limiting our new awards, or increasing our letter of credit utilization in lieu of bonds, thereby reducing availability under our credit facilities. A restriction, reduction or termination of our letter of credit facilities could also limit our ability to bid on new project opportunities or could significantly change the timing of project cash flow, resulting in increased borrowing needs.
We are Vulnerable to Significant Fluctuations in Our Liquidity That May Vary Substantially Over Time.
Our operations could require us to utilize large sums of working capital, sometimes on short notice and sometimes without assurance of recovery of the expenditures. Circumstances or events that could create large cash outflows include losses resulting from fixed-price contracts, environmental liabilities, litigation risks, unexpected costs or losses resulting from previous acquisitions, contract initiation or completion delays, political conditions, customer payment problems, foreign exchange risks and professional and product liability claims.
Non-Compliance With Covenants in Our Financing Arrangements, Without Waiver or Amendment From the Lenders or Note Holders, Could Require Cash Collateral For Outstanding Letters of Credit, Could Adversely Affect Our Ability to Borrow Funds and Could Ultimately Require Us to Repay the Debt Earlier Than Expected.
At December 31, 2013 , we had total debt of $1.8 billion , including our $925.0 million Term Loan and $800.0 million in Senior Notes, both of which were used to fund a portion of the Shaw Acquisition, and $115.0 million of borrowings under our revolving facilities. Our financing arrangements contain certain financial covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a minimum net worth level, and other covenants with which we must comply. We may not be able to satisfy these ratios or comply with the other covenants if our operating results deteriorate as a result of, but not limited to, the impact of other risk factors that may have a potential adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flow. These covenants may also restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs and the form

11

Table of Contents

or level of our indebtedness may prevent us from raising additional capital on attractive terms or from obtaining additional financing if needed.
We May be Required to Contribute Cash to Meet Our Underfunded Pension Obligations in Certain Multi-employer Pension Plans.
In the U.S. and Canada, we participate in various multi-employer pension plans under union and industry agreements that generally provide defined benefits to employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. Absent an applicable exemption, a contributor to a multiemployer plan is liable, upon termination or withdrawal from a plan, for its proportionate share of the plan’s underfunded vested liability. Funding requirements for benefit obligations of our pension plans are subject to certain regulatory requirements and we may be required to make cash contributions which may be material to one or more of these plans to satisfy certain underfunded benefit obligations.
Our Projects Expose Us to Potential Professional Liability, Product Liability, Warranty or Other Claims.
We engineer, procure, construct and provide services (including pipe, steel, and large structure fabrication) for large industrial facilities in which system failure can be disastrous. We may also be subject to claims resulting from the subsequent operations of facilities we have installed. Under some of our contracts, we must use customer-specified metals or processes for producing or fabricating pipe for our customers. The failure of any of these metals or processes could result in warranty claims against us for significant replacement or rework costs, which could materially impact our results of operation, financial condition or cash flow.
In addition, our operations are subject to the usual hazards inherent in providing engineering and construction services, such as the risk of accidents, fires and explosions. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, business interruptions, property damage, and pollution and environmental damage. We may be subject to claims as a result of these hazards.
Although we generally do not accept liability for consequential damages in our contracts, should we be determined liable, we may not be covered by insurance or, if covered, the dollar amount of these liabilities may exceed our policy limits. Any catastrophic occurrence in excess of insurance limits at project sites where our structures are installed or on projects for which services are performed could result in significant professional liability, product liability, warranty or other claims against us. Any damages not covered by our insurance, in excess of our insurance limits or, if covered by insurance subject to a high deductible, could result in a significant loss for us, which may reduce our profits and cash available for operations. These claims could also make it difficult for us to obtain adequate insurance coverage in the future at a reasonable cost.
Additionally, customers or subcontractors that have agreed to indemnify us against such losses may refuse or be unable to pay us. A partially or completely uninsured claim, if successful and of significant magnitude, could result in an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
We Could Be Adversely Affected by Violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), Similar Worldwide Anti-Bribery Laws, and Various International Trade and Export Laws.
The international nature of our business creates various domestic and local regulatory challenges. The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from offering anything of value to government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to a particular person or legal entity or obtaining an unfair advantage. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. We train our employees concerning anti-bribery laws and issues, and we also inform our partners, subcontractors, and third parties who work for us or on our behalf that they must comply with anti-bribery law requirements. We also have procedures and controls in place to monitor internal and external compliance. Allegations of violations of anti-bribery laws, including the FCPA, may also result in internal, independent or governmental investigations. Additionally, our global operations include the import and export of goods and technologies across international borders, which requires a robust compliance program. We cannot assure that our internal controls and procedures will always protect us from the reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, partners or third parties working for us or on our behalf. If we are found to be liable for anti-bribery law violations or other regulatory violations (either due to our own acts or our inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), we could suffer from criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

12

Table of Contents

We May Experience Increased Costs and Decreased Cash Flow Due to Compliance with Environmental Laws and Regulations, Liability for Contamination of the Environment or Related Personal Injuries.
General —We are subject to environmental laws and regulations, including those concerning emissions into the air; nuclear material; discharge into waterways; generation, storage, handling, treatment and disposal of waste materials; and health and safety.
Our business often involves working around and with volatile, toxic and hazardous substances and other highly regulated pollutants, substances or wastes, for which the improper characterization, handling or disposal could constitute violations of U.S. federal, state or local laws and regulations and laws of other countries, and result in criminal and civil liabilities. Environmental laws and regulations generally impose limitations and standards for certain pollutants or waste materials and require us to obtain permits and comply with various other requirements. Governmental authorities may seek to impose fines and penalties on us, or revoke or deny issuance or renewal of operating permits for failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations. We are also exposed to potential liability for personal injury or property damage caused by any release, spill, exposure or other accident involving such pollutants, substances or wastes. Furthermore, we provide certain environmental remediation services.
We may incur liabilities that may not be covered by insurance policies, or, if covered, the financial amount of such liabilities may exceed our policy limits or fall within applicable deductible or retention limits. A partially or completely uninsured claim, if successful and of significant magnitude, could cause us to suffer a significant loss and reduce cash available for our operations.
The environmental, health and safety laws and regulations to which we are subject are constantly changing, and it is impossible to predict the impact of such laws and regulations on us in the future. We cannot ensure that our operations will continue to comply with future laws and regulations or that these laws and regulations will not cause us to incur significant costs or adopt more costly methods of operation. Additionally, the adoption and implementation of any new regulations imposing reporting obligations on, or limiting emissions of greenhouse gases from, our customers’ equipment and operations could significantly impact demand for our services, particularly among our customers for coal and gas-fired generation facilities as well as our customers in the petrochemicals business. Any significant reduction in demand for our services as a result of the adoption of these or similar proposals could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
In connection with the historical operation of our facilities, including those associated with acquired operations, substances which currently are or might be considered hazardous were used or disposed of at some sites that will or may require us to make expenditures for remediation. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify parties from whom we have purchased or to whom we have sold facilities for certain environmental liabilities arising from acts occurring before the dates those facilities were transferred.
Nuclear Operations —Risks associated with nuclear projects, due to their size and complexity, may be increased by permit, licensing and regulatory approvals that can be even more stringent and time consuming than similar processes for more conventional construction projects. We are subject to regulations from a number of entities, including the NRC, the International Atomic Energy Agency (the “IAEA”) and the European Union (the “EU”), which have a substantial effect on our nuclear operations. Regulations include, among other things: (1) systems for nuclear material safeguards implemented by the IAEA and the EU, (2) global-scale agreements on nuclear safety such as the Convention on Nuclear Safety and the Joint Convention on the Safety of Spent Fuel Management and on the Safety of Radioactive Waste Management, (3) the Euratom Treaty, which has created uniform safety standards aimed at protecting the public and workers and passed rules governing the transportation of radioactive waste, and (4) additional general regulations for licensed nuclear facilities, including strict inspection procedures and regulations governing the shutdown and dismantling of nuclear facilities and the disposal of nuclear wastes. Delays in receiving necessary approvals, permits or licenses, failure to maintain sufficient compliance programs, or other problems encountered during construction could significantly increase our costs and have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
We Are and Will Continue to Be Involved in Litigation Including Litigation Related To Hazardous Substances That Could Negatively Impact Our Earnings and Liquidity.
We have been and may, from time to time, be named as a defendant in legal actions claiming damages in connection with engineering and construction projects, technology licenses, other services we provide, and other matters. These are typically claims that arise in the normal course of business, including employment-related claims and contractual disputes or claims for personal injury or property damage which occur in connection with services performed relating to project or construction sites. Contractual disputes normally involve claims relating to the timely completion of projects, performance of equipment or technologies, design or other engineering services or project construction services provided by us. While we do not believe that any of our pending contractual, employment related personal injury or property damage claims and disputes will have a

13

Table of Contents

material effect on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flow, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.
In addition, we are from time to time involved in various litigation and other matters related to hazardous substances encountered in our business. In particular, the numerous operating hazards inherent in our business increase the risk of toxic tort litigation relating to any and all consequences arising out of human exposure to hazardous substances, including without limitation, current or past claims involving asbestos-related materials, formaldehyde, Cesium 137 (radiation), mercury and other hazardous substances, or related environmental damage. As a result, we are subject to potentially material liabilities related to personal injuries or property damages that may be caused by hazardous substance releases and exposures. The outcome of such litigation is inherently uncertain and adverse developments or outcomes can result in significant monetary damages, penalties, other sanctions or injunctive relief against us, limitations on our property rights, or regulatory interpretations that increase our operating costs. If any of these disputes results in a substantial monetary judgment against us or an adverse legal interpretation is settled on unfavorable terms, or otherwise affects our operations, it could have an adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition or cash flow.
Uncertainty in Enforcing U.S. Judgments Against Netherlands Corporations, Directors and Others Could Create Difficulties for Our Shareholders in Enforcing Any Judgments Obtained Against Us.
We are a Netherlands company and a significant portion of our assets are located outside of the U.S. In addition, certain members of our management and supervisory boards are residents of countries other than the U.S. As a result, effecting service of process on such persons may be difficult, and judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments against us or members of our management or supervisory boards predicated on the civil liability provisions of the federal or state securities laws of the U.S., may be difficult to enforce.
Certain Provisions of Our Articles of Association and Netherlands Law May Have Possible Anti-Takeover Effects.
Our Articles of Association and the applicable law of The Netherlands contain provisions that may be deemed to have anti-takeover effects. Among other things, these provisions provide for a staggered board of Supervisory Directors, a binding nomination process and supermajority shareholder voting requirements for certain significant transactions. Such provisions may delay, defer or prevent takeover attempts that shareholders might consider in their best interests. In addition, certain U.S. tax laws, including those relating to possible classification as a “controlled foreign corporation” (described below), may discourage third parties from accumulating significant blocks of our common shares.
We Have a Risk of Being Classified as a Controlled Foreign Corporation and Certain Shareholders Who Do Not Beneficially Own Shares May Lose the Benefit of Withholding Tax Reduction or Exemption Under Dutch Legislation.
As a company incorporated in The Netherlands, we would be classified as a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes if any U.S. person acquires 10% or more of our common shares (including ownership through the attribution rules of Section 958 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), each such person, a “U.S. 10% Shareholder”) and the sum of the percentage ownership by all U.S. 10% Shareholders exceeds 50% (by voting power or value) of our common shares. We do not believe we are currently a controlled foreign corporation; however, we may be determined to be a controlled foreign corporation in the future. In the event that such a determination is made, all U.S. 10% Shareholders would be subject to taxation under Subpart F of the Code. The ultimate consequences of this determination are fact-specific to each U.S. 10% Shareholder, but could include possible taxation of such U.S. 10% Shareholder on a pro rata portion of our income, even in the absence of any distribution of such income.
Under the double taxation convention in effect between The Netherlands and the U.S. (the “Treaty”), dividends we pay to certain U.S. corporate shareholders owning at least 10% of our voting power are generally eligible for a reduction of the 15% Netherlands withholding tax to 5%, unless the common shares held by such residents are attributable to a business or part of a business that is, in whole or in part, carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in The Netherlands. Dividends received by exempt pension organizations and exempt organizations, as defined in the Treaty, are completely exempt from the withholding tax. A holder of common shares other than an individual will not be eligible for the benefits of the Treaty if such holder of common shares does not satisfy one or more of the tests set forth in the limitation on benefits provisions of Article 26 of the Treaty. According to an anti-dividend stripping provision, no exemption from, reduction of, or refund of, Netherlands withholding tax will be granted if the ultimate recipient of a dividend paid by us is not considered to be the beneficial owner of such dividend. The ability of a holder of common shares to take a credit against its U.S. taxable income for Netherlands withholding tax may be limited.

14

Table of Contents

Political and Economic Conditions, Including War, Conflict or Economic Turmoil in Non-U.S. Countries in Which We or Our Customers Operate, Could Adversely Affect Us.
A significant number of our projects are performed or located outside the U.S., including projects in developing countries with economic conditions and political and legal systems, and associated instability risks, that are significantly different from those found in the U.S. We expect non-U.S. sales and operations to continue to contribute materially to our earnings for the foreseeable future. Non-U.S. contracts and operations expose us to risks inherent in doing business outside the U.S., including but not limited to the following:
unstable economic conditions in some countries in which we make capital investments, operate or provide services, including Europe, which has experienced recent economic turmoil;
increased costs, lower revenue and backlog and decreased liquidity resulting from a full or partial break-up of the European Union or its currency, the Euro;
the lack of well-developed legal systems in some countries in which we make capital investments, operate, or provide services, which could make it difficult for us to enforce our rights;
expropriation of property;
restrictions on the right to receive dividends from joint ventures, convert currency or repatriate funds; and
political upheaval and international hostilities, including risks of loss due to civil strife, acts of war, guerrilla activities, insurrections and acts of terrorism.
We Are Exposed to Possible Losses from Foreign Currency Exchange Rates.
We are exposed to market risk associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates arises primarily from receivables, payables, and firm and forecasted commitments associated with foreign transactions. We may incur losses from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations if we are unable to convert foreign currency in a timely fashion. We seek to minimize the risks from these foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations primarily through a combination of contracting methodology (including escalation provisions for projects in inflationary economies) and, when deemed appropriate, the use of foreign currency exchange rate derivatives. In circumstances where we utilize derivatives, our results of operations might be negatively impacted if the underlying transactions occur at different times, or in different amounts, than originally anticipated, or if the counterparties to our contracts fail to perform. We do not hold, issue, or use financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
If We Are Unable to Attract, Retain and Motivate Key Personnel, Our Business Could Be Adversely Affected.
Our future success depends upon our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly-skilled personnel in various areas, including engineering, skilled laborers and craftsmen, project management, procurement, project controls, finance and senior management. If we do not succeed in retaining our current employees and attracting new high quality employees, our business could be adversely affected.
Work Stoppages, Union Negotiations and Other Labor Problems Could Adversely Affect Us.
A portion of our employees are represented by labor unions. A lengthy strike or other work stoppage at any of our facilities could have a material adverse effect on us. There is inherent risk that on-going or future negotiations relating to collective bargaining agreements or union representation may not be favorable to us. From time to time, we also have experienced attempts to unionize our non-union shops. Such efforts can often disrupt or delay work and present risk of labor unrest.
Our Employees Work on Projects That are Inherently Dangerous and a Failure to Maintain a Safe Work Site Could Result in Significant Losses.
Safety is a primary focus of our business and is critical to all of our stakeholders, including our employees, customers and shareholders, and our reputation; however, we often work on large-scale and complex projects, frequently in geographically remote locations. Our project sites can place our employees and others near large equipment, dangerous processes or highly regulated materials, and in challenging environments. If we fail to implement appropriate safety procedures or if our procedures fail, our employees or others may suffer injuries. Often, we are responsible for safety on the project sites where we work. Many of our customers require that we meet certain safety criteria to be eligible to bid on contracts, and some of our contract fees or profits are subject to satisfying safety criteria. Unsafe work conditions also have the potential of increasing employee turnover, increasing project costs and raising our operating costs. Although we maintain functional groups whose primary purpose is to implement effective health, safety and environmental procedures throughout our company, the failure to comply with such procedures, customer contracts or applicable regulations could subject us to losses and liability.

15

Table of Contents

Any Recent and Prospective Acquisitions Could Be Difficult to Integrate, Disrupt Our Business, Dilute Shareholder Value and Harm Our Operating Results.
We have made recent acquisitions and may continue to pursue additional growth through the opportunistic and strategic acquisition of companies, assets or technologies that will enable us to broaden the types of services and technologies we provide and to expand into new markets. Our opportunity to grow through prospective acquisitions may be limited if we cannot identify suitable companies or assets or reach agreement on potential acquisitions on acceptable terms or for other reasons. Our recent and prospective acquisitions may be subject to a variety of risks, including, but not limited to, the following:
difficulties in the integration of operations and systems;
the key personnel and customers of the acquired company may terminate their relationships with the acquired company;
additional financial and accounting challenges and complexities in areas such as tax planning, treasury management, financial reporting and internal controls;
assumption of risks and liabilities (including, for example, environmental-related costs), some of which we may not discover during our due diligence;
disruption of or insufficient management attention to our ongoing business;
inability to realize the cost savings or other financial or operational benefits we anticipated; and
potential requirement for additional equity or debt financing, which may not be available, or if available, may not have favorable terms.
Realization of one or more of these risks could have an adverse impact on our future results of operations, financial condition or cash flow. Moreover, to the extent an acquisition financed by non-equity consideration results in additional goodwill, it will reduce our tangible net worth, which might have an adverse effect on our credit and bonding capacity.
If We Fail to Meet Expectations of Securities Analysts or Investors due to Fluctuations in Our Revenue or Operating Results, Our Stock Price Could Decline Significantly.
Our revenue and operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, including the timing of or failure to obtain projects, delays in awards of projects, cancellations of projects, delays in the completion of projects, changes in our estimated costs to complete projects, or the timing of approvals of change orders with, or recoveries of claims against, our customers. It is likely that in some future quarters our operating results may fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. In this event, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly.
Our Sale or Issuance of Additional Common Shares Could Dilute Each Shareholder’s Share Ownership.
Part of our business strategy is to expand into new markets and enhance our position in existing markets throughout the world through the strategic and opportunistic acquisition of complementary businesses. In order to successfully complete recent and future acquisitions or fund our other activities, we have recently issued equity securities, and may issue additional securities in the future, that could dilute our earnings per share and each shareholder’s share ownership.
We Cannot Provide Assurance That We Will Be Able to Continue Paying Dividends at the Current Rate.
We have declared and paid quarterly cash dividends on our common stock; however, there can be no assurance that future dividends or distributions will be declared or paid. The payment of dividends or distributions in the future will be subject to the discretion of our shareholders (in the case of annual dividends), our Management Board and our Supervisory Board. Our Management and Supervisory Board will periodically evaluate our ability to pay dividends in the future based upon relevant factors, which include:
potential lack of available cash to pay dividends due to general business and economic conditions, net results of acquisitions, changes in our cash requirements, capital spending plans, financing agreements, availability of surplus cash flow or financial position;
legal and contractual restrictions on the amount of dividends that we may distribute to our shareholders, including but not limited to restrictions under Dutch law; and
potential inability to receive dividend payments from our subsidiaries at the same level that we have historically. The ability of our subsidiaries to make dividend payments to us is subject to factors similar to those listed above.

16

Table of Contents

Our Goodwill and Other Finite-Lived Intangible Assets Could Become Impaired and Result in Future Charges to Earnings.
Our goodwill balance represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired as part of previous acquisitions, including the Shaw Acquisition. Net assets acquired include identifiable finite-lived intangible assets that were recorded at fair value based upon expected future recovery of the underlying assets.
At December 31, 2013 , our goodwill balance was $4.2 billion (including approximately $3.3 billion related to the Shaw Acquisition) and was distributed among our four operating groups as follows: Engineering, Construction and Maintenance - $2.8 billion , Fabrication Services - $545.3 million , Technology - $428.7 million and Government Solutions - $483.8 million . Goodwill is not amortized to earnings, but instead is reviewed for impairment at least annually at our reporting unit level, absent any indicators of impairment. Our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group includes three reporting units, our Fabrication Services operating group includes two reporting units, and our Technology and Government Solutions operating groups each represent a reporting unit. We perform our annual impairment assessment during the fourth quarter of each year based upon balances as of the beginning of that year’s fourth quarter. As part of our annual impairment assessment, in the fourth quarter of 2013 , we performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill for each of our reporting units. We utilized an income approach (discounted cash flow method) to value our reporting units and test for impairment as we believe this is the most direct approach to incorporate the specific economic attributes and risk profiles of our reporting units into our valuation model. This is consistent with the methodology used for our annual impairment assessment in previous years. The discounted cash flow methodology, which compares an estimate of a reporting unit’s discounted future cash flows to its net book value, is based, to a large extent, on assumptions about future events, which may or may not occur as anticipated, and such deviations could have a significant impact on the calculated estimated fair values of our reporting units. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, estimates of future growth rates, discount rates and terminal values for each reporting unit. Based upon this quantitative assessment, no impairment charge was necessary during 2013 , as the fair value of each of the reporting units acquired in 2013 exceeded their respective net book value and the fair value of all other reporting units significantly exceeded their respective net book values. If, based on future assessments, our goodwill is deemed to be impaired, the impairment would result in a charge to earnings in the year of impairment, with a resulting decrease in our net worth.
At December 31, 2013 , our finite-lived intangible assets were $627.7 million , including approximately $418.2 million acquired in the Shaw Acquisition. We amortize our finite-lived identifiable intangible assets on a straight-line basis with lives ranging from 2 to 20 years, absent any indicators of impairment. We review finite-lived intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If a recoverability assessment is required, the estimated future cash flow associated with the asset or asset group will be compared to the asset’s carrying amount to determine if impairment exists. We noted no indicators of impairment in 2013, however, if our other intangible assets are determined to be impaired in the future, the impairment would result in a charge to earnings in the year of the impairment with a resulting decrease in our net worth.
We Rely on Our Information Systems to Conduct Our Business, and Failure to Protect These Systems Against Security Breaches Could Adversely Affect Our Business and Results of Operations. Additionally, if These Systems Fail or Become Unavailable for Any Significant Period of Time, Our Business Could be Harmed.
The efficient operation of our business is dependent on computer hardware and software systems. Information systems are vulnerable to security breaches, and we rely on industry-accepted security measures and technology to securely maintain confidential and proprietary information maintained on our information systems. However, these measures and technology may not adequately prevent security breaches. In addition, the unavailability of the information systems or the failure of these systems to perform as anticipated for any reason could disrupt our business and could result in decreased performance and increased costs, causing our business and results of operations to suffer. Any significant interruption or failure of our information systems or any significant breach of security could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
If We are Unable to Enforce Our Intellectual Property Rights or if Our Technology Becomes Obsolete, Our Competitive Position Could be Adversely Impacted.
We believe that we are an industry leader by owning or having access to our technologies. We protect our technology positions through patent registrations, license restrictions and a research and development program. We may not be able to successfully preserve our intellectual property rights in the future, as these rights could be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries in which our services may be sold do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as U.S. law. Because we license technologies from third parties, there is a risk that our relationships with licensors may terminate or expire or may be interrupted or harmed. If we are unable to protect and maintain our intellectual property rights, or if there are any successful intellectual property challenges or infringement proceedings against us, our ability to differentiate our service offerings could be reduced. Finally, there is nothing to prevent our competitors from independently attempting to develop or obtain access to technologies that are similar or superior to our technologies.

17

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including all documents incorporated by reference, contains forward-looking statements regarding CB&I and represents our expectations and beliefs concerning future events. These forward-looking statements are intended to be covered by the safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements included herein or incorporated herein by reference include or may include, but are not limited to, (and you should read carefully) statements that are predictive in nature, depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, or use or contain words, terms, phrases, or expressions such as “achieve,” “forecast,” “plan,” “propose,” “strategy,” “envision,” “hope,” “will,” “continue,” “potential,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “project,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “might,” or similar words, terms, phrases, or expressions or the negative of any of these terms. Any statements in this Form 10-K that are not based upon historical fact are forward-looking statements and represent our best judgment as to what may occur in the future.
In addition to the material risks listed under Item 1A "Risk Factors” above that may cause business conditions or our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statements, the following are some, but not all, of the factors that might cause business conditions or our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statements, or contribute to such differences: our ability to realize cost savings from our expected performance of contracts, whether as a result of improper estimates, performance, or otherwise; uncertain timing and funding of new contract awards, as well as project cancellations; cost overruns on fixed-price or similar contracts or failure to receive timely or proper payments on cost-reimbursable contracts, whether as a result of improper estimates, performance, disputes, or otherwise; risks associated with labor productivity; risks associated with percentage of completion (“POC”) accounting; our ability to settle or negotiate unapproved change orders and claims; changes in the costs or availability of, or delivery schedule for, equipment, components, materials, labor or subcontractors; adverse impacts from weather affecting our performance and timeliness of completion, which could lead to increased costs and affect the quality, costs or availability of, or delivery schedule for, equipment, components, materials, labor or subcontractors; operating risks, which could lead to increased costs and affect the quality, costs or availability of, or delivery schedule for, equipment, components, materials, labor or subcontractors; increased competition; fluctuating revenue resulting from a number of factors, including a decline in energy prices and the cyclical nature of the individual markets in which our customers operate; delayed or lower than expected activity in the energy and natural resource industries, demand from which is the largest component of our revenue; lower than expected growth in our primary end markets, including but not limited to LNG and energy processes; risks inherent in acquisitions and our ability to complete or obtain financing for acquisitions; our ability to integrate and successfully operate and manage acquired businesses and the risks associated with those businesses; the non-competitiveness or unavailability of, or lack of demand or loss of legal protection for, our intellectual property assets or rights; failure to keep pace with technological changes or innovation; failure of our patents or licensed technologies to perform as expected or to remain competitive, current, in demand, profitable or enforceable; adverse outcomes of pending claims or litigation or the possibility of new claims or litigation, and the potential effect of such claims or litigation on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow; lack of necessary liquidity to provide bid, performance, advance payment and retention bonds, guarantees, or letters of credit securing our obligations under our bids and contracts or to finance expenditures prior to the receipt of payment for the performance of contracts; proposed and actual revisions to U.S. and non-U.S. tax laws, and interpretation of said laws, Dutch tax treaties with foreign countries and U.S. tax treaties with non-U.S. countries (including, but not limited to The Netherlands), which would seek to increase income taxes payable; political and economic conditions including, but not limited to, war, conflict or civil or economic unrest in countries in which we operate; compliance with applicable laws and regulations in any one or more of the countries in which we operate including, but not limited to, the FCPA and those concerning the environment, export controls and trade sanction programs; our inability to properly manage or hedge currency or similar risks; and a downturn, disruption, or stagnation in the economy in general.
Although we believe the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future performance or results. You should not unduly rely on any forward-looking statements. Each forward-looking statement is made and applies only as of the date of the particular statement, and we are not obligated to update, withdraw, or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should consider these risks when reading any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements attributed or attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by this section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements”.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.

18

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties
We own or lease properties in U.S. and non-U.S. locations to conduct our business. We believe these facilities are adequate to meet our current and near-term requirements. The following list summarizes our principal properties by the operating group for which they are primarily utilized: Engineering, Construction and Maintenance (“ECM”), Fabrication Services (“FS”), Technology (“Tech”), Government Solutions ("GS"), and Corporate (“Corp”):
Location
 
Type of Facility
 
Interest
 
Operating Group
Brisbane, Australia
 
Operations office and warehouse
 
Leased
 
ECM, FS
Brno, Czech Republic
 
Engineering office
 
Leased
 
ECM
Canton, Massachusetts
 
Operations office
 
Leased
 
ECM, GS
Centennial, Colorado
 
Operations office
 
Leased
 
ECM, GS
Charlotte, North Carolina
 
Operations office
 
Leased
 
ECM
Gurgaon, India
 
Engineering and operations office
 
Leased
 
ECM, Tech
Houston, Texas
 
Engineering offices
 
Leased
 
ECM, Tech
London, England
 
Engineering office
 
Leased
 
ECM
Moscow, Russia
 
Administrative and operations office
 
Leased
 
ECM, Tech
Perth, Australia
 
Administrative, engineering and operations office
 
Leased
 
ECM, FS
Singapore, Singapore
 
Administrative and engineering office
 
Leased
 
ECM
The Hague, The Netherlands (1)
 
Administrative, engineering and operations office
 
Leased
 
ECM, Corp
Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
 
Operations office and fabrication facility
 
Owned/Leased
 
FS
Addis, Louisiana
 
Fabrication facility
 
Owned
 
FS
Al Aujam, Saudi Arabia
 
Fabrication facility and warehouse
 
Owned
 
FS
Al-Khobar, Saudi Arabia
 
Administrative and engineering office
 
Leased
 
FS, ECM
Askar, Bahrain
 
Operations office and fabrication facility
 
Owned/Leased
 
FS
Beaumont, Texas
 
Fabrication facility
 
Owned
 
FS
Clearfield, Utah
 
Fabrication facility
 
Leased
 
FS
Clive, Iowa
 
Fabrication facility
 
Owned
 
FS
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
 
Administrative, engineering and operations office and warehouse
 
Leased
 
FS
El Dorado, Arkansas
 
Fabrication facility
 
Owned
 
FS
Fort Saskatchewan, Canada
 
Operations office, fabrication facility and warehouse
 
Owned
 
FS
Houston, Texas
 
Operations office, fabrication facility, warehouse and distribution facility
 
Owned/Leased
 
FS
Kwinana, Australia
 
Warehouse
 
Owned
 
FS
Lake Charles, Louisiana
 
Fabrication facility
 
Leased
 
FS
Laurens, South Carolina
 
Fabrication facility
 
Owned
 
FS
Matamoros, Mexico
 
Fabrication facility
 
Owned
 
FS
New Brunswick, New Jersey
 
Fabrication and distribution facility
 
Leased
 
FS
Niagara-on-the-Lake, Canada
 
Engineering office
 
Leased
 
FS
Plainfield, Illinois
 
Engineering and operations office
 
Leased
 
FS
Sattahip, Thailand
 
Operations office and fabrication facility
 
Leased
 
FS
Sherwood Park, Canada
 
Administrative and operations office
 
Leased
 
FS
Shreveport, Louisiana
 
Fabrication and distribution facilities
 
Owned
 
FS
The Woodlands, Texas  (1)
 
Administrative and operations office
 
Owned
 
FS, ECM, Corp
Walker, Louisiana
 
Operations office, fabrication facility and warehouse
 
Owned
 
FS
Beijing, China
 
Administrative office
 
Leased
 
Tech
Bloomfield, New Jersey
 
Operations office
 
Leased
 
Tech
Ludwigshafen, Germany
 
Research and development office
 
Leased
 
Tech
Mannheim, Germany
 
Operations office
 
Leased
 
Tech

19

Table of Contents

Pasadena, Texas
 
Research and development office and manufacturing facility
 
Owned
 
Tech
Tyler, Texas
 
Engineering and operations office
 
Owned
 
Tech
Findlay, Ohio
 
Operations office and warehouse
 
Leased
 
GS
Florianópolis, Brazil
 
Operations office
 
Leased
 
GS
Knoxville, Tennessee
 
Operations office and warehouse
 
Leased
 
GS
Monroeville, Pennsylvania
 
Operations office
 
Leased
 
GS
Prairieville, Louisiana
 
Operations office, manufacturing facility and warehouse
 
Owned
 
GS, ECM
Trenton, New Jersey
 
Operations office
 
Leased
 
GS
Baton Rouge, Louisiana
 
Administrative, engineering and operations office
 
Leased
 
GS, ECM, FS
Bolingbrook, Illinois
 
Administrative office
 
Leased
 
Corp
(1)  
In addition to being utilized by the operating groups referenced above, our office in The Hague, The Netherlands serves as our corporate headquarters and our office in The Woodlands, Texas serves as our administrative headquarters.
We also own or lease a number of smaller administrative and field construction offices, warehouses and equipment maintenance centers strategically located throughout the world.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
General —We have been and may from time to time be named as a defendant in legal actions claiming damages in connection with engineering and construction projects, technology licenses, other services we provide, and other matters. These are typically claims that arise in the normal course of business, including employment-related claims and contractual disputes or claims for personal injury or property damage which occur in connection with services performed relating to project or construction sites. Contractual disputes normally involve claims relating to the timely completion of projects, performance of equipment or technologies, design or other engineering services or project construction services provided by us. We do not believe that any of our pending contractual, employment-related personal injury or property damage claims and disputes will have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flow. See Note 17 within Item 8 for additional discussion of claims associated with our projects.
Asbestos Litigation —We are a defendant in lawsuits wherein plaintiffs allege exposure to asbestos due to work we may have performed at various locations. We have never been a manufacturer, distributor or supplier of asbestos products. Over the past several decades and through December 31, 2013 , we have been named a defendant in lawsuits alleging exposure to asbestos involving approximately 5,300 plaintiffs and, of those claims, approximately 1,400 claims were pending and 3,900 have been closed through dismissals or settlements. Over the past several decades and through December 31, 2013 , the claims alleging exposure to asbestos that have been resolved have been dismissed or settled for an average settlement amount of approximately two thousand dollars per claim. We review each case on its own merits and make accruals based upon the probability of loss and our estimates of the amount of liability and related expenses, if any. We do not believe that any unresolved asserted claims will have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flow, and at December 31, 2013 , we had approximately $3.6 million accrued for liability and related expenses. With respect to unasserted asbestos claims, we cannot identify a population of potential claimants with sufficient certainty to determine the probability of a loss and to make a reasonable estimate of liability, if any. While we continue to pursue recovery for recognized and unrecognized contingent losses through insurance, indemnification arrangements or other sources, we are unable to quantify the amount, if any, that we may expect to recover because of the variability in coverage amounts, limitations and deductibles, or the viability of carriers, with respect to our insurance policies for the years in question.
Environmental Matters —Our operations are subject to extensive and changing U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, as well as the laws of other countries, that establish health and environmental quality standards. These standards, among others, relate to air and water pollutants and the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. We are exposed to potential liability for personal injury or property damage caused by any release, spill, exposure or other accident involving such pollutants, substances or wastes.
In connection with the historical operation of our facilities, including those associated with acquired operations, substances which currently are or might be considered hazardous were used or disposed of at some sites that will or may require us to make expenditures for remediation. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify parties from whom we have purchased or to whom we have sold facilities for certain environmental liabilities arising from acts occurring before the dates those facilities were transferred.

20

Table of Contents

We believe we are in compliance, in all material respects, with environmental laws and regulations and maintain insurance coverage to mitigate our exposure to environmental liabilities. We do not believe any environmental matters will have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flow. We do not anticipate we will incur material capital expenditures for environmental controls or for the investigation or remediation of environmental conditions during 2014 or 2015 .
Item 4 . Mine Safety Disclosures
None.

21

Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Stock and Dividend Information —Our common stock is traded on the NYSE. At February 18, 2014 , we had approximately 140 thousand shareholders, based upon individual participants in security position listings at that date. The following table presents the range of common stock prices on the NYSE and the cash dividends paid per share of common stock by quarter for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 :
 
 
Range of Common Stock Prices
 
Dividends
 
 
High
 
Low
 
Close
 
Per Share
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
 
$
83.17

 
$
67.09

 
$
83.14

 
$
0.05

Third Quarter
 
$
68.09

 
$
57.73

 
$
67.77

 
$
0.05

Second Quarter
 
$
64.91

 
$
50.41

 
$
59.66

 
$
0.05

First Quarter
 
$
62.73

 
$
46.34

 
$
62.10

 
$
0.05

Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fourth Quarter
 
$
46.39

 
$
36.60

 
$
46.35

 
$
0.05

Third Quarter
 
$
42.23

 
$
33.86

 
$
38.09

 
$
0.05

Second Quarter
 
$
45.86

 
$
32.48

 
$
37.96

 
$
0.05

First Quarter
 
$
47.74

 
$
37.83

 
$
43.19

 
$
0.05

Cash dividends are dependent upon our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, availability of surplus and such other factors as our Supervisory Board of Directors may deem relevant. See Item 1A for risk factors associated with our cash dividends.
Equity Compensation Plan Information —The following table summarizes information, at December 31, 2013 , relating to our equity compensation plans pursuant to which options or other rights to acquire our common shares may be granted from time to time:
Plan Category
 
Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
 
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
 
 
(a)
 
(b)
 
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
 
826

 
$
22.75

 
8,454

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (1)
 
299

 
41.35

 
1,666

Total
 
1,125

 
$
27.67

 
10,120

(1)  
Associated with The Shaw 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan acquired as part of the Shaw Acquisition.
Stock Repurchases— The following table summarizes the number of shares repurchased during the fourth quarter of 2013:
Period
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased
 
Average Price Paid per Share
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plan
 
Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan (1)(2)
 
 
(a)
 
(b)

(c)
 
(d)
12/1/2013 - 12/31/2013
 
124

 
$
77.92

 
124

 
10,624

(1)
Table does not include shares withheld for tax purpose or forfeitures under our equity plans.
(2)  
On May 8, 2013, our shareholders authorized us to repurchase up to 10% of our issued share capital (or approximately 10.7 million shares) through November 8, 2014. However, the number of shares repurchased in the future, if any, and the timing and manner of any repurchases are determined by us in light of prevailing market conditions, our available resources and other factors, including those discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Shelf Registration Statement— On June 19, 2012, we filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC on Form S-3 (File No. 333-182223) that expires on June 18, 2015. The shelf registration statement enables us to offer and sell shares of our common stock and issue debt securities (collectively, the “Securities”) from time to time subsequent to the filing of a prospectus supplement which, among other things, identifies the sales agent, specifies the number and value of Securities that may be sold, and provides the time frame over which Securities may be offered.

22

Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
We derived the following summary financial and operating data, at and for the five years ended December 31, 2009 through 2013 , from our Financial Statements, except for “Other Data.” You should read this information together with Item 7 and Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013 (1)

2012

2011

2010

2009
 
 
(In thousands, except per share and employee data)
Statement of Operations Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 
$
11,094,527

 
$
5,485,206

 
$
4,550,542

 
$
3,642,318

 
$
4,556,503

Cost of revenue
 
9,895,517

 
4,786,499

 
3,980,306

 
3,150,255

 
4,033,783

Gross profit
 
1,199,010

 
698,707

 
570,236

 
492,063

 
522,720

Selling and administrative expense
 
379,485

 
227,948

 
205,550

 
185,213

 
204,911

Intangibles amortization
 
61,111

 
22,613

 
26,302

 
23,690

 
23,326

Equity earnings
 
(23,474
)
 
(17,931
)
 
(16,887
)
 
(19,464
)
 
(35,064
)
Other operating expense (income), net (2)
 
1,643

 
(566
)
 
74

 
(636
)
 
15,324

Acquisition and integration related costs (3)
 
95,737

 
11,000

 

 

 

Income from operations
 
684,508

 
455,643

 
355,197

 
303,260

 
314,223

Interest expense
 
(87,578
)
 
(19,606
)
 
(11,030
)
 
(16,686
)
 
(21,383
)
Interest income
 
6,930

 
8,029

 
7,796

 
4,955

 
1,817

Income before taxes
 
603,860

 
444,066

 
351,963

 
291,529

 
294,657

Income tax expense (4)
 
(91,270
)
 
(127,003
)
 
(96,765
)
 
(79,966
)
 
(114,917
)
Net income
 
512,590

 
317,063

 
255,198

 
211,563

 
179,740

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(58,470
)
 
(15,408
)
 
(166
)
 
(7,004
)
 
(5,451
)
Net income attributable to CB&I
 
$
454,120

 
$
301,655

 
$
255,032

 
$
204,559

 
$
174,289

Per Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to CB&I per share — basic
 
$
4.29

 
$
3.12

 
$
2.60

 
$
2.08

 
$
1.82

Net income attributable to CB&I per share — diluted
 
$
4.23

 
$
3.07

 
$
2.55

 
$
2.04

 
$
1.79

Cash dividends per share
 
$
0.20

 
$
0.20

 
$
0.20

 
$

 
$

Balance Sheet Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
 
$
4,226,468

 
$
926,711

 
$
926,393

 
$
938,855

 
$
962,690

Total assets
 
$
9,389,593

 
$
4,329,675

 
$
3,279,349

 
$
2,909,534

 
$
3,016,767

Long-term debt
 
$
1,625,000

 
$
800,000

 
$

 
$
40,000

 
$
80,000

Total shareholders’ equity
 
$
2,507,438

 
$
1,396,310

 
$
1,196,430

 
$
1,083,845

 
$
897,290

Other Financial Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations percentage
 
6.2
%
 
8.3
%
 
7.8
%
 
8.3
%
 
6.9
%
Depreciation and amortization
 
$
180,026

 
$
66,421

 
$
70,184

 
$
72,885

 
$
79,531

Capital expenditures
 
$
90,492

 
$
72,279

 
$
40,945

 
$
24,089

 
$
47,839

Other Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New awards (5)
 
$
12,252,970

 
$
7,305,970

 
$
6,807,715

 
$
3,361,127

 
$
6,113,586

Backlog (5)
 
$
27,794,212

 
$
10,928,818

 
$
8,968,206

 
$
6,906,633

 
$
7,199,462

Number of employees:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaried
 
21,400

 
9,400

 
9,600

 
6,600

 
7,116

Hourly and craft
 
34,500

 
17,400

 
8,600

 
6,000

 
8,639


23

Table of Contents

(1)  
Results for 2013 include the impact of the Shaw Acquisition from February 13, 2013. See Results of Operations within our Management's Discussion and Analysis for further discussion and quantification of the impact of the acquisition.
(2)  
Other operating expense (income), net, generally represents losses (gains) associated with the sale or disposition of property and equipment. In addition, 2009 included a net charge of approximately $15.3 million for severance costs in all operating groups, costs associated with the reorganization of our operating groups, and costs associated with the closure of certain fabrication facilities, partially offset by a gain on the sale of a noncontrolling equity investment held by our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group.
(3)  
For 2013 and 2012 , acquisition-related costs primarily included transaction costs, professional fees, and change-in-control and severance-related costs associated with the Shaw Acquisition, while integration-related costs primarily related to facility consolidations and the associated accelerated lease costs for vacated facilities and personnel relocation costs.
(4)  
Income tax expense for 2013 included a benefit of $62.8 million resulting from the reversal of a valuation allowance associated with our U.K. net operating loss deferred tax asset.
(5)  
New awards represent the value of new project commitments received during a given period. These commitments are included in backlog until work is performed and revenue is recognized, or until cancellation. Backlog may also fluctuate with currency movements.
Item 7 . Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” is provided to assist readers in understanding our financial performance during the periods presented and significant trends that may impact our future performance. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our Financial Statements and the related notes thereto.
OVERVIEW
General —We provide a wide range of services including conceptual design, technology, engineering, procurement, fabrication, modularization, construction, commissioning, maintenance, program management and environmental services to customers in the energy infrastructure market throughout the world, and are a provider of diversified government services. In conjunction with the Shaw Acquisition on February 13, 2013, beginning in the first quarter of 2013, our reporting segments are comprised of our four operating groups: Engineering, Construction and Maintenance; Fabrication Services; Technology; and Government Solutions. For comparative purposes only, the impact of the acquired Shaw operations are presented separately within the operating group discussions below.
We continue to be broadly diversified across the global energy infrastructure market. Our geographic diversity is illustrated by approximately 55% of our 2013 revenue coming from projects outside the U.S. and approximately 30% of our December 31, 2013 backlog being comprised of projects outside the U.S. The geographic mix of our revenue will evolve consistent with changes in our backlog mix, as well as shifts in future global energy demand. Our diversity in energy infrastructure end-markets ranges from upstream activities such as offshore oil and gas and onshore oil sands projects, to downstream activities such as gas processing, LNG, refining, and petrochemicals, to fossil and nuclear-based power plants. Planned investments across the natural gas value chain, including LNG and petrochemicals, remain strong, and we anticipate additional benefits from continued investments in U.S. shale gas. Global investments in power, offshore and petrochemical facilities are expected to continue at robust levels, as are investments in various types of facilities which require storage structures and pre-fabricated pipe.
Our long-term contracts are awarded on a competitive bid and negotiated basis using a range of contracting options, including cost-reimbursable, fixed-price and hybrid, which has both cost-reimbursable and fixed-price characteristics. Under cost-reimbursable contracts, we generally perform our services in exchange for a price that consists of reimbursement of all customer-approved costs and a profit component, which is typically a fixed rate per hour, an overall fixed fee or a percentage of total reimbursable costs. Under fixed-price contracts, we perform our services and execute our projects at an established price. The timing of our revenue recognition may be impacted by the contracting structure of our contracts. Cost-reimbursable contracts, and hybrid contracts with a more significant cost-reimbursable component, generally provide our customers with greater influence over the timing of when we perform our work, and accordingly, such contracts often result in less predictability with respect to the timing of our revenue. Fixed-price contracts, and hybrid contracts with a more significant fixed-price component, tend to provide us with greater control over project schedule and the timing of when work is performed and costs are incurred, and accordingly, when revenue is recognized. Our shorter-term contracts and services are generally provided on a cost-reimbursable, fixed-price or unit price basis. Our December 31, 2013 backlog distribution by contracting type is described below within our operating group discussion. We anticipate that approximately 35% to 40% of our consolidated backlog will be recognized during 2014.

24

Table of Contents

Backlog for each of our operating groups generally consists of several hundred contracts, which are being executed globally. These contracts vary in size from less than one hundred thousand dollars in contract value to several billion dollars, with varying durations that can exceed five years. The differing types, sizes, and durations of our contracts, combined with their geographic diversity and stages of completion, often results in fluctuations in our quarterly operating group results as a percentage of operating group revenue. In addition, the relative contribution of each of our operating groups, and selling and administrative expense fluctuations, will impact our quarterly consolidated results as a percentage of consolidated revenue. Selling and administrative expense fluctuations are primarily impacted by our stock-based compensation costs, which are recognized predominantly in the first quarter of each year due to the timing of stock awards and the immediate expensing of awards for participants that are eligible to retire. Although quarterly variability is not unusual in our business, we are currently not aware of any fundamental change in our backlog or business that would give rise to future operating results that would be significantly different from our recent historical norms.
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance —Our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group provides engineering, procurement, and construction for major energy infrastructure facilities, as well as comprehensive and integrated maintenance services. This segment includes our Oil and Gas business unit (formerly our Project Engineering and Construction segment) and Shaw’s former Power and Plant Services segments. Effective January 1, 2013, the backlog and operating results of our large LNG mechanical erection project in the Asia Pacific region that we previously reported within our former Steel Plate Structures segment (currently within our Fabrication Services operating group) are reported within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group to align with our current operating structure. Prior year information has been reclassified to conform to the current year classification.
Our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group comprised $21.4 billion ( 77% ) of our consolidated December 31, 2013 backlog. Backlog for the acquired Shaw Power and Plant Services business units (collectively “Power”) totaled $12.1 billion at December 31, 2013 . The Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group backlog composition at December 31, 2013 was approximately 50% power, 30% LNG, 5% refining, 5% gas processing, and 10% oil sands, petrochemical and other end markets. Our power backlog was primarily concentrated in the U.S., however, we anticipate that our significant future opportunities will be derived from China and other regions. Our LNG backlog was primarily concentrated in the Asia Pacific and North American regions and we anticipate significant opportunities will continue to be derived from these regions in addition to Africa. The majority of our refining-related backlog was derived from South America and we anticipate that our future opportunities will be derived from the Middle East, South America, Russia, and the Asia Pacific region. Our gas processing projects were primarily concentrated in the U.S. and the Asia Pacific region, where we anticipate continued strength. Our oil sands backlog was derived from Canada and we anticipate opportunities will continue from this region. Our December 31, 2013 backlog distribution for this operating group by contracting type was approximately 65% fixed-price and hybrid and 35% cost-reimbursable.
Fabrication Services —Our Fabrication Services operating group provides fabrication of piping systems, process and nuclear modules, and fabrication and erection of steel plate storage tanks and pressure vessels for the oil and gas, water and wastewater, mining, mineral processing and power generation industries. This segment includes our former Steel Plate Structures segment and Shaw’s former Fabrication and Manufacturing segment. As discussed above, effective January 1, 2013, the backlog and operating results of our large LNG mechanical erection project in the Asia Pacific region that we previously reported within our former Steel Plate Structures segment are now reported within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group. Prior year information has been reclassified to conform to the current year classification.
Our Fabrication Services operating group comprised approximately $3.2 billion ( 12% ) of our consolidated December 31, 2013 backlog. Backlog for the acquired Shaw Fabrication and Manufacturing business unit totaled $946.2 million at December 31, 2013 . The Fabrication Services backlog composition by end market at December 31, 2013 was approximately 35% LNG (including low temp and cryogenic), 30% petrochemical, 25% power, 5% gas processing and 5% other end markets. Our December 31, 2013 backlog distribution for this operating group by contracting type was approximately 95% fixed-price, hybrid, or unit based, with the remainder being cost-reimbursable.
Technology —Our Technology operating group provides licensed process technologies, catalysts, specialized equipment and engineered products for use in petrochemical facilities, oil refineries and gas processing plants and offers process planning and project development services, and a comprehensive program of aftermarket support. This segment primarily consists of our former Lummus Technology segment and comprised $876.4 million ( 3% ) of our consolidated December 31, 2013 backlog. Our December 31, 2013 backlog for this operating group was primarily comprised of fixed-price contracts. Technology’s backlog excludes contracts related to our 50% owned CLG joint venture, which we do not consolidate. CLG income is recognized as equity earnings and is generated from technology licenses, engineering services and catalysts, primarily for the refining industry.

25

Table of Contents

Government Solutions —Our Government Solutions operating group leads large, high-profile programs and projects, including design-build infrastructure projects, for federal, state and local governments, and provides full-scale environmental services for government and private sector customers, including remediation and restoration of contaminated sites, emergency response, and disaster recovery. This segment primarily consists of Shaw’s former Environmental and Infrastructure segment.
Our Government Solutions operating group comprised approximately $2.3 billion ( 8% ) of our consolidated December 31, 2013 backlog. The composition of the backlog by end market at December 31, 2013 was approximately 45% EPC, 30% remediation and restoration, 15% program and project management and 10% environmental consulting and engineering, and was primarily concentrated in the U.S. Our December 31, 2013 backlog for this operating group was primarily comprised of cost-reimbursable contracts. Due to the nature of contracts for this operating group, where legislatures typically appropriate funds on a year-by-year basis, while contract performance may take more than one year, approximately $1.2 billion of our backlog at December 31, 2013 was for contractual commitments that are subject to future funding decisions.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Our new awards, revenue and income from operations by reporting segment were as follows:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
2013
 
% of
Total
 
2012
 
% of
Total
 
2011
 
% of
Total
New Awards
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
 
$
7,929,048

 
65%
 
$
5,115,271

 
70%
 
$
4,531,870

 
67%
Fabrication Services
 
2,681,886

 
22%
 
1,463,978

 
20%
 
1,738,001

 
25%
Technology
 
633,690

 
5%
 
726,721

 
10%
 
537,844

 
8%
Government Solutions
 
1,008,346

 
8%
 

 
—%
 

 
—%
Total new awards
 
$
12,252,970

 
 
 
$
7,305,970

 
 
 
$
6,807,715

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013
 
% of
Total
 
2012
 
% of
Total
 
2011
 
% of
Total
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
 
$
6,724,567

 
61%
 
$
3,305,377

 
60%
 
$
2,312,151

 
51%
Fabrication Services
 
2,575,597

 
23%
 
1,692,533

 
31%
 
1,789,817

 
39%
Technology
 
599,195

 
5%
 
487,296

 
9%
 
448,574

 
10%
Government Solutions
 
1,195,168

 
11%
 

 
—%
 

 
—%
Total revenue
 
$
11,094,527

 
 
 
$
5,485,206

 
 
 
$
4,550,542

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013
 
% of
Revenue
 
2012
 
% of
Revenue
 
2011
 
% of
Revenue
Income From Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
 
$
328,919

 
4.9%
 
$
168,467

 
5.1%
 
$
93,826

 
4.1%
Fabrication Services
 
259,750

 
10.1%
 
170,780

 
10.1%
 
165,033

 
9.2%
Technology
 
156,835

 
26.2%
 
127,396

 
26.1%
 
96,338

 
21.5%
Government Solutions
 
34,741

 
2.9%
 

 
—%
 

 
—%
Total operating groups
 
780,245

 
7.0%
 
466,643

 
8.5%
 
355,197

 
7.8%
Acquisition and integration related costs
 
(95,737
)
 
 
 
(11,000
)
 
 
 

 
 
Total income from operations
 
$
684,508

 
6.2%
 
$
455,643

 
8.3%
 
$
355,197

 
7.8%

26


2013 Versus 2012
New Awards/Backlog —New awards represent the value of new contract commitments received during a given period and are included in backlog until work is performed and revenue is recognized, or until cancellation. Our new awards may vary significantly each reporting period based upon the timing of our major new contract commitments. New awards were $12.3 billion for 2013 , compared with $7.3 billion for 2012 . The increase compared to the prior year was primarily due to the current year including awards from the recently acquired Shaw operations (approximately $3.0 billion ), primarily within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance and Government Solutions operating groups, as well as an LNG liquefaction terminal award (approximately $2.5 billion) and ethane cracker award (approximately $1.0 billion) in the U.S., also within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group. See Operating Group Results for further discussion.
Backlog at December 31, 2013 was approximately $27.8 billion compared to $10.9 billion at December 31, 2012 , with the increase primarily reflecting the impact of the backlog acquired in connection with the Shaw Acquisition (approximately $16.8 billion at the Acquisition Closing Date) and new awards exceeding revenue by $1.2 billion. For 2013 , our non-U.S. dollar denominated backlog decreased by approximately $800.0 million due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar, primarily against the Australian Dollar, Colombian Peso and Canadian Dollar. While currency fluctuations can cause significant variations in our reported backlog, these fluctuations have not resulted in significant variations in our operating results.
Revenue —Revenue for 2013 was $11.1 billion , representing a $5.6 billion increase ( 102% ) compared with 2012 . Approximately $4.0 billion of the increase was attributable to the impact of the Shaw Acquisition, primarily within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance and Government Solutions operating groups. The remaining increases were primarily due to increased construction activities on our large cost reimbursable LNG mechanical erection and gas processing projects in the Asia Pacific region and refinery project in Colombia (approximately $800.0 million combined), within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group. For 2013, revenue from our aforementioned LNG mechanical erection project, combined with our LNG tank project for the same customer within our Fabrication Services operating group, totaled $1.2 billion (approximately 11% of our total revenue). For 2012 , revenue for our Colombian refinery project within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group was approximately $915.0 million (approximately 17% of our total revenue). See Operating Group Results below for further discussion.
Gross Profit —Gross profit was $1.2 billion ( 10.8% of revenue) for 2013 , compared with $698.7 million ( 12.7% of revenue) for 2012 . The increase in absolute dollars was attributable to higher revenue for each of our operating groups, including revenue attributable to the Shaw Acquisition. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to the impact of the acquired Shaw operations and our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group representing a larger portion of our consolidated revenue, partly offset by the benefit of higher revenue volume and related leverage of our operating costs.
Selling and Administrative Expense —Selling and administrative expense was $379.5 million ( 3.4% of revenue) for 2013 , compared with $227.9 million ( 4.2% of revenue) for 2012 . The absolute dollar increase for 2013 was attributable to the impact of the Shaw Acquisition and associated higher incentive plan costs. The decrease as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to reductions in our global selling and administrative costs as a result of our integration activities and leverage of our global resources.
Intangibles Amortization —Intangibles amortization was $61.1 million for 2013 , compared with $22.6 million for 2012 . The increase over 2012 was primarily due to $42.0 million of amortization recognized subsequent to the Acquisition Closing Date associated with the Shaw Acquisition.
Equity Earnings —Equity earnings were $23.5 million for 2013 , compared with $17.9 million for 2012 . The increase was attributable to higher earnings from our unconsolidated CLG joint venture.
Acquisition and Integration Related Costs —Acquisition and integration related costs were $95.7 million for 2013 , compared with $11.0 million for 2012 . Acquisition-related costs primarily included transaction costs, professional fees, and change-in-control and severance-related costs associated with the Shaw Acquisition. Integration-related costs primarily related to facility consolidations and the associated accelerated lease costs for vacated facilities and personnel relocation costs.
Income from Operations —Income from operations was $684.5 million ( 6.2% of revenue) for 2013 , compared with $455.6 million ( 8.3% of revenue) for 2012 . The increase in absolute value and decrease as a percentage of revenue was due to the reasons noted above. See Operating Group Results below for further discussion.
Interest Expense and Interest Income —Interest expense was $87.6 million million for 2013 , compared with $19.6 million for 2012 . Our 2013 results were impacted by interest and fees related to financing commitments associated with the Shaw Acquisition (approximately $78.2 million ). Approximately $10.5 million of our 2013 interest expense was related to one-time commitments satisfied during the first quarter and interest and fees incurred prior to the Acquisition Closing Date. Interest income was $6.9 million for 2013 , compared with $8.0 million for 2012 .

27


Income Tax Expense —Income tax expense was $91.3 million ( 15.1% of pre-tax income) for 2013 , compared with $127.0 million ( 28.6% of pre-tax income) for 2012 . Our 2013 rate primarily benefited from the reversal of valuation allowance of $62.8 million associated with our U.K. net operating loss deferred tax assets (an approximate 10.0% tax rate benefit), as more fully described within Note 16 to our Consolidated Financial Statements . Our 2013 rate also benefited from an increase in available tax credits (approximately 5.0%) and a greater portion of our earnings being represented by non-controlling interests (approximately 2.0%), partly offset by a greater portion of our income being earned in the U.S. and in higher tax rate jurisdictions outside of the U.S. (approximately 3.0%). Our rate may experience fluctuations due primarily to changes in the geographic distribution of our pre-tax income. For 2014, we anticipate increased activity in higher tax rate jurisdictions, primarily the U.S., Australia and Canada.
Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests —Noncontrolling interests are primarily associated with our large LNG mechanical erection and gas processing projects in the Asia Pacific region and certain operations in the U.S. and Middle East. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $58.5 million for 2013 , compared with $15.4 million for 2012 . The change compared to 2012 was commensurate with the level of applicable operating results for the aforementioned projects and operations, including the impact of those associated with the Shaw Acquisition (approximately $16.6 million). We expect to experience an increase in net income attributable to noncontrolling interests in future periods primarily associated with additional progress on our large LNG mechanical erection project.
Operating Group Results
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
For comparative purposes only, the acquired Shaw Power results within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group have been shown separately below given there are no associated results in the 2012 period.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2013
 
% of
Total
 
2012
 
% of
Total
New Awards
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Oil and Gas
$
6,487,790

 
82
%
 
$
5,115,271

 
100
%
Power
1,441,258

 
18
%
 

 
%
Total New Awards
$
7,929,048

 
 
 
$
5,115,271

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Oil and Gas
$
4,491,632

 
67
%
 
$
3,305,377

 
100
%
Power
2,232,935

 
33
%
 

 
%
Total Revenue
$
6,724,567

 
 
 
$
3,305,377

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
% of
 
 
 
% of
 
 
 
Revenue
 
 
 
Revenue
Income From Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Oil and Gas
$
250,716

 
5.6
%
 
$
168,467

 
5.1
%
Power
78,203

 
3.5
%
 

 
%
Total Income From Operations
$
328,919

 
4.9
%
 
$
168,467

 
5.1
%
New Awards —New awards were $7.9 billion for 2013 , compared with $5.1 billion for 2012 . In addition to the impact of the acquired Power operations ( $1.4 billion ), which included extended commitments on existing nuclear maintenance contracts (approximately $770.0 million) and a chemical plant expansion project in the U.S. (approximately $100.0 million), significant new awards for 2013 included a LNG liquefaction terminal award in the U.S. (approximately $2.5 billion), an ethane cracker in the U.S. (approximately $1.0 billion), scope increases on our refinery project in Colombia and our LNG mechanical erection project in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $2.2 billion combined), and engineering services for an offshore platform in the Norwegian Sea (approximately $180.0 million). Significant new awards for 2012 included EPC services and module fabrication for an oil sands expansion project in Canada (approximately $1.2 billion combined), scope increases on our LNG mechanical erection project (approximately $1.0 billion), refinery project in Colombia (approximately $750.0 million) and gas processing project in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $190.0 million), a gas conditioning plant in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $550.0 million), a petrochemical project in the U.S. (approximately $300.0 million), engineering services for an offshore platform in the U.K. (approximately $250.0 million), a gas processing award in Europe (approximately $175.0

28


million), an offshore engineering project and butadiene extraction plant project in Europe (approximately $140.0 million combined) and front-end engineering and design services for an ethylene plant in Russia (approximately $40.0 million).
Revenue —Revenue was $6.7 billion for 2013 , representing an increase of $3.4 billion ( 103% ) compared with 2012 . Our 2013 results benefited from the impact of the acquired Power operations ( $2.2 billion ), increased construction activities on our large cost reimbursable LNG mechanical erection and gas processing projects in the Asia Pacific region and refinery project in Colombia (approximately $800.0 million combined) and increased progress on various projects in Europe and our oil sands projects in Canada. Revenue attributable to the aforementioned cost reimbursable projects totaled approximately $2.5 billion of the operating group's 2013 revenue, compared with $1.7 billion for 2012 . Approximately $870.0 million of the operating group's 2013 revenue was attributable to our nuclear projects in Georgia and South Carolina, for which revenue is anticipated to increase as construction activities progress.
Income From Operations - Income from operations for 2013 was $328.9 million ( 4.9% of revenue), compared with $168.5 million ( 5.1% of revenue) for 2012 . Our 2013 results included $78.2 million of income from operations related to the acquired Power operations ( 3.5% of associated revenue), net of $20.1 million of associated intangible amortization expense. Our remaining results were $250.7 million ( 5.6% of revenue) for 2013, compared with $168.5 million ( 5.1% of revenue) for 2012. Our increase over the prior year (excluding the acquired Power operations) was partly attributable to our large cost reimbursable projects, which contributed incremental income from operations (approximately $45.0 million) on higher revenue volume, net of the dilutive effect of scope growth at lower margin levels. Our 2013 results also benefited from increased revenue volume on our remaining projects, and associated overall leverage of our operating costs, savings on a project in South America that is now complete (approximately $19.0 million) and various projects in Europe (approximately $35.0 million), partially offset by cost increases on two projects in the U.S. and Canada (approximately $59.0 million) and higher pre-contract costs (approximately $8.0 million). Our 2012 results were primarily impacted by cost increases on a project in Canada (approximately $37.0 million), partly offset by project savings on two projects in Europe (approximately $12.0 million).
Fabrication Services
For comparative purposes only, the acquired Shaw Fabrication and Manufacturing results within our Fabrication Services operating group have been shown separately below given there are no associated results in the 2012 period.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2013
 
% of
Total
 
2012
 
% of
Total
New Awards
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Steel Plate Structures
$
2,152,174

 
80
%
 
$
1,463,978

 
100
%
Fabrication and Manufacturing
529,712

 
20
%
 

 
%
Total New Awards
$
2,681,886

 
 
 
$
1,463,978

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Steel Plate Structures
$
1,993,606

 
77
%
 
$
1,692,533

 
100
%
Fabrication and Manufacturing
581,991

 
23
%
 

 
%
Total Revenue
$
2,575,597

 
 
 
$
1,692,533

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
% of
 
 
 
% of
 
 
 
Revenue
 
 
 
Revenue
Income From Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Steel Plate Structures
$
199,169

 
10.0
%
 
$
170,780

 
10.1
%
Fabrication and Manufacturing
60,581

 
10.4
%
 

 
%
Total Income From Operations
$
259,750

 
10.1
%
 
$
170,780

 
10.1
%
New Awards —New awards were $2.7 billion for 2013 , compared with $1.5 billion for 2012 . In addition to the impact of the acquired Fabrication and Manufacturing operations ( $529.7 million ), which included various pipe fabrication awards for projects primarily in the the U.S., significant new awards for 2013 included a turnkey propane terminal and de-ethanizer facility in the U.S. (approximately $400.0 million), LNG storage tanks and facilities for two projects in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $260.0 million combined), crude oil storage tanks in Saudi Arabia (approximately $70.0 million), a bitumen storage facility in Canada (approximately $55.0 million), scope increases on an existing LNG tank project in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $50.0 million) and a propane and butane storage award in the U.S. (approximately $50.0 million). New

29


awards for 2012 included a gas storage facility award in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $225.0 million), a petrochemical storage facility award in the Middle East (approximately $110.0 million), petroleum storage tank work in the U.S. (approximately $60.0 million) and Canada (approximately $55.0 million), oil sands-related work in Canada (approximately $50.0 million), and various standard storage tank awards throughout the world.
Revenue —Revenue was $2.6 billion for 2013 , representing an increase of $883.1 million ( 52% ) compared with 2012 . Our 2013 results benefited from the impact of the acquired Fabrication and Manufacturing operations ( $582.0 million ), increased construction activity on various projects in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $230.0 million), and increased storage tank work in Canada and the U.S. (approximately $205.0 million), partly offset by the wind down of various projects in the Middle East (approximately $110.0 million).
Income From Operations —Income from operations for 2013 was $259.8 million ( 10.1% of revenue), compared with $170.8 million ( 10.1% of revenue) for 2012 . Our 2013 results included $60.6 million of income from operations related to the acquired Fabrication and Manufacturing operations ( 10.4% of associated revenue), net of $7.6 million of associated intangible amortization expense. Our remaining results were $199.2 million ( 10.0% of revenue) for 2013, compared with $170.8 million ( 10.1% of revenue) for 2012. Our 2013 results (excluding the acquired Fabrication and Manufacturing operations) benefited from increased revenue volume and associated overall leverage of our operating costs, and better results on various projects in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $30.0 million), the Caribbean and North America, partly offset by cost increases on various projects in the Middle East (approximately $40.0 million). Our 2012 results were primarily impacted by savings on various projects that were nearing completion in the Asia Pacific region and Caribbean (approximately $55.0 million, combined), which were essentially offset by cost increases on projects in the Middle East.
Technology
New Awards —New awards were $633.7 million for 2013 , compared with $726.7 million for 2012 . New awards for 2013 decreased compared to 2012 , primarily due to timing in awards and the 2012 period including significant petrochemical licensing awards, including an aromatics complex in India, petrochemical plants in Malaysia and Russia, the license and engineering design of propane dehydrogenation units in the U.S. and China, and ethane crackers in the U.S.
Revenue —Revenue was $599.2 million for 2013 , representing an increase of $111.9 million ( 23% ) compared with 2012 . The increase for 2013 was primarily due to a greater volume of licensing and heat transfer revenue due to a higher opening backlog entering 2013 versus 2012 .
Income From Operations —Income from operations for 2013 was $156.8 million ( 26.2% of revenue), compared with $127.4 million ( 26.1% of revenue) for 2012 . Our 2013 results benefited from increased revenue volume and increased equity earnings ($7.1 million), partly offset by the prior year realizing higher margins on our licensing and heat transfer activity.
Government Solutions
New Awards/Revenue/Income From Operations—For 2013 , new awards were $1.0 billion , revenue was $1.2 billion and income from operations was $34.7 million ( 2.9% of revenue). Significant new awards for 2013 included a decommissioning and demolition award in the U.S (approximately $155.0 million), a gas to energy project (approximately $95.0 million), and scope increases on an existing mixed oxide fuel fabrication facility project (approximately $200.0 million). Results for 2013 were impacted by ongoing uncertainty with respect to Federal government funding and prioritization.
2012 Versus 2011
Consolidated Results
New Awards —New awards were $7.3 billion for 2012 , compared to $6.8 billion for 2011 . New awards for 2012 included EPC services and module fabrication for our oil sands expansion project in Canada (approximately $1.2 billion combined), a gas conditioning award in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $550.0 million), a petrochemical project in the U.S. (approximately $300.0 million), engineering services for an offshore platform in the U.K. (approximately $250.0 million), and scope increases on our existing LNG mechanical erection project in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $1.0 billion) and refinery project in Colombia (approximately $750.0 million). New awards for 2011 included the award of our current LNG mechanical erection (approximately $2.3 billion) and LNG storage tank (approximately $500.0 million) projects in the Asia Pacific region. See Segment Results below for further discussion.
Backlog —Backlog at December 31, 2012 was approximately $10.9 billion , compared to $9.0 billion at December 31, 2011 , reflecting 2012 awards exceeding revenue in each of our operating groups. For 2012 , our non-U.S. dollar denominated backlog was increased by approximately $200.0 million due to the weakening of the U.S. Dollar, primarily against the Australian Dollar and Colombian Peso.
Revenue —Revenue was $5.5 billion for 2012 , representing a $934.7 million increase ( 21% ) from 2011 . The increase in revenue was primarily due to an increase in construction activities within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group on our large LNG mechanical erection project in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $245.0 million),

30


refinery project in Colombia (approximately $230.0 million), and gas processing projects in the U.S. and Asia Pacific region (approximately $220.0 million combined). Revenue from our Colombian refinery project was approximately $915.0 million and $690.9 million (approximately 17% and 15% of our total revenue) for 2012 and 2011 , respectively. See Segment Results below for further discussion.
Gross Profit —Gross profit was $698.7 million ( 12.7% of revenue) for 2012 , compared to $570.2 million ( 12.5% of revenue) for 2011 . The increase in absolute dollars was primarily attributable to higher revenue for our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance and Technology operating groups. The increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenue was primarily attributable to higher margins achieved in each of our operating groups, partly offset by our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group representing a larger portion of our consolidated revenue. See Segment Results below for further discussion.
Selling and Administrative Expense —Selling and administrative expense was $227.9 million ( 4.2% of revenue) for 2012 , compared to $205.6 million ( 4.5% of revenue) for 2011 . The absolute dollar increase for 2012 was due primarily to increases associated with our business development efforts, global administrative support, and incentive plans (collectively approximately $15.2 million), with the remaining increase being predominantly inflationary in nature around the world.
Equity Earnings —Equity earnings were $17.9 million for 2012 , compared with $16.9 million for 2011 . The increase was attributable to higher earnings from our unconsolidated CLG joint venture, primarily attributable to higher refining activity in 2012 .
Acquisition and Integration Related Costs —Acquisition and integration related costs of $11.0 million for 2012 consisted primarily of one-time professional fees associated with the Shaw Acquisition.
Other Operating Income (Expense), Net —Other operating income for 2012 was $0.6 million compared to expense of $0.1 million for 2011 . The increase in net other operating income for 2012 was primarily attributable to net gains on the sale of miscellaneous property and equipment.
Income from Operations —Income from operations was $455.6 million ( 8.3% of revenue) for 2012 , compared with $355.2 million ( 7.8% of revenue) for 2011 . The increase in absolute value and as a percentage of revenue for both periods was due to the reasons noted above. See Segment Results below for further discussion.
Interest Expense and Interest Income —Interest expense was $19.6 million for 2012 , compared with $11.0 million for 2011 . Our 2012 results were impacted by interest and fees related to financing commitments associated with the Shaw Acquisition (approximately $7.2 million) and net incremental interest expense associated with uncertain tax positions and the timing of tax payments resulting from our periodic income tax compliance reviews (approximately $2.1 million), partially offset by a lower Term Loan balance ($2.6 million). Our 2011 results were impacted by the resolution of uncertain tax positions, which resulted in the reversal of previously recorded tax reserves and associated accrued interest (approximately $3.9 million), partially offset by additional interest expense related to the timing of tax payments (approximately $2.0 million). Interest income was $8.0 million for 2012 , compared with $7.8 million for 2011 . The change versus the prior year was commensurate with the average cash balances during the applicable periods.
Income Tax Expense —Income tax expense for 2012 was $127.0 million ( 28.6% of pre-tax income), compared with $96.8 million ( 27.5% of pre-tax income) for 2011 . Our rate increased over the prior year due to a greater percentage of current year income being earned in higher tax rate jurisdictions, primarily outside the U.S. (approximately 2.5%), and due to non-deductible Shaw Acquisition related costs (approximately 0.5%). The increase was partly offset by the current year benefiting from the utilization of previously unrecognized net operating losses and credits, primarily in The Netherlands (approximately 1.5%), and a greater portion of pre-tax earnings being attributable to our noncontrolling interest partners (approximately 1.0%).
Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests —Noncontrolling interests were primarily associated with our LNG mechanical erection and gas processing projects in the Asia Pacific region and certain operations in the Middle East. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $15.4 million for 2012 , compared with $0.2 million for 2011 . The change versus the prior year period was commensurate with the level of applicable operating results for the aforementioned projects in the Asia Pacific region.
Operating Group Results
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
New Awards —New awards were $5.1 billion for 2012 , compared with $4.5 billion for 2011 . Significant new awards for 2012 included EPC services and module fabrication for our oil sands expansion project in Canada (approximately $1.2 billion combined), a gas conditioning plant in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $550.0 million), a petrochemical project in the U.S. (approximately $300.0 million), engineering services for an offshore platform in the U.K. (approximately $250.0 million), a gas processing award in Europe (approximately $175.0 million), an offshore engineering project and butadiene extraction plant project in Europe (approximately $140.0 million combined), front end engineering and design services for an ethylene

31


plant in Russia (approximately $40.0 million), and scope increases on our LNG mechanical erection and gas processing projects in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $1.0 billion and $190.0 million, respectively) and refinery project in Colombia (approximately $750.0 million). Significant new awards for 2011 included the original award of our LNG mechanical erection project (approximately $2.3 billion), the full release of EPC services for our oil sands project in Canada (approximately $500.0 million), a natural gas processing plant in the U.S. (approximately $315.0 million), engineering design for offshore platforms in the U.K. (approximately $150.0 million), and various scope increases on our gas processing project in the Asia Pacific region and refinery project in Colombia.
Revenue —Revenue was $3.3 billion for 2012 , representing an increase of $993.2 million ( 43% ) compared with 2011 . The increase over 2011 was due primarily to increased construction activities on our LNG mechanical erection project in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $245.0 million) and refinery project in Colombia (approximately $230.0 million), progress on our gas processing projects in the U.S. and Asia Pacific region (approximately $220.0 million combined), higher petrochemical project revenue in the U.S. (approximately $85.0 million), and increased progress on the expansion phase of our Canadian oil sands project (approximately $200.0 million), offset partially by the wind down of the initial phase of our Canadian oil sands project (approximately $100.0 million).
Income from Operations —Income from operations for 2012 was $168.5 million ( 5.1% of revenue), compared with $93.8 million ( 4.1% of revenue) for 2011 . Our 2012 results benefited from higher revenue volume and related leverage of our operating costs, project savings on two projects in Europe (approximately $12.0 million), higher margins realized on our large gas processing project in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $6.0 million), the prior year including facility realignment costs in the U.S. (approximately $9.0 million), partly offset by cost increases on a project in Canada (approximately $37.0 million), higher precontract costs (approximately $11.0 million), and a higher percentage of revenue being derived from our cost-reimbursable project in Colombia.
Fabrication Services
New Awards —New awards were $1.5 billion for 2012 , compared to $1.7 billion for 2011 . New awards for 2012 included a gas storage facility award in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $225.0 million), a petrochemical storage facility award in the Middle East (approximately $110.0 million), petroleum storage tank work in the U.S. (approximately $60.0 million) and Canada (approximately $55.0 million), oil sands related work in Canada (approximately $50.0 million), and various standard storage tank awards throughout the world. Significant new awards for 2011 included an LNG storage tank project in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $500.0 million), an aluminum complex storage tank project in the Middle East (approximately $60.0 million), and storage tank work in Canada (approximately $50.0 million) and the Bahamas (approximately $40.0 million).
Revenue —Revenue was $1.7 billion for 2012 , representing a decrease of $97.3 million ( 5% ) compared with 2011 . Our 2012 revenue was impacted by the wind down of various projects in the Caribbean and Middle East (approximately $250.0 million), partly offset by progress on storage tank work in the U.S. and Canada (approximately $100.0 million) and increased construction activity on various LNG tank projects in the Asia Pacific region (approximately $65.0 million).
Income from Operations —Income from operations for 2012 was $170.8 million ( 10.1% of revenue), compared with $165.0 million ( 9.2% of revenue) for 2011 . Our 2012 results benefited from savings on various projects that were nearing completion in the Asia Pacific region and Caribbean (approximately $55.0 million combined), partly offset by cost increases on projects in the Middle East, lower revenue volume and the prior year realizing better margins in the Middle East (approximately $20.0 million) and benefiting from savings on various projects in the U.S. and Canada (approximately $34.0 million combined).
Technology
New Awards —New awards were $726.7 million for 2012 , compared with $537.8 million for 2011 . The increase from 2011 was primarily attributable to significant petrochemical license awards in 2012 , including an aromatics complex in India, petrochemical plants in Malaysia and Russia, propane dehydrogenation units in the U.S. and China, and ethane crackers in the U.S., and a higher volume of heat transfer awards, including heaters for various refineries in Russia. The award activity for 2012 and 2011 was primarily located in the Asia Pacific region, North America, Russia and India.
Revenue —Revenue was $487.3 million for 2012 , representing an increase of $38.7 million ( 9% ) compared with 2011 . The increase for 2012 was due primarily to increased catalyst activity resulting from normal variations in the timing of execution of our backlog.
Income from Operations— Income from operations for 2012 was $127.4 million ( 26.1% of revenue), compared to $96.3 million ( 21.5% of revenue) for 2011 . Our 2012 results benefited primarily from increased revenue volume and higher margins on our heat transfer and catalyst activity.

32


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Cash and Cash Equivalents —At December 31, 2013 , our cash and cash equivalents were $420.5 million , and were maintained in local accounts throughout the world, substantially all of which was maintained outside The Netherlands, our country of domicile. With the exception of $153.5 million of cash and cash equivalents within our variable interest entities ("VIEs") associated with our partnering arrangements, which is generally only available for use in our operating activities when distributed to the partners, we are not aware of any material restrictions on our cash and cash equivalents.
With respect to tax consequences of repatriating our foreign earnings, distributions from our European Union subsidiaries to their Netherlands parent companies are not subject to taxation. Further, for our non-European Union companies and their subsidiaries and our U.S. companies, to the extent taxes apply, the amount of permanently reinvested earnings becomes taxable upon repatriation of assets from the subsidiary or liquidation of the subsidiary. We have accrued taxes on undistributed earnings that we intend to repatriate and we intend to permanently reinvest the remaining undistributed earnings in their respective businesses and, accordingly, have accrued no taxes on such amounts.
Operating Activities —During 2013 , net cash used in operating activities was $112.8 million , primarily resulting from cash generated from earnings, offset by the net change in our accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and net contracts in progress account balances (collectively "Contract Capital") ( $815.5 million combined) and a decrease in accrued and other non-current liability balances of $146.2 million . Our Contract Capital balances fluctuate based on the size of our projects and changing mix of cost-reimbursable versus fixed-price backlog. Our cost-reimbursable projects tend to have a greater working capital requirement, while our fixed-price projects are generally structured to be cash flow positive, creating negative net contracts in progress balances that are subject to fluctuation and which are particularly impacted by the timing of new awards, and related up-front payments, and achievement of subsequent billing milestones. Our Contract Capital balances are also impacted at period-end by the timing of accounts receivable billings and collections and accounts payable payments for our large projects. The acquired Shaw operations included a net contracts in progress liability of $2.3 billion , primarily related to upfront payments received on our two large nuclear power projects prior to the Acquisition Closing Date and fair value adjustments associated with the contracts. The net contracts in progress position for these projects will fluctuate prospectively based on the timing of future billings and will ultimately decline as the projects progress over the next five to six years. The $815.5 million net change in our Contract Capital balances was due primarily to progress on the nuclear projects (approximately $540.0 million) and working capital requirements and timing of collections and payments for our large cost-reimbursable projects (approximately $270.0 million). The $146.2 million decrease in accrued and other non-current liabilities was primarily due to the payment of acquisition-related costs. During the year, we did not experience any material benefit to our operating cash flows from net Contract Capital improvements on our existing large projects or from up-front payments on larger new awards due to the timing of such awards.
While we experienced negative operating cash flows for 2013, variable operating cash flows due to fluctuations in our Contract Capital balances is not unusual in our business. We often have periods in which our operating cash flows exceed our operating income for the reasons discussed above and, accordingly, we will have fluctuations in our operating cash flows between periods. We had positive operating cash flows of approximately $200.0 million during the nine-month period ended December 31, 2013 and anticipate net Contract Capital improvement on our existing large projects and up-front payments on future awards that will further benefit our operating cash flows. While our recent operating cash flows have been impacted by the items discussed above, we believe our anticipated future operating cash flows and capacity under our revolving and other credit facilities will be sufficient to finance our capital expenditures, settle our commitments and contingencies and address our working capital needs for the foreseeable future.
Investing Activities —During 2013 , net cash used in investing activities was $1.8 billion , primarily resulting from the cash purchase price of approximately $1.7 billion for the Shaw Acquisition, net of unrestricted cash acquired of approximately $1.2 billion, the cash purchase price of $60.8 million for our E-Gas technology acquisition, and capital expenditures of $90.5 million .
We will continue to evaluate and selectively pursue other opportunities for additional expansion of our business through the acquisition of complementary businesses and technologies. These acquisitions may involve the use of cash or may require further debt or equity financing.
Financing Activities (Including Acquisition-Related Financing) —During 2013 , net cash provided by financing activities was $1.7 billion , primarily related to financing required to fund the Shaw Acquisition on February 13, 2013, as more fully described in Note 4 to our Financial Statements. We completed the Shaw Acquisition for a purchase price of approximately $3.4 billion , comprised of approximately $2.9 billion in cash consideration and approximately $488.8 million in equity consideration. The cash consideration was funded using approximately $1.1 billion from existing cash balances of CB&I and Shaw on the Acquisition Closing Date, and the remainder was funded using $1.8 billion in debt financing, which consisted of a

33


four-year, $1.0 billion billion unsecured Term Loan and $800.0 million in Senior Notes. The Term Loan was funded during the first quarter of 2013; however, the Senior Notes were funded into an escrow account on December 28, 2012, but remained restricted from use until the Acquisition Closing Date. Shaw’s unrestricted cash balance on the Acquisition Closing Date totaled approximately $1.2 billion , resulting in a cash purchase price, net of unrestricted cash acquired, of approximately $1.7 billion , and a total purchase price, net of unrestricted cash acquired, of approximately $2.2 billion .
In addition to our acquisition-related financing, we had net cash inflows of $82.5 million associated with our revolving facilities (including borrowings of $115.0 million , partly offset by deferred financing costs of $32.5 million paid during 2013 associated with the Shaw Acquisition and our new revolving facility), cash proceeds from the issuance of shares associated with our stock plans of $34.9 million and tax benefits associated with tax deductions in excess of recognized stock-based compensation costs of $12.4 million . These cash inflows were partly offset by repayments of $75.0 million on our Term Loan, a net cash outflow of $44.7 million associated with the payment of Shaw’s obligation related to the Westinghouse Bonds (as further described in Note 10 to our Financial Statements), share repurchases totaling $36.4 million (0.6 million shares at an average price of $59.26 per share), including $9.7 million to purchase 0.1 million shares of our outstanding common stock and $26.7 million to repurchase 0.5 million shares associated with stock-based compensation-related withholding taxes on taxable share distributions, dividends paid to our shareholders of $21.5 million , and distributions to our noncontrolling interest partners of $19.5 million .
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents —During 2013 , our cash and cash equivalents balance decreased by $17.6 million due to the impact of changes in functional currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar for non-U.S. dollar cash balances, primarily the change in the Australian Dollar exchange rate, partly offset by changes in the Euro and British Pound exchange rates. The net unrealized loss on our cash and cash equivalents resulting from these exchange rate movements is reflected in the cumulative translation adjustment component of other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”). Our cash and cash equivalents held in non-U.S. dollar currencies are used primarily for project-related and other operating expenditures in those currencies, and therefore, our exposure to realized exchange gains and losses is not anticipated to be material.
Financing and Acquisition and Integration Related Costs— During 2013 , we incurred approximately $78.2 million of financing-related costs and $95.7 million of acquisition and integration related costs. Financing-related costs were recognized in interest expense and approximately $10.5 million of these costs related to one-time commitments satisfied during the first quarter of 2013 and interest and fees incurred prior to the Acquisition Closing Date. Acquisition-related costs primarily included transaction costs, professional fees, and change-in-control and severance-related costs associated with the Shaw Acquisition, while integration-related costs primarily related to facility consolidations and the associated accelerated lease costs for vacated facilities and personnel relocation costs.
Letters of Credit/Bank Guarantees/Debt/Surety Bonds— Our primary internal source of liquidity is cash flow generated from operations. Capacity under the revolving credit facilities discussed below is also available, if necessary, to fund operating or investing activities. Effective October 28, 2013, we replaced our four-year, $1.1 billion revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility") that was set to expire in July 2014, with a five-year, $1.35 billion , committed and unsecured revolving facility (the "New Revolving Facility") with BofA, as administrative agent, and BNP Paribas Securities Corp., BBVA Compass, Credit Agricole, and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, each as syndication agents, which expires in October 2018. The New Revolving Facility has a borrowing sublimit of $675.0 million (with financial letters of credit not to exceed $270.0 million ) and certain financial covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio of 3.00 , a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.75 , and a minimum net worth level calculated as $1.7 billion at December 31, 2013 . The New Revolving Facility also includes customary restrictions regarding subsidiary indebtedness, sales of assets, liens, investments, type of business conducted, and mergers and acquisitions, and includes a trailing twelve-month limitation of $250.0 million for dividend payments and share repurchases if our leverage ratio exceeds 1.50 (unlimited if our leverage ratio is equal to or below 1.50 ), among other restrictions. In addition to interest on debt borrowings, we are assessed quarterly commitment fees on the unutilized portion of the facility as well as letter of credit fees on outstanding instruments. The interest, letter of credit fee, and commitment fee percentages are based upon our quarterly leverage ratio. In the event that we borrow funds under the facility, interest is assessed at either prime plus an applicable floating margin (0.5% at December 31, 2013 ), or LIBOR plus an applicable floating margin ( 1.5% at December 31, 2013 ). At December 31, 2013 , we had no outstanding borrowings under the facility, but had $230.4 million of outstanding letters of credit, providing $1.1 billion of available capacity. Such letters of credit are generally issued to customers in the ordinary course of business to support advance payments and performance guarantees, in lieu of retention on our contracts, or in certain cases, are issued in support of our insurance program.

34


We also have a five -year, $650.0 million , committed and unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Second Revolving Facility”) with BofA, as administrative agent, and Credit Agricole, as syndication agent, which expires in February 2018. The Second Revolving Facility supplements our New Revolving Facility, has a $487.5 million borrowing sublimit and was amended effective October 28, 2013 to include financial and restrictive covenants similar to those noted above for the New Revolving Facility. In addition to interest on debt borrowings, we are assessed quarterly commitment fees on the unutilized portion of the facility as well as letter of credit fees on outstanding instruments. The interest, letter of credit fee, and commitment fee percentages are based upon our quarterly leverage ratio. In the event we borrow funds under the facility, interest is assessed at either prime plus an applicable floating margin (0.5% at December 31, 2013 ), or LIBOR plus an applicable floating margin ( 1.5% at December 31, 2013 ). At December 31, 2013 , we had $115.0 million of outstanding borrowings and $76.5 million of outstanding letters of credit under the facility, providing $458.5 million of available capacity.
During 2013 , our maximum borrowings under revolving credit facilities were approximately $516.5 million .
At December 31, 2013 , we had $925.0 million remaining on our four-year, $1.0 billion unsecured Term Loan with BofA as administrative agent, which was used to fund a portion of the Shaw Acquisition on the Acquisition Closing Date. Interest and principal under the Term Loan is payable quarterly in arrears and bears interest at LIBOR plus an applicable floating margin ( 1.5% at December 31, 2013 ). However, we entered into an interest rate swap on February 28, 2013 to hedge against $505.0 million of the $1.0 billion Term Loan, which resulted in a weighted average interest rate of approximately 2.12% during 2013 , inclusive of the applicable floating margin. Future annual maturities for the Term Loan are $100.0 million , $100.0 million , $150.0 million and $575.0 million in 2014 , 2015 , 2016 and 2017 , respectively. The Term Loan was amended effective October 28, 2013 to include financial and restrictive covenants similar to those noted above for the New Revolving Facility.
We have a series of Senior Notes totaling $800.0 million in the aggregate, with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and Credit Agricole, as administrative agents, which were used to fund a portion of the Shaw Acquisition. The Senior Notes were funded into an escrow account on December 28, 2012, and were restricted from use until the Acquisition Closing Date. Accordingly, the escrowed funds were recorded as restricted cash, and the Senior Notes were recorded as long-term debt, on our December 31, 2012 Consolidated Balance Sheet ("Balance Sheet"). The Senior Notes have financial and restrictive covenants similar to those noted above for the New Revolving Facility. The Senior Notes include Series A through D, which contain the following terms:
Series A—Interest due semi-annually at a fixed rate of 4.15% , with principal of $150.0 million due in December 2017
Series B—Interest due semi-annually at a fixed rate of 4.57% , with principal of $225.0 million due in December 2019
Series C—Interest due semi-annually at a fixed rate of 5.15% , with principal of $275.0 million due in December 2022
Series D—Interest due semi-annually at a fixed rate of 5.30% , with principal of $150.0 million due in December 2024
Uncommitted Facilities —We also have various short-term, uncommitted revolving credit facilities (the "Uncommitted Facilities") across several geographic regions of approximately $2.0 billion . These facilities are generally used to provide letters of credit or bank guarantees to customers in the ordinary course of business to support advance payments and performance guarantees, in lieu of retention on our contracts. At December 31, 2013 , we had $753.5 million of outstanding letters of credit under these facilities, providing $1.2 billion of available capacity.
In addition to providing letters of credit or bank guarantees, we also issue surety bonds in the ordinary course of business to support our contract performance. At December 31, 2013 , we had $667.5 million of outstanding surety bonds.
Compliance and Other —At December 31, 2013 , we were in compliance with all of our restrictive and financial covenants associated with our debt and revolving credit facilities, with a leverage ratio of 1.85 , a fixed charge coverage ratio of 4.68 , and net worth of $2.3 billion . Our ability to remain in compliance with our lending facilities could be impacted by circumstances or conditions beyond our control, including, but not limited to, the delay or cancellation of projects, changes in foreign currency exchange or interest rates, performance of pension plan assets, or changes in actuarial assumptions. Further, we could be impacted if our customers experience a material change in their ability to pay us, if the banks associated with our lending facilities were to cease or reduce operations, or if there is a full or partial break-up of the European Union or its currency, the Euro.
Shelf Registration Statement— We have a shelf registration statement with the SEC that expires on June 18, 2015. The shelf registration statement enables us to offer and sell shares of our common stock and issue debt securities (collectively, the “Securities”) from time to time subsequent to the filing of a prospectus supplement which, among other things, identifies the sales agent, specifies the number and value of Securities that may be sold, and provides the time frame over which Securities may be offered.

35


Contractual Obligations— At December 31, 2013 , our contractual obligations were as follows:
Contractual Obligations
 
 
Payments Due by Period
(In thousands)
 
Total
 
Less than 1
Year
 
1-3 Years
 
3-5 Years
 
After 5
Years
Senior Notes (1)
 
$
1,101,508

 
$
38,620

 
$
77,240

 
$
221,015

 
$
764,633

Term Loan (2)
 
971,461

 
116,902

 
277,734

 
576,825

 

Operating leases (3)
 
508,959

 
117,098

 
156,971

 
100,117

 
134,773

Information technology ("IT") obligations (4)
 
44,137

 
17,867

 
26,270

 

 

Self-insurance obligations (5)
 
24,575

 
24,575

 

 

 

Pension funding obligations (6)
 
20,235

 
20,235

 

 

 

Postretirement benefit funding obligations (6)
 
3,138

 
3,138

 

 

 

Purchase obligations (7)
 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits (8)
 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations
 
$
2,674,013

 
$
338,435

 
$
538,215

 
$
897,957

 
$
899,406

 
(1)  
Includes interest accruing on our $800.0 million Senior Notes (discussed above) at a weighted average fixed rate of 4.8% .
(2)  
Includes interest accruing on the remaining $925.0 million of our $1.0 billion Term Loan (discussed above) at a rate of 1.9% , inclusive of our interest rate swap (see above).
(3)  
Includes approximately $16.0 million of minimum lease payments that are contractually recoverable through our cost-reimbursable projects.
(4)  
Represents commitments for IT technical support and software maintenance contracts.
(5)  
Represents expected 2014 payments associated with our self-insurance program. Payments beyond one year have not been included as amounts are not determinable.
(6)  
Represents expected 2014 contributions to fund our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. Contributions beyond one year have not been included as amounts are not determinable.
(7)  
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into commitments (which are expected to be recovered from our customers) for the purchase of materials and supplies on our projects. We do not enter into long-term purchase commitments on a speculative basis for fixed or minimum quantities.
(8)  
Payments for reserved tax contingencies of $14.3 million are not included as the timing of specific tax payments is not determinable.
Other— We believe our cash on hand, cash generated from operations, amounts available under our New Revolving Facility, Second Revolving Facility and Uncommitted Facilities, and other external sources of liquidity, such as the issuance of debt and equity instruments, will be sufficient to finance our capital expenditures, settle our commitments and contingencies (as more fully described in Note 13 within Item 8) and address our working capital needs for the foreseeable future. However, there can be no assurance that such funding will continue to be available, as our ability to generate cash flow from operations and our ability to access funding under our New Revolving Facility, Second Revolving Facility and Uncommitted Facilities at reasonable terms, may be impacted by a variety of business, economic, legislative, financial and other factors, which may be outside of our control.
Additionally, while we currently have significant uncommitted bonding facilities, primarily to support various commercial provisions in our contracts, a termination or reduction of these bonding facilities could result in the utilization of letters of credit in lieu of performance bonds, thereby reducing the available capacity under the New Revolving Facility and Second Revolving Facility. Although we do not anticipate a reduction or termination of the bonding facilities, there can be no assurance that such facilities will continue to be available at reasonable terms to service our ordinary course obligations.
A portion of our pension plans assets are invested in European Union government securities, which could be impacted by economic turmoil in Europe or a full or partial break-up of the European Union or its currency, the Euro. However, given the long-term nature of pension funding requirements, in the event any of our pension plans (including those with investments in European Union government securities) become materially underfunded from a decline in value of our plan assets, we believe our cash on hand and amounts available under our existing revolving and uncommitted facilities would be sufficient to fund any increases in future contribution requirements. See Note 12 within Item 8 for further discussion of our pension plan assets.

36


We are a defendant in a number of lawsuits arising in the normal course of business and we have in place appropriate insurance coverage for the type of work that we perform. As a matter of standard policy, we review our litigation accrual quarterly and as further information is known on pending cases, increases or decreases, as appropriate, may be recorded. See Note 13 within Item 8 for a discussion of pending litigation, including lawsuits wherein plaintiffs allege exposure to asbestos due to work we may have performed.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
We use operating leases for facilities and equipment when they make economic sense, including sale-leaseback arrangements. Our sale-leaseback arrangements are not material to our Financial Statements, and we have no other significant off-balance sheet arrangements.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
See the applicable section of Note 2 within Item 8 for a discussion of new accounting standards.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We continually evaluate our estimates based upon historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our management has discussed the development and selection of our critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of our Supervisory Board of Directors. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our Financial Statements.
Revenue Recognition —Our revenue is primarily derived from long-term contracts and is generally recognized using the POC method, primarily based on the percentage that actual costs-to-date bear to total estimated costs to complete each contract. We follow the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Revenue Recognition Topic 605-35 for accounting policies relating to our use of the POC method, estimating costs, and revenue recognition, including the recognition of incentive fees, unapproved change orders and claims, and combining and segmenting contracts. We primarily utilize the cost-to-cost approach to estimate POC as we believe this method is less subjective than relying on assessments of physical progress. Under the cost-to-cost approach, the use of estimated costs to complete each contract is a significant variable in the process of determining recognized revenue and is a significant factor in the accounting for contracts. Significant estimates that impact the cost to complete each contract are costs of engineering, materials, components, equipment, labor and subcontracts; labor productivity; schedule durations, including subcontract and supplier progress; liquidated damages; contract disputes, including claims; achievement of contractual performance requirements; and contingency, among others. The cumulative impact of revisions in total cost estimates during the progress of work is reflected in the period in which these changes become known, including, to the extent required, the reversal of profit recognized in prior periods and the recognition of losses expected to be incurred on contracts in progress. Due to the various estimates inherent in our contract accounting, actual results could differ from those estimates. Our backlog generally consists of several hundred contracts, and although our results are impacted by changes in estimated project margins, in 2013 and for the past several years, such aggregate variations have not resulted in a material net impact to our income from operations. Individual projects with significant changes in estimated margins resulted in a net reduction to income from operations of approximately $15.0 million and $25.0 million for 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Our long-term contracts are awarded on a competitive bid and negotiated basis and the timing of revenue recognition may be impacted by the terms of such contracts. We use a range of contracting options, including cost-reimbursable, fixed-price and hybrid, which has both cost-reimbursable and fixed-price characteristics. Fixed-price contracts, and hybrid contracts with a more significant fixed-price component, tend to provide us with greater control over project schedule and the timing of when work is performed and costs are incurred, and accordingly, when revenue is recognized. Cost-reimbursable contracts, and hybrid contracts with a more significant cost-reimbursable component, generally provide our customers with greater influence over the timing of when we perform our work, and accordingly, such contracts often result in less predictability with respect to the timing of revenue recognition. Contract revenue for our long-term contracts recognized under the POC method reflects the original contract price adjusted for approved change orders and estimated recoveries for incentive fees, unapproved change orders and claims. We recognize revenue associated with incentive fees when the value can be reliably estimated and recovery is probable. We recognize revenue associated with unapproved change orders and claims to the extent the related costs have been incurred, the value can be reliably estimated and recovery is probable. Our recorded incentive fees, unapproved change

37


orders and claims reflect our best estimate of recovery amounts; however, the ultimate resolution and amounts received could differ from these estimates. See Note 17 within Item 8 for additional discussion of our recorded unapproved change orders, claims, incentives and other contract recoveries.
With respect to our EPC services, our contracts are not segmented between types of services, such as engineering and construction, if each of the EPC components is negotiated concurrently or if the pricing of any such services is subject to the ultimate negotiation and agreement of the entire EPC contract. However, we segment an EPC contract if it includes technology or fabrication services and the technology or fabrication scope is independently negotiated and priced. In addition, an EPC contract including technology or fabrication services may be segmented if we satisfy the segmenting criteria in ASC 605-35. Revenue recorded in these situations is based on our prices and terms for similar services to third party customers. Segmenting a contract may result in different interim rates of profitability for each scope of service than if we had recognized revenue without segmenting. In some instances, we may combine contracts that are entered into in multiple phases, but are interdependent and include pricing considerations by us and the customer that are impacted by all phases of the project. Otherwise, if each phase is independent of the other and pricing considerations do not give effect to another phase, the contracts will not be combined.
Cost of revenue for our long-term contracts includes direct contract costs, such as materials and labor, and indirect costs that are attributable to contract activity. The timing of when we bill our customers is generally dependent upon advance billing terms, completion of certain phases of the work, or when services are provided. Cumulative costs and estimated earnings recognized to-date in excess of cumulative billings is reported on the Balance Sheet as costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings. Cumulative billings in excess of cumulative costs and estimated earnings recognized to-date is reported on the Balance Sheet as billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , we had billings to customers on our long-term contracts of $16.1 billion and $8.1 billion , respectively, netted within costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings and $25.4 billion and $10.8 billion , respectively, netted within billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings. Any uncollected billed revenue, including contract retentions, is reported as accounts receivable. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , accounts receivable included contract retentions of approximately $68.6 million and $37.2 million , respectively. Contract retentions due beyond one year were not significant at December 31, 2013 or 2012 .
Revenue for our service contracts that do not satisfy the criteria for revenue recognition under the POC method is recorded at the time services are performed. Revenue associated with incentive fees for these contracts is recognized when earned. Unbilled receivables for our service contracts are recorded within accounts receivable and were approximately $80.0 million and $5.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.
Revenue for our pipe and steel fabrication and catalyst manufacturing contracts that are independent of an EPC contract, or for which we satisfy the segmentation criteria discussed above, is recognized upon shipment of the fabricated or manufactured units. During the fabrication or manufacturing process, all related direct and allocable indirect costs are capitalized as work in process inventory and such costs are recorded as cost of revenue at the time of shipment.
Recoverability of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets —At December 31, 2013 , our goodwill balance was $4.2 billion (including $3.3 billion associated with the Shaw Acquisition), and was distributed among our four operating groups as follows: Engineering, Construction and Maintenance - $2.8 billion , Fabrication Services - $545.3 million , Technology - $428.7 million and Government Solutions - $483.8 million . Goodwill is not amortized to earnings, but instead is reviewed for impairment at least annually at our reporting unit level, absent any indicators of impairment. Our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group includes three reporting units, our Fabrication Services operating group includes two reporting units, and our Technology and Government Solutions operating groups each represent a reporting unit. We perform our annual impairment assessment during the fourth quarter of each year based upon balances as of the beginning of that year’s fourth quarter. As part of our annual impairment assessment, in the fourth quarter of 2013 , we performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill for each of our reporting units. We utilized an income approach (discounted cash flow method) to value our reporting units and test for impairment as we believe this is the most direct approach to incorporate the specific economic attributes and risk profiles of our reporting units into our valuation model. This is consistent with the methodology used for our annual impairment assessment in previous years. We generally do not utilize a market approach given the difficulty in identifying relevant market transactions and the volatility of markets from which transactions are derived. The discounted cash flow methodology, which compares an estimate of a reporting unit’s discounted future cash flows to its net book value, is based, to a large extent, on assumptions about future events, which may or may not occur as anticipated, and such deviations could have a significant impact on the calculated estimated fair values of our reporting units. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, estimates of future growth rates, discount rates and terminal values for each reporting unit. Based upon this quantitative assessment, no impairment charge was necessary during 2013 , as the fair value of each of the reporting units acquired in 2013 exceeded their respective net book value and the fair value of all other reporting units significantly exceeded their respective net book values. If, based on future assessments, our goodwill is deemed to be impaired, the impairment would result in a charge to earnings in the year of impairment.We amortize our finite-lived intangible assets on a straight-line basis with lives

38


ranging from 2 to 20 years, absent any indicators of impairment. We review tangible assets and finite-lived intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If a recoverability assessment is required, the estimated future cash flow associated with the asset or asset group will be compared to the asset’s carrying amount to determine if impairment exists. We noted no indicators of impairment in 2013 or 2012 . See Note 6 within Item 8 for further discussion regarding goodwill and other intangible assets.
Acquisition-Related Purchase Price Allocation —The aggregate purchase price for the Shaw Acquisition was allocated to the major categories of assets and liabilities acquired based upon their estimated fair values at the Acquisition Closing Date, which were based, in part, upon outside appraisals for certain assets, including specifically-identifiable intangible assets and property and equipment. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired totaling $3.3 billion , was recorded as goodwill. Our final purchase price allocation, completed in the fourth quarter of 2013, resulted in adjustments to certain assets and liabilities, including the residual amount allocated to goodwill.
Income Taxes —Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis using currently enacted income tax rates for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to offset any net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The final realization of deferred tax assets depends upon our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income of the appropriate character and in the appropriate jurisdictions.
On a periodic and ongoing basis we evaluate our deferred tax assets ("DTA(s)") and assess the appropriateness of our valuation allowances. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the DTAs. If, based on the weight of available evidence, our assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that a DTA will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance. Our assessments include, among other things, the value and quality of our backlog, evaluations of existing and anticipated market conditions, analysis of recent and historical operating results and projections of future results, strategic plans and alternatives for associated operations, as well as asset expiration dates, where applicable.
At December 31, 2012, we had a recorded net operating loss ("NOL") DTA for our operations in the United Kingdom (“U.K.") of $21.9 million , net of a valuation allowance against $74.6 million of U.K. NOL DTAs for which we believed it was more likely than not that the NOLs would not be utilized. The U.K. NOL DTA was recorded in 2007 and 2008 and related to losses incurred during those years on two large fixed-price projects that were completed in the first quarter of 2010. Prior to 2013, the negative evidence with respect to the uncertainty of future earnings for our U.K. operations out-weighed the positive evidence of recent periods of profitability, and therefore, we previously had no release of valuation allowance since the U.K. NOL DTA was recorded. However, during 2013 our current year results for the U.K. significantly exceeded our previous expectations, due primarily to growth on existing projects, new awards for 2013, and better recovery of fixed overhead costs, such that in 2013 we fully utilized our recorded U.K. NOL DTA, and accordingly, a release of valuation allowance was required.
In determining the amount of valuation allowance to release, we gave consideration to the aforementioned factors, and more specifically, the heavily weighted positive evidence of the sustained U.K. operating results, including recent operating results significantly exceeding 2013 plan expectations, and a stronger than previously anticipated backlog and outlook for our U.K. operations as derived from our annual fourth quarter planning process. Based on this assessment, and considering the indefinite-lived nature of the U.K. NOLs, we concluded that the positive evidence now out-weighed the negative evidence with respect to realization of the unrecorded U.K. NOL DTA and determined it was more likely than not that the unrecorded U.K. NOL DTA was realizable. Therefore, in the fourth quarter of 2013, our full valuation allowance related to the U.K. NOL DTA was reversed, resulting in a decrease in tax expense of approximately $62.8 million. If the factors upon which we based our assessment of realizability of the U.K. NOL DTA differ materially from our expectations, including future operating results being lower than our current estimates, our future assessments could be impacted and result in an increase in valuation allowance and increase in tax expense.
We provide income tax and associated interest reserves, where applicable, in situations where we have and have not received tax assessments. Tax and associated interest reserves are provided in those instances where we consider it more likely than not that additional tax will be due in excess of amounts reflected in income tax returns filed worldwide. At December 31, 2013 , our reserves totaled approximately $14.3 million , including $6.2 million associated with the Shaw Acquisition. If these income tax reserves are ultimately unnecessary, approximately $11.1 million would impact the effective tax rate as we are contractually indemnified for the remaining balances. At December 31, 2012 , our reserves totaled $5.2 million . We continually review our exposure to additional income tax obligations and, as further information is known or events occur, changes in our tax and interest reserves may be recorded within income tax expense and interest expense, respectively.

39


Insurance —We maintain insurance coverage for various aspects of our business and operations. However, we retain a portion of anticipated losses through the use of deductibles and self-insured retentions for our exposures related to third-party liability and workers’ compensation. We regularly review estimates of reported and unreported claims through analysis of historical and projected trends, in conjunction with actuaries and other consultants, and provide for losses through insurance reserves. As claims develop and additional information becomes available, adjustments to loss reserves may be required. If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A hypothetical ten percent change in our self-insurance reserves at December 31, 2013 would have impacted our pre-tax income by approximately $7.6 million for 2013 .
Partnering Arrangements In the ordinary course of business, we execute specific projects and conduct certain operations through joint venture, consortium and other collaborative arrangements (collectively referred to as "venture(s)"). We have various ownership interests in these ventures, with such ownership typically being proportionate to our decision-making and distribution rights. The ventures generally contract directly with the third party customer; however, services may be performed directly by the ventures, or may be performed by us or our partners, or a combination thereof.
Venture net assets consist primarily of cash, working capital and property and equipment, and assets may be restricted from being used to fund obligations outside of the venture. These ventures typically have limited third-party debt or have debt that is non-recourse in nature; however, they may provide for capital calls to fund operations or require participants in the venture to provide additional financial support, including advance payment or retention letters of credit.
Each venture is assessed at inception and on an ongoing basis as to whether it qualifies as a VIE under the consolidations guidance in ASC 810. A venture generally qualifies as a VIE when it (1) meets the definition of a legal entity, (2) absorbs the operational risk of the projects being executed, creating a variable interest, and (3) lacks sufficient capital investment from the partners, potentially resulting in the venture requiring additional subordinated financial support, if necessary, to finance its future activities.
If at any time a venture qualifies as a VIE, we perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE and, therefore, need to consolidate the VIE. We are the primary beneficiary if we have (1) the power to direct the economically significant activities of the VIE and (2) the right to receive benefits from, and obligation to absorb losses of, the VIE. If the venture is a VIE and we are the primary beneficiary, or we otherwise have the ability to control the venture, we consolidate the venture. If we are not determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE, or only have the ability to significantly influence, rather than control the venture, we do not consolidate the venture. We account for unconsolidated ventures using the equity method or proportionate consolidation. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , we had no material proportionately consolidated ventures. See Note 7 within Item 8 for additional discussion of our material partnering arrangements.
Financial Instruments —We utilize derivative instruments in certain circumstances to mitigate the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, as described below:
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Derivatives— We do not engage in currency speculation; however, we do utilize foreign currency exchange rate derivatives on an on-going basis to hedge against certain foreign currency-related operating exposures. We generally seek hedge accounting treatment for contracts used to hedge operating exposures and designate them as cash flow hedges. Therefore, gains and losses, exclusive of credit risk and forward points (which represent the time-value component of the fair value of our derivative positions), are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) until the associated underlying operating exposure impacts our earnings. Changes in the fair value of (1) credit risk and forward points, (2) instruments deemed ineffective during the period, and (3) instruments that we do not designate as cash flow hedges are recognized within cost of revenue.
Interest Rate Derivatives— On February 28, 2013, we entered into a swap arrangement to hedge against interest rate variability associated with $505.0 million of our $1.0 billion Term Loan. The swap arrangement has been designated as a cash flow hedge as its critical terms matched those of the Term Loan at inception and through December 31, 2013 . Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the swap arrangement are included in AOCI until the associated underlying exposure impacts our earnings.

40


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Foreign Currency Risk —We are exposed to market risk associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. One form of exposure to fluctuating exchange rates relates to the effects of translating financial statements of foreign operations (primarily Australian Dollar, British Pound, Canadian Dollar, Colombian Peso and Euro denominated) into our reporting currency, which are recognized as a cumulative translation adjustment in AOCI. The change in the currency translation adjustment component of AOCI during 2013 was a loss totaling $24.7 million , net of tax, primarily resulting from movements in the Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, and Euro exchange rates against the U.S. Dollar. We generally do not hedge our exposure to potential foreign currency translation adjustments.
We do not engage in currency speculation; however, we do utilize foreign currency exchange rate derivatives on an on-going basis to hedge against certain foreign currency-related operating exposures. We generally seek hedge accounting treatment for contracts used to hedge operating exposures and designate them as cash flow hedges. Therefore, gains and losses, exclusive of credit risk and forward points, are included in AOCI until the associated underlying operating exposure impacts our earnings. Changes in the fair value of (1) credit risk and forward points, (2) instruments deemed ineffective during the period, and (3) instruments that we do not designate as cash flow hedges, are recognized within cost of revenue and were not material during 2013 .
At December 31, 2013 , the notional value of our outstanding forward contracts to hedge certain foreign currency exchange-related operating exposures was $131.8 million , including net foreign currency exchange rate exposure associated with the purchase of U.S. Dollars ( $71.6 million ), Euros ( $22.2 million ), Singapore Dollars ( $18.7 million ), British Pounds ( $11.8 million ), Chinese Renminbi ( $6.8 million ) and Thai Baht ( $0.7 million ). The total net fair value of these contracts was a gain of approximately $1.1 million at December 31, 2013 . The potential change in fair value for our outstanding contracts resulting from a hypothetical ten percent change in quoted foreign currency exchange rates would have been approximately $13.2 million and $12.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. This potential change in fair value of our outstanding contracts would be offset by the change in fair value of the associated underlying operating exposures.
Interest Rate Risk —On February 28, 2013, we entered an interest rate swap to hedge against interest rate variability associated with $505.0 million of our $1.0 billion Term Loan. The swap arrangement has been designated as a cash flow hedge as its critical terms matched those of the Term Loan at inception and through December 31, 2013 . Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap are recognized in AOCI. The total net fair value of the contract was a gain of approximately $1.5 million at December 31, 2013 . The potential change in fair value for our interest rate swap resulting from a hypothetical one percent change in the LIBOR rate would have been approximately $11.1 million at December 31, 2013 .
Other —The carrying values of our accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. At December 31, 2013 , the fair value of our Term Loan, based upon the current market rates for debt with similar credit risk and maturity, approximated its carrying value as interest is based upon LIBOR plus an applicable floating margin. Our Senior Notes are categorized within level 2 of the valuation hierarchy and had a total fair value of approximately $753.7 million at December 31, 2013 , based upon the current market rates for debt with similar credit risk and maturities. At December 31, 2012 , the fair value of our Senior Notes approximated their carrying value. See Note 11 within Item 8 for additional discussion of our financial instruments.

41

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Table of Contents
 
 
Page

42

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Included in our system of internal control are written policies, an organizational structure providing division of responsibilities, the selection and training of qualified personnel and a program of financial and operations reviews by our professional staff of corporate auditors.
Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the underlying transactions, including the acquisition and disposition of assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that our assets are safeguarded and transactions are executed in accordance with management’s and our directors’ authorization and are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of our Financial Statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our Financial Statements.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our evaluation was based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 Framework) (“COSO”).
Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework , our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013 . The conclusion of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer is based upon the recognition that there are inherent limitations in all systems of internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.
/s/ Philip K. Asherman
 
/s/ Ronald A. Ballschmiede
Philip K. Asherman
 
Ronald A. Ballschmiede
President and
 
Executive Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer
 
Chief Financial Officer
February 27, 2014

43

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Supervisory Board and Shareholders of
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
We have audited Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 , based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 Framework) (the COSO criteria). Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. and subsidiaries’ maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 , based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 and our report dated February 27, 2014 , expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Houston, Texas
February 27, 2014

44


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Supervisory Board and Shareholders of
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 . These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 , in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 , based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 Framework) and our report dated February 27, 2014 , expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Houston, Texas
February 27, 2014

45


CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON COMPANY N.V.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenue
$
11,094,527

 
$
5,485,206

 
$
4,550,542

Cost of revenue
9,895,517

 
4,786,499

 
3,980,306

Gross profit
1,199,010

 
698,707

 
570,236

Selling and administrative expense
379,485

 
227,948

 
205,550

Intangibles amortization
61,111

 
22,613

 
26,302

Equity earnings
(23,474
)
 
(17,931
)
 
(16,887
)
Other operating expense (income), net
1,643

 
(566
)
 
74

Acquisition and integration related costs
95,737

 
11,000

 

Income from operations
684,508

 
455,643

 
355,197

Interest expense
(87,578
)
 
(19,606
)
 
(11,030
)
Interest income
6,930

 
8,029

 
7,796

Income before taxes
603,860

 
444,066

 
351,963

Income tax expense
(91,270
)
 
(127,003
)
 
(96,765
)
Net income
512,590

 
317,063

 
255,198

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
(58,470
)
 
(15,408
)
 
(166
)
Net income attributable to CB&I
$
454,120

 
$
301,655

 
$
255,032

Net income attributable to CB&I per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
4.29

 
$
3.12

 
$
2.60

Diluted
$
4.23

 
$
3.07

 
$
2.55

Cash dividends on shares:
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
$
21,453

 
$
19,394

 
$
19,722

Per share
$
0.20

 
$
0.20

 
$
0.20

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

46

Table of Contents

CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON COMPANY N.V.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(In thousands)
Net income
$
512,590

 
$
317,063

 
$
255,198

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Change in cumulative translation adjustment (net of tax of ($12,601), ($3,322) and $2,929)
(24,854
)
 
7,659

 
(18,802
)
Change in unrealized fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax of $112, ($442) and ($791))
1,475

 
1,093

 
1,335

Change in unrecognized prior service pension credits/costs (net of tax of $120, $140 and ($1,176))
(523
)
 
(539
)
 
2,517

Change in unrecognized actuarial pension gains/losses (net of tax of $5,235, $13,377 and $2,603)
4,884

 
(45,311
)
 
(24,319
)
Comprehensive income
493,572

 
279,965

 
215,929

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests (net of tax of ($2,266), $400 and ($466))
(58,470
)
 
(15,408
)
 
(166
)
Less: Change in cumulative translation adjustment attributable to noncontrolling interests (net of tax of $0, $0 and $0)
117

 
(2,782
)
 
(891
)
Comprehensive income attributable to CB&I
$
435,219

 
$
261,775

 
$
214,872

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

47

Table of Contents

CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON COMPANY N.V.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(In thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents ($153,485 and $142,285 related to variable interest entities ("VIEs"))
$
420,502

 
$
643,395

Restricted cash (related to the Shaw Acquisition - Note 10)

 
800,000

Accounts receivable, net ($151,241 and $63,649 related to VIEs)
1,385,448

 
752,985

Inventory (Note 5)
302,987

 
32,319

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings ($59,092 and $38,967 related to VIEs)
566,718

 
303,540

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)
555,589

 
88,681

Other current assets ($31,487 and $5,123 related to VIEs)
158,321

 
100,635

Total current assets
3,389,565

 
2,721,555

Equity investments (Note 7)
101,754

 
97,267

Property and equipment, net ($24,655 and $0 related to VIEs) (Note 8)
788,797

 
285,871

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)
110,142

 
73,201

Goodwill (Note 6)
4,226,468

 
926,711

Other intangibles, net (Note 6)
627,723

 
166,308

Other non-current assets
145,144

 
58,762

Total assets
$
9,389,593

 
$
4,329,675

Liabilities
 
 
 
Revolving facility debt (Note 10)
$
115,000

 
$

Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 10)
100,000

 

Accounts payable ($200,721 and $87,301 related to VIEs)
1,157,478

 
654,504

Accrued liabilities (Note 8)
699,506

 
354,700

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings ($29,670 and $39,105 related to VIEs)
2,720,251

 
758,938

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)
5,389

 
4,380

Total current liabilities
4,797,624

 
1,772,522

Long-term debt (Note 10)
1,625,000

 
800,000

Other non-current liabilities (Note 8)
387,555

 
272,443

Deferred income taxes (Note 16)
71,976

 
88,400

Total liabilities
6,882,155

 
2,933,365

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

 

Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Common stock, Euro .01 par value; shares authorized: 250,000; shares issued: 107,857 and 101,523; shares outstanding: 107,478 and 96,835
1,275

 
1,190

Additional paid-in capital
753,742

 
363,417

Retained earnings
1,733,409

 
1,300,742

Stock held in trust (Note 14)

 
(3,031
)
Treasury stock, at cost: 379 and 4,688 shares
(23,914
)
 
(193,533
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 14)
(119,933
)
 
(101,032
)
Total CB&I shareholders’ equity
2,344,579

 
1,367,753

Noncontrolling interests
162,859

 
28,557

Total shareholders’ equity
2,507,438

 
1,396,310

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
9,389,593

 
$
4,329,675

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

48

Table of Contents

CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON COMPANY N.V.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(In thousands)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
512,590

 
$
317,063

 
$
255,198

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
180,026

 
66,421

 
70,184

Deferred taxes
48,553

 
63,402

 
29,839

Stock-based compensation expense
63,315

 
41,000

 
35,298

Equity earnings
(23,474
)
 
(17,931
)
 
(16,887
)
(Gain) loss on property and equipment transactions
(2,531
)
 
(566
)
 
7,512

Unrealized (gain) loss on foreign currency hedge ineffectiveness
(1,317
)
 
3,838

 
(7
)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
(12,404
)
 
(18,467
)
 
(15,388
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Increase in receivables, net
(154,143
)
 
(258,132
)
 
(130,192
)
Change in contracts in progress, net
(619,336
)
 
(222,133
)
 
16,419

Decrease (increase) in inventory
1,504

 
2,339

 
(8,149
)
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable
(43,491
)
 
135,755

 
159,524

Decrease (increase) in other current and non-current assets
65,500

 
19,365

 
(42,106
)
(Decrease) increase in accrued and other non-current liabilities
(146,214
)
 
59,118

 
38,093

Decrease in equity investments
33,984

 
20,286

 
9,605

Change in other, net
(15,398
)
 
(8,854
)
 
4,212

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(112,836
)
 
202,504

 
413,155

Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Shaw Acquisition, net of unrestricted cash acquired of $1,137,927
(1,713,333
)
 

 

Other acquisitions
(60,825
)
 

 

Capital expenditures
(90,492
)
 
(72,279
)
 
(40,945
)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
11,180

 
5,494

 
8,192

Change in other, net
28,161

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities
(1,825,309
)
 
(66,785
)
 
(32,753
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Revolving facility borrowings, net
115,000

 

 

Term loan borrowings
1,000,000

 

 

Senior note borrowings

 
800,000

 

Cash deposited into restricted cash

 
(800,000
)
 

Cash withdrawn from restricted cash and cash equivalents (Senior Notes)
800,000

 

 

Cash withdrawn from restricted cash and cash equivalents (Westinghouse-related debt)
1,309,022

 

 

Repayment of Westinghouse-related debt
(1,353,694
)
 

 

Repayments on term loan
(75,000
)
 
(40,000
)
 
(40,000
)
Decrease in notes payable

 

 
(334
)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
12,404

 
18,467

 
15,388

Purchase of treasury stock
(36,352
)
 
(123,255
)
 
(135,598
)
Issuance of stock
34,940

 
11,325

 
12,215

Dividends paid
(21,453
)
 
(19,394
)
 
(19,722
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
(19,527
)
 
(8,329
)
 
(10,744
)
Revolving facility and deferred financing costs
(32,528
)
 
(12,925
)
 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
1,732,812

 
(174,111
)
 
(178,795
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(17,560
)
 
9,976

 
(11,534
)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(222,893
)
 
(28,416
)
 
190,073

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year
643,395

 
671,811

 
481,738

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year
$
420,502

 
$
643,395

 
$
671,811

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
$
91,607

 
$
6,866

 
$
9,739

Cash (received) paid for income taxes, net
$
(46,236
)
 
$
66,385

 
$
44,868

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

49

Table of Contents

CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON COMPANY N.V.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Common Stock
 
Additional
Paid-In
 
Retained
 
Stock Held in Trust
 
Treasury Stock
 
(Note 14)
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
 
Non -
controlling
 
Total
Shareholders’
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Capital
 
Earnings
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
(Loss) Income
 
Interests
 
Equity
 (In thousands, except per share data)
Balance at December 31, 2010
99,343

 
$
1,190

 
$
352,420

 
$
783,171

 
1,379

 
$
(20,161
)
 
2,180

 
$
(40,166
)
 
$
(20,992
)
 
$
28,383

 
$
1,083,845

Net income

 

 

 
255,032

 

 

 

 

 

 
166

 
255,198

Change in cumulative translation adjustment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(19,693
)
 
891

 
(18,802
)
Change in unrealized fair value of cash flow hedges, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
1,335

 

 
1,335

Change in unrecognized prior service pension credits/costs, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2,517

 

 
2,517

Change in unrecognized actuarial pension gains/losses, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(24,319
)
 

 
(24,319
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(10,744
)
 
(10,744
)
Dividends paid ($0.20 per share)

 

 

 
(19,722
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(19,722
)
Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
35,298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
35,298

Release of trust shares
(114
)
 

 
(2,429
)
 

 
(627
)
 
10,373

 
114

 
(4,649
)
 

 

 
3,295

Purchase of treasury stock
(3,685
)
 

 

 

 

 

 
3,685

 
(135,598
)
 

 

 
(135,598
)
Issuance of stock
2,052

 

 
(13,620
)
 

 

 

 
(2,052
)
 
37,747

 

 

 
24,127

Balance at December 31, 2011
97,596

 
1,190

 
371,669

 
1,018,481

 
752

 
(9,788
)
 
3,927

 
(142,666
)
 
(61,152
)
 
18,696

 
1,196,430

Net income

 

 

 
301,655

 

 

 

 

 

 
15,408

 
317,063

Change in cumulative translation adjustment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
4,877

 
2,782

 
7,659

Change in unrealized fair value of cash flow hedges, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
1,093

 

 
1,093

Change in unrecognized prior service pension credits/costs, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(539
)
 

 
(539
)
Change in unrecognized actuarial pension gains/losses, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(45,311
)
 

 
(45,311
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(8,329
)
 
(8,329
)
Dividends paid ($0.20 per share)

 

 

 
(19,394
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(19,394
)
Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
41,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
41,000

Release of trust shares

 

 
(1,722
)
 

 
(436
)
 
6,757

 

 

 

 

 
5,035

Purchase of treasury stock
(2,779
)
 

 

 

 

 

 
2,779

 
(123,255
)
 

 

 
(123,255
)
Issuance of stock
2,018

 

 
(47,530
)
 

 

 

 
(2,018
)
 
72,388

 

 

 
24,858

Balance at December 31, 2012
96,835

 
1,190

 
363,417

 
1,300,742

 
316

 
(3,031
)
 
4,688

 
(193,533
)
 
(101,032
)
 
28,557

 
1,396,310

Net income

 

 

 
454,120

 

 

 

 

 

 
58,470

 
512,590

Change in cumulative translation adjustment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(24,737
)
 
(117
)
 
(24,854
)
Change in unrealized fair value of cash flow hedges, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
1,475

 

 
1,475

Change in unrecognized prior service pension credits/costs, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(523
)
 

 
(523
)
Change in unrecognized actuarial pension gains/losses, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
4,884

 

 
4,884

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(19,527
)
 
(19,527
)
Dividends paid ($0.20 per share)

 

 

 
(21,453
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(21,453
)
Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
63,315

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
63,315

The Shaw Acquisition
8,893

 
85

 
388,600

 

 

 

 
(2,559
)
 
100,125

 

 
95,476

 
584,286

Issuance of treasury stock to trust
98

 

 
896

 

 
98

 
(5,245
)
 
(98
)
 
4,349

 

 

 

Release of trust shares
(15
)
 

 
(3,355
)
 

 
(414
)
 
8,276

 
15

 
(856
)
 

 

 
4,065

Purchase of treasury stock
(613
)
 

 

 

 

 

 
613

 
(36,352
)
 

 

 
(36,352
)
Issuance of stock
2,280

 

 
(59,131
)
 

 

 

 
(2,280
)
 
102,353

 

 

 
43,222

Balance at December 31, 2013
107,478

 
$
1,275

 
$
753,742

 
$
1,733,409

 

 
$

 
379

 
$
(23,914
)
 
$
(119,933
)
 
$
162,859

 
$
2,507,438

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

50

Table of Contents

CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON COMPANY N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($ and share values in thousands, except per share data)
1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS
Organization and Nature of Operations Founded in 1889 , Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. (“CB&I” or the "Company”) provides a wide range of services, including conceptual design, technology, engineering, procurement, fabrication, modularization, construction, commissioning, maintenance, program management and environmental services to customers in the energy infrastructure market throughout the world, and is a provider of diversified government services. Our business is aligned into four principal operating groups: (1) Engineering, Construction and Maintenance, (2) Fabrication Services, (3) Technology, and (4) Government Solutions. Natural gas, petroleum, power and petrochemical projects for the worldwide energy and natural resource industries accounted for a majority of our revenue in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 . See Note 18 for a description of our operating groups and related financial information.
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Accounting and Consolidation —These Consolidated Financial Statements (“Financial Statements”) are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and include all wholly-owned subsidiaries and those entities which we are required to consolidate, including those acquired as part of our acquisition of The Shaw Group, Inc. (“Shaw”) (the “Shaw Acquisition” or “the Acquisition”), as further described in Note 4. See the “Partnering Arrangements” section of this footnote for further discussion of our consolidation policy for those entities that are not wholly-owned. Significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Inventory balances at December 31, 2012 have been reclassified from other current assets to conform to our December 31, 2013 presentation.
Use of Estimates —The preparation of our Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We believe the most significant estimates and judgments are associated with revenue recognition for our contracts, including the recognition of incentive fees and unapproved change orders and claims; determination of fair value with respect to acquired tangible and intangible net assets; recoverability assessments that must be periodically performed with respect to long-lived tangible assets, goodwill and other intangible assets; valuation of deferred tax assets and financial instruments; the determination of liabilities related to self-insurance programs and income taxes; and consolidation determinations with respect to our partnering arrangements. If the underlying estimates and assumptions upon which our Financial Statements are based change in the future, actual amounts may differ from those included in the accompanying Financial Statements.
Revenue Recognition —Our revenue is primarily derived from long-term contracts and is generally recognized using the percentage of completion (“POC”) method, primarily based on the percentage that actual costs-to-date bear to total estimated costs to complete each contract. We follow the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Revenue Recognition Topic 605-35 for accounting policies relating to our use of the POC method, estimating costs, and revenue recognition, including the recognition of incentive fees, unapproved change orders and claims, and combining and segmenting contracts. We primarily utilize the cost-to-cost approach to estimate POC as we believe this method is less subjective than relying on assessments of physical progress. Under the cost-to-cost approach, the use of estimated costs to complete each contract is a significant variable in the process of determining recognized revenue and is a significant factor in the accounting for contracts. Significant estimates that impact the cost to complete each contract are costs of engineering, materials, components, equipment, labor and subcontracts; labor productivity; schedule durations, including subcontract and supplier progress; liquidated damages; contract disputes, including claims; achievement of contractual performance requirements; and contingency, among others. The cumulative impact of revisions in total cost estimates during the progress of work is reflected in the period in which these changes become known, including, to the extent required, the reversal of profit recognized in prior periods and the recognition of losses expected to be incurred on contracts in progress. Due to the various estimates inherent in our contract accounting, actual results could differ from those estimates. Our backlog generally consists of several hundred contracts, and although our results are impacted by changes in estimated project margins, in 2013 and for the past several years, such aggregate variations have not resulted in a material net impact to our income from operations. Individual projects with significant changes in estimated margins resulted in a net reduction to income from operations of approximately $15,000 and $25,000 for 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Our long-term contracts are awarded on a competitive bid and negotiated basis and the timing of revenue recognition may be impacted by the terms of such contracts. We use a range of contracting options, including cost-reimbursable, fixed-price and hybrid, which has both cost-reimbursable and fixed-price characteristics. Fixed-price contracts, and hybrid contracts with a

51

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


more significant fixed-price component, tend to provide us with greater control over project schedule and the timing of when work is performed and costs are incurred, and accordingly, when revenue is recognized. Cost-reimbursable contracts, and hybrid contracts with a more significant cost-reimbursable component, generally provide our customers with greater influence over the timing of when we perform our work, and accordingly, such contracts often result in less predictability with respect to the timing of revenue recognition. Contract revenue for our long-term contracts recognized under the POC method reflects the original contract price adjusted for approved change orders and estimated recoveries for incentive fees, unapproved change orders and claims. We recognize revenue associated with incentive fees when the value can be reliably estimated and recovery is probable. We recognize revenue associated with unapproved change orders and claims to the extent the related costs have been incurred, the value can be reliably estimated and recovery is probable. Our recorded incentive fees, unapproved change orders and claims reflect our best estimate of recovery amounts; however, the ultimate resolution and amounts received could differ from these estimates. See Note 17 for additional discussion of our recorded unapproved change orders, claims, incentives and other contract recoveries.
With respect to our engineering, procurement, and construction ("EPC") services, our contracts are not segmented between types of services, such as engineering and construction, if each of the EPC components is negotiated concurrently or if the pricing of any such services is subject to the ultimate negotiation and agreement of the entire EPC contract. However, we segment an EPC contract if it includes technology or fabrication services and the technology or fabrication scope is independently negotiated and priced. In addition, an EPC contract including technology or fabrication services may be segmented if we satisfy the segmenting criteria in ASC 605-35. Revenue recorded in these situations is based on our prices and terms for similar services to third party customers. Segmenting a contract may result in different interim rates of profitability for each scope of service than if we had recognized revenue without segmenting. In some instances, we may combine contracts that are entered into in multiple phases, but are interdependent and include pricing considerations by us and the customer that are impacted by all phases of the project. Otherwise, if each phase is independent of the other and pricing considerations do not give effect to another phase, the contracts will not be combined.
Cost of revenue for our long-term contracts includes direct contract costs, such as materials and labor, and indirect costs that are attributable to contract activity. The timing of when we bill our customers is generally dependent upon advance billing terms, completion of certain phases of the work, or when services are provided. Cumulative costs and estimated earnings recognized to-date in excess of cumulative billings is reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheet (“Balance Sheet”) as costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings. Cumulative billings in excess of cumulative costs and estimated earnings recognized to-date is reported on the Balance Sheet as billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , we had billings to customers on our long-term contracts of $16,113,591 and $8,108,320 , respectively, netted within costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings and billings to customers of $25,436,810 and $10,797,749 , respectively, netted within billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings. Any uncollected billed revenue, including contract retentions, is reported as accounts receivable. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , accounts receivable included contract retentions of approximately $68,600 and $37,200 , respectively. Contract retentions due beyond one year were not significant at December 31, 2013 or 2012 .
Revenue for our service contracts that do not satisfy the criteria for revenue recognition under the POC method is recorded at the time services are performed. Revenue associated with incentive fees for these contracts is recognized when earned. Unbilled receivables for our service contracts are recorded within accounts receivable and were $79,979 and $5,721 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.
Revenue for our pipe and steel fabrication and catalyst manufacturing contracts that are independent of an EPC contract, or for which we satisfy the segmentation criteria discussed above, is recognized upon shipment of the fabricated or manufactured units. During the fabrication or manufacturing process, all related direct and allocable indirect costs are capitalized as work in process inventory and such costs are recorded as cost of revenue at the time of shipment.
Our billed and unbilled revenue may be exposed to potential credit risk if our customers should encounter financial difficulties, and we maintain reserves for specifically-identified potential uncollectible receivables. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , allowances for doubtful accounts were approximately $1,000 and $1,300 , respectively.
Precontract Costs —Precontract costs are generally charged to cost of revenue as incurred, but, in certain cases their recognition may be deferred if specific probability criteria are met. We had no significant deferred precontract costs at December 31, 2013 or 2012 .
Research and Development —Expenditures for research and development activities are charged to cost of revenue as incurred and were $27,071 in 2013 , $27,606 in 2012 and $27,548 in 2011 .
Other Operating Expense (Income), Net —Other operating expense (income), net, generally represents losses (gains) associated with the sale or disposition of property and equipment.

52

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Acquisition and Integration Related Costs —Our acquisition and integration related costs for 2013 totaled $95,737 , while acquisition-related costs for 2012 totaled $11,000 . Acquisition-related costs primarily included transaction costs, professional fees, and change-in-control and severance-related costs. Integration-related costs primarily related to facility consolidations and the associated accelerated lease costs for vacated facilities and personnel relocation costs.
Depreciation Expense —Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, including buildings and improvements ( 10 to 40 years) and plant and field equipment ( 1 to 15 years). Renewals and betterments that substantially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the applicable lease term. Depreciation expense is primarily included within cost of revenue and was $118,915 in 2013 (including $75,059 associated with property and equipment acquired in the Shaw Acquisition), $43,808 in 2012 and $43,882 in 2011 . See Note 8 for disclosure of the components of property and equipment.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —Goodwill is not amortized to earnings, but instead is reviewed for impairment at least annually at our reporting unit level, absent any indicators of impairment. Our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group includes three reporting units, our Fabrication Services operating group includes two reporting units, and our Technology and Government Solutions operating groups each represent a reporting unit. We perform our annual impairment assessment during the fourth quarter of each year based upon balances as of the beginning of that year’s fourth quarter. As part of our annual impairment assessment, in the fourth quarter of 2013 , we performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill for each of our reporting units. We utilized an income approach (discounted cash flow method) to value our reporting units and test for impairment as we believe this is the most direct approach to incorporate the specific economic attributes and risk profiles of our reporting units into our valuation model. This is consistent with the methodology used for our annual impairment assessment in previous years. We generally do not utilize a market approach given the difficulty in identifying relevant market transactions and the volatility of markets from which transactions are derived. Based upon this quantitative assessment, no impairment charge was necessary during 2013 , as the fair value of each of the reporting units acquired in 2013 exceeded their respective net book value and the fair value of all other reporting units significantly exceeded their respective net book values. If, based on future assessments, our goodwill is deemed to be impaired, the impairment would result in a charge to earnings in the year of impairment.
We amortize our finite-lived intangible assets on a straight-line basis with lives ranging from 2 to 20 years, absent any indicators of impairment. We review tangible assets and finite-lived intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If a recoverability assessment is required, the estimated future cash flow associated with the asset or asset group will be compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if impairment exists. We noted no indicators of impairment in 2013 or 2012 . See Note 6 for further discussion regarding goodwill and other intangible assets.
Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)— Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net income attributable to CB&I by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of dilutive securities, consisting of restricted shares, performance shares (where performance criteria have been met), stock options and directors’ deferred-fee shares. See Note 3 for calculations associated with basic and diluted EPS.
Cash Equivalents —Cash equivalents are considered to be all highly liquid securities with original maturities of three months or less.
Inventory —Inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or market and cost is determined using the first-in-first-out (“FIFO”) or weighted-average cost method. The cost of inventory includes acquisition costs, production or conversion costs, and other costs incurred to bring the inventory to a current location and condition. An allowance for excess or inactive inventory is recorded based upon an analysis that considers current inventory levels, historical usage patterns, estimates of future sales expectations and salvage value. See Note 5 for additional disclosures associated with our inventory.
Foreign Currency —The nature of our business activities involves the management of various financial and market risks, including those related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The effects of translating financial statements of foreign operations into our reporting currency are recognized as a cumulative translation adjustment in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss) (“AOCI”) which is net of tax, where applicable. Foreign currency exchange gains (losses) are included within cost of revenue and were immaterial in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .
Financial Instruments —We utilize derivative instruments in certain circumstances to mitigate the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, as described below:
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Derivatives —We do not engage in currency speculation; however, we do utilize foreign currency exchange rate derivatives on an on-going basis to hedge against certain foreign currency-related operating exposures. We generally seek hedge accounting treatment for contracts used to hedge operating exposures

53

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


and designate them as cash flow hedges. Therefore, gains and losses, exclusive of credit risk and forward points (which represent the time-value component of the fair value of our derivative positions), are included in AOCI until the associated underlying operating exposure impacts our earnings. Changes in the fair value of (1) credit risk and forward points, (2) instruments deemed ineffective during the period, and (3) instruments that we do not designate as cash flow hedges are recognized within cost of revenue.
Interest Rate Derivatives —On February 28, 2013 , we entered into a swap arrangement to hedge against interest rate variability associated with $505,000 of our $1,000,000 unsecured term loan (the “Term Loan”). The swap arrangement has been designated as a cash flow hedge as its critical terms matched those of the Term Loan at inception and through December 31, 2013 . Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the swap arrangement are included in AOCI until the associated underlying exposure impacts our earnings.
For those contracts designated as cash flow hedges, we document all relationships between the derivative instruments and associated hedged items, as well as our risk-management objectives and strategy for undertaking hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives to specific firm commitments or highly-probable forecasted transactions. We continually assess, at inception and on an on-going basis, the effectiveness of derivative instruments in offsetting changes in the cash flow of the designated hedged items. Hedge accounting designation is discontinued when (1) it is determined that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flow of the hedged item, including firm commitments or forecasted transactions, (2) the derivative is sold, terminated, exercised, or expires, (3) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur, or (4) we determine that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate. See Note 11 for additional discussion of our financial instruments.
Income Taxes —Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis using currently enacted income tax rates for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to offset any net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The final realization of deferred tax assets depends upon our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income of the appropriate character and in the appropriate jurisdictions.
We provide income tax and associated interest reserves, where applicable, in situations where we have and have not received tax assessments. Tax and associated interest reserves are provided in those instances where we consider it more likely than not that additional tax will be due in excess of amounts reflected in income tax returns filed worldwide. We continually review our exposure to additional income tax obligations and, as further information is known or events occur, changes in our tax and interest reserves may be recorded within income tax expense and interest expense, respectively. See Note 16 for additional discussion of our income taxes.
Partnering Arrangements In the ordinary course of business, we execute specific projects and conduct certain operations through joint venture, consortium and other collaborative arrangements (collectively referred to as "venture(s)"). We have various ownership interests in these ventures, with such ownership typically being proportionate to our decision-making and distribution rights. The ventures generally contract directly with the third party customer; however, services may be performed directly by the ventures, or may be performed by us or our partners, or a combination thereof.
Venture net assets consist primarily of cash, working capital and property and equipment, and assets may be restricted from being used to fund obligations outside of the venture. These ventures typically have limited third-party debt or have debt that is non-recourse in nature; however, they may provide for capital calls to fund operations or require participants in the venture to provide additional financial support, including advance payment or retention letters of credit.
Each venture is assessed at inception and on an ongoing basis as to whether it qualifies as a VIE under the consolidations guidance in ASC 810. A venture generally qualifies as a VIE when it (1) meets the definition of a legal entity, (2) absorbs the operational risk of the projects being executed, creating a variable interest, and (3) lacks sufficient capital investment from the partners, potentially resulting in the venture requiring additional subordinated financial support, if necessary, to finance its future activities.
If at any time a venture qualifies as a VIE, we perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE and therefore, need to consolidate the VIE. We are the primary beneficiary if we have (1) the power to direct the economically significant activities of the VIE and (2) the right to receive benefits from, and obligation to absorb losses of, the VIE. If the venture is a VIE and we are the primary beneficiary, or we otherwise have the ability to control the venture, we consolidate the venture. If we are not determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE, or only have the ability to significantly influence, rather than control the venture, we do not consolidate the venture. We account for unconsolidated ventures using the equity method or proportionate consolidation. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , we had no material proportionately consolidated ventures. See Note 7 for additional discussion of our material partnering arrangements.

54

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


New Accounting Standards —In January 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-01, which requires companies to disclose additional information about derivative instruments that are subject to master netting arrangements (“MNAs”). See Note 11 for our applicable disclosures.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, which requires companies to disclose additional information about AOCI, including changes in AOCI balances by component and significant items reclassified from AOCI into earnings. See Note 14 for our applicable disclosures.
3. EARNINGS PER SHARE
A reconciliation of weighted average basic shares outstanding to weighted average diluted shares outstanding and the computation of basic and diluted EPS are as follows:  
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Net income attributable to CB&I
 
$
454,120

 
$
301,655

 
$
255,032

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic (1)
 
105,935

 
96,633

 
98,022

Effect of restricted shares/performance shares/stock options (2)
 
1,447

 
1,528

 
2,115

Effect of directors’ deferred-fee shares
 
70

 
70

 
68

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted
 
107,452

 
98,231

 
100,205

Net income attributable to CB&I per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
4.29

 
$
3.12

 
$
2.60

Diluted
 
$
4.23

 
$
3.07

 
$
2.55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  2013 includes the impact of 8,893 shares issued in connection with the Shaw Acquisition.
(2)  Antidilutive stock options excluded from diluted EPS were not material for 2013, 2012 or 2011.
4. ACQUISITIONS
Shaw Acquisition
General —On July 30, 2012, we entered into a definitive agreement (the “Acquisition Agreement”) to acquire Shaw, whose operations include engineering, procurement, construction, maintenance, fabrication, modularization, consulting, remediation, and program management services for electric utilities, independent and merchant power producers, government agencies, multinational and national oil companies, and industrial companies. On February 13, 2013 (the “Acquisition Closing Date”), we completed the Shaw Acquisition for a gross purchase price of $3,340,070 , comprised of $2,851,260 in cash consideration and $488,810 in equity consideration. The cash consideration was funded using $1,051,260 from existing cash balances of CB&I and Shaw on the Acquisition Closing Date, and the remainder was funded using debt financing, as further described in Note 10. Shaw’s unrestricted cash balance on the Acquisition Closing Date totaled $1,137,927 , and accordingly, the cash portion of our purchase price, net of cash acquired, was $1,713,333 and our total purchase price, net of cash acquired, was $2,202,143 .
At the Acquisition Closing Date, each issued and outstanding share of Shaw common stock, no par value (other than any dissenting shares, treasury shares, or shares held by Shaw, CB&I or their respective subsidiaries), was canceled and extinguished and converted into the right to receive (i)  $41.00 in cash and (ii) an amount of cash in Euros equal to the par value of 0.12883 shares of CB&I common stock, which cash was not actually paid, but was instead converted automatically into 0.12883 shares of CB&I common stock (the “Acquisition Consideration”). Stock-settled and cash-settled equity-based awards relating to shares of Shaw’s common stock were either canceled and converted into the right to receive the Acquisition Consideration (or the cash value thereof) or were converted into comparable CB&I awards on generally the same terms and conditions as prior to the Acquisition Closing Date. On the Acquisition Closing Date, we issued 8,893 shares of CB&I common stock and converted an equivalent of 1,362 shares into CB&I stock-settled equity-based awards. An equivalent of 473 shares of CB&I cash-settled equity-based awards were converted and recognized as a liability on our initial balance sheet within accrued and other non-current liabilities.
From the Acquisition Closing Date through December 31, 2013 , revenue and income from operations associated with the Shaw Acquisition (excluding acquisition and integration related costs and including intangibles amortization) totaled approximately $4,010,100 and $173,500 , respectively. Additionally, as a result of the Shaw Acquisition, during 2013 , we incurred approximately $78,200 of financing related costs and $95,700 of acquisition and integration related costs. Financing-

55

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


related costs were recognized in interest expense on our Consolidated Statement of Operations and included approximately $8,500 of interest and fees incurred prior to the Acquisition Closing Date, and approximately $2,000 of interest related to one-time commitments satisfied during the first quarter of 2013 (see Note 10 for further discussion). Acquisition-related costs primarily included transaction costs, professional fees, and change-in-control and severance-related costs. Integration-related costs primarily related to facility consolidations and the associated accelerated lease costs for vacated facilities and personnel relocation costs.
Purchase Price Allocation —The aggregate purchase price noted above has been allocated to the major categories of assets and liabilities acquired based upon their estimated fair values at the Acquisition Closing Date, which were based, in part, upon outside appraisals for certain assets, including specifically-identified intangible assets and property and equipment. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired, totaling $3,296,530 , was recorded as goodwill.
The following table summarizes our final purchase price allocation at the Acquisition Closing Date:
Net tangible assets:
 
Unrestricted cash
$
1,137,927

Inventory
272,172

Other current assets
615,804

Property and equipment
536,888

Other non-current assets
68,881

Deferred income taxes, net (1)
543,479

Westinghouse obligations, net (2)
(44,793
)
Contracts in progress, net (3)
(2,317,471
)
Accounts payable
(546,465
)
Other current liabilities
(466,129
)
Other non-current liabilities
(216,953
)
Total net tangible assets
(416,660
)
Intangible assets: (4)
 
Backlog and customer relationships
375,200

Tradenames
73,800

Other
11,200

Total intangible assets
460,200

Goodwill (5)
3,296,530

Total purchase price
3,340,070

Unrestricted cash acquired
(1,137,927
)
Total purchase price, net of unrestricted cash acquired
$
2,202,143

(1)  
Deferred Income Taxes —Deferred income taxes represent deferred taxes recorded in connection with our purchase price allocation and include $736,490 of deferred tax assets and $193,011 of deferred tax liabilities.
(2)  
Westinghouse Obligations —Westinghouse obligations represent the net obligation we acquired associated with Shaw’s investment in Westinghouse and includes $1,380,086 of bond obligations less $1,335,293 of acquired restricted cash that was used to settle a portion of the bond obligation. See Note 10 for further discussion.
(3)  
Contracts in Progress —Included in contracts in progress is a margin fair value adjustment of approximately $745,500 associated with acquired long-term contracts that were less than fair value at the Acquisition Closing Date. This margin fair value adjustment will be included in revenue on a POC basis as the applicable projects progress over approximately five to six years.  
(4)  
Intangible Assets —Acquired intangible assets totaled $460,200 and primarily consist of backlog, customer relationships and tradenames and are amortized on a straight-line basis. Backlog and customer relationships represent the fair value of existing contracts and the underlying customer relationships and have lives ranging from 2 to 20 years (weighted average lives of approximately 16 years). The fair value of acquired tradenames have lives ranging from 6 to 10 years (weighted average lives of approximately 9 years), while our other intangible assets, primarily consisting of the fair

56

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


value of technologies, have a life of 15 years. Our total acquired intangible assets have weighted average lives of approximately 15 years. During 2013 , amortization for these intangible assets totaled approximately $42,000 .
(5)  
Goodwill —Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the underlying acquired net tangible and intangible assets. The factors contributing to our goodwill balance include the acquired established workforce and estimated future cost savings and revenue synergies associated with our combined operations. Of the $3,296,530 of total goodwill recorded in conjunction with the Shaw Acquisition, approximately $44,200 is deductible for tax purposes and is associated with the remaining portion of goodwill previously deductible by Shaw. See Note 6 for an allocation of acquired goodwill to each operating group.
Significant changes in our purchase price allocation since our initial preliminary estimates reported in the first quarter 2013 were primarily related to $1,117,420 of fair value adjustments associated with our acquired contracts, $41,051 of increases in the fair value of property and equipment, $240,072 of associated net adjustments to deferred taxes, and $58,300 of increases in the fair value of intangible assets.
Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Information —The following pro forma condensed combined financial information (“the pro forma financial information”) gives effect to the acquisition of Shaw by CB&I, accounted for as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting. CB&I’s fiscal year ends on December 31, while Shaw’s ended on August 31, prior to the Acquisition. To give effect to the Shaw Acquisition for pro forma financial information purposes, Shaw’s historical results were brought to within one month of CB&I’s interim results for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2012 , and included the twelve month period ended November 30, 2012. The pro forma financial information reflects the Shaw Acquisition and related events as if they occurred on January 1, 2012, and gives effect to pro forma events that are directly attributable to the Acquisition, factually supportable, and expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results of CB&I and Shaw following the Acquisition. The pro forma financial information includes adjustments to: (1) exclude transaction costs, professional fees, and change-in-control and severance-related costs that were included in CB&I's and Shaw’s historical results and are not expected to be recurring; (2) exclude the results of portions of the Shaw business that were not acquired by CB&I or are not expected to have a continuing impact; (3) include additional intangibles amortization and net interest expense associated with the Shaw Acquisition; and (4) include the pro forma results of Shaw from January 1, 2013 through the Acquisition Closing Date for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2013 . Adjustments, net of tax, included in the pro forma net income below that were of a non-recurring nature totaled approximately $73,300 for 2013 , reflecting the elimination of financing and acquisition and integration related costs. Non-recurring adjustments for the 2012 period below totaled approximately $84,300 , reflecting the exclusion of net income generated from portions of the Shaw business that were not acquired, as well as the elimination of acquisition and integration related costs. This pro forma financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have been achieved had the pro forma events taken place on the dates indicated. Further, the pro forma financial information does not purport to project the future operating results of the combined company following the Acquisition.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Pro forma revenue
$
11,583,997

 
$
10,858,142

Pro forma net income attributable to CB&I
$
529,942

 
$
354,908

Pro forma net income attributable to CB&I per share:
 
 
 
Basic
$
4.95

 
$
3.36

Diluted
$
4.88

 
$
3.31

Other Acquisitions
On May 17, 2013, we acquired a coal gasification technology ("E-Gas") for cash consideration of approximately $60,800 . The E-Gas acquisition primarily consisted of process technology intangible assets that have an estimated life of 15 years and are amortized on a straight-line basis. The impact of the acquisition was not material to our results and therefore, pro forma information has not been presented. We had no acquisitions in 2012 or 2011 .

57

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


5. INVENTORY
The components of inventory at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:
 
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Raw materials
$
184,586

 
$
11,870

Work in process
31,764

 
1,360

Finished goods
86,637

 
19,089

Total (1)
$
302,987

 
$
32,319

(1)
Our December 31, 2013 inventory balance includes $271,443 associated with the Shaw Acquisition.
6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES
Goodwill —At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , our goodwill balances were $4,226,468 and $926,711 , respectively, attributable to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in connection with our acquisitions. The change in goodwill by reporting segment for 2013 and 2012 was as follows:
 
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
 
Fabrication Services
 
Technology
 
Government Solutions
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2011
$
444,425

 
$
48,320

 
$
433,648

 
$

 
$
926,393

Foreign currency translation
5,019

 

 

 

 
5,019

Amortization of tax goodwill in excess of book goodwill
(1,793
)
 
(96
)
 
(2,812
)
 

 
(4,701
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
447,651

 
$
48,224

 
$
430,836

 
$

 
$
926,711

Shaw Acquisition (Note 4)
2,315,340

 
497,368

 

 
483,822

 
3,296,530

Foreign currency translation
9,859

 

 

 

 
9,859

Amortization of tax goodwill in excess of book goodwill
(4,135
)
 
(318
)
 
(2,179
)
 

 
(6,632
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
2,768,715

 
$
545,274

 
$
428,657

 
$
483,822

 
$
4,226,468

As discussed in Note 2, as part of our annual impairment assessment, we performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2013 by comparing an estimate of discounted future cash flows to the net book value of each applicable reporting unit. Based upon this quantitative assessment, no impairment charge was necessary during 2013 as the fair value of each of the reporting units acquired in 2013 exceeded their respective net book value and the fair value of all other reporting units significantly exceeded their respective net book values. There can be no assurance that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in charges to earnings.
Other Intangible Assets —The following table provides a summary of our acquired finite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , including weighted-average useful lives for each major intangible asset class and in total:
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
Finite-lived intangible assets (weighted average life)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Backlog and customer relationships (16 years)
 
$
380,586

 
$
(33,735
)
 
$

 
$

Process technologies (15 years)
 
295,726

 
(90,282
)
 
228,304

 
(71,391
)
Tradenames (10 years)
 
86,042

 
(11,126
)
 
10,417

 
(2,659
)
Lease agreements (6 years)
 
7,718

 
(7,627
)
 
7,409

 
(6,599
)
Non-compete agreements (7 years)
 
3,012

 
(2,591
)
 
2,929

 
(2,102
)
Total (15 years) (1)
 
$
773,084

 
$
(145,361
)
 
$
249,059

 
$
(82,751
)
(1)  
The increase in intangibles during 2013 primarily relates to approximately $460,200 of intangibles acquired in connection with the Shaw Acquisition and approximately $60,800 acquired in connection with our acquisition of E-Gas

58

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


(both as further discussed in Note 4), partially offset by amortization expense. Amortization expense for our intangibles existing at December 31, 2013 is anticipated to be approximately $67,400 , $62,100 , $55,700 , $46,600 and $45,000 for 2014 , 2015 , 2016 , 2017 and 2018 , respectively.
7. PARTNERING ARRANGEMENTS
As discussed in Note 2, we account for our unconsolidated ventures primarily using the equity method of accounting. Further, we consolidate any venture that is determined to be a VIE for which we are the primary beneficiary, or which we otherwise effectively control.
Unconsolidated Ventures —The following is a summary description of our material unconsolidated ventures which have been accounted for using the equity method:
Chevron-Lummus Global ("CLG")— We have a venture with Chevron (CB&I— 50% , Chevron— 50% ), which provides licenses, basic engineering services and catalyst supply for deep conversion (e.g. hydrocracking), residual hydroprocessing and lubes processing. The venture is focused on converting/upgrading heavy/sour crude that is produced in the refinery process to more marketable products. As sufficient capital investments in CLG have been made by the venture partners, it does not qualify as a VIE. Additionally, we do not effectively control CLG and therefore do not consolidate the venture.
NET Power LLC (“NET Power”)— We have a commitment to invest cash and in-kind services in NET Power, a venture between CB&I and various other parties, formed for the purpose of developing a new fossil fuel-based power generation technology and building a demonstration unit that is intended to produce cost-effective power with little-to-no carbon dioxide emissions. Our commitment totals $50,400 and is contingent upon demonstration of various levels of feasibility of the NET Power technology and could result in up to a 50% interest in NET Power and provide for the exclusive right to engineer, procure and construct NET Power plants. At December 31, 2013 , we had cumulatively invested cash and in-kind services of approximately $7,200 , including $4,500 recognized prior to the Shaw Acquisition, and had an approximate 10% interest in NET Power. Cash and in-kind contributions subsequent to the Shaw Acquisition have been expensed within our equity earnings.
We have no other material unconsolidated ventures. Dividends received from equity method joint ventures were $33,984 , $20,286 and $9,605 during 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Consolidated Joint Ventures— The following is a summary description of the material joint ventures we consolidate due to their designation as VIEs for which we are the primary beneficiary:
CBI/Kentz— We have a venture with Kentz (CB&I— 65%  and Kentz— 35% ) to perform the structural, mechanical, piping, electrical and instrumentation work on, and to provide commissioning support for, three Liquefied Natural Gas (“LNG”) trains, including associated utilities and a gas processing and compression plant, for the Gorgon LNG project, located on Barrow Island, Australia. Our CB&I/Kentz project value is approximately $4,500,000 .
CBI/Clough— We have a venture with Clough (CB&I— 65%  and Clough— 35% ) to perform the EPC work for a gas conditioning plant, nearby wellheads, and associated piping and infrastructure for the Papua New Guinea LNG project, located in the Southern Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Our CB&I/Clough project value is approximately $2,000,000 .
CB&I/AREVA— We have a venture with AREVA (CB&I 70% , AREVA— 30% ) to design, license and construct a mixed oxide fuel fabrication facility in Aiken, South Carolina, which will be used to convert weapons-grade plutonium into fuel for nuclear power plants for the U.S. Department of Energy. Our CB&I/AREVA project value is approximately $5,000,000 .

59

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table presents summarized balance sheet information for our consolidated VIEs:
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
CBI/Kentz
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
$
156,974

 
$
82,421

Current liabilities
 
$
72,741

 
$
39,276

CBI/Clough
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
$
122,179

 
$
145,666

Current liabilities
 
$
48,933

 
$
79,523

CBI/AREVA
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
$
34,547

 
$

Current liabilities
 
$
98,478

 
$

All Other (1)
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
$
83,370

 
$
24,536

Non-current assets
 
$
24,802

 
$

Total assets
 
$
108,172

 
$
24,536

Current liabilities
 
$
26,879

 
$
28,339

(1)  
Other ventures that we consolidate due to their designation as VIEs are not individually material and are therefore aggregated as "All Other".
The use of these ventures exposes us to a number of risks, including the risk that our partners may be unable or unwilling to provide their share of capital investment to fund the operations of the venture or to complete their obligations to us, the venture, or ultimately, our customer. This could result in unanticipated costs to complete the projects, liquidated damages or contract disputes, including claims against our partners.

60

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


8. SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET DETAIL
The components of property and equipment, accrued liabilities and other non-current liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Components of Property and Equipment
 
 
 
 
Land and improvements
 
$
90,884

 
$
59,090

Buildings and improvements
 
360,720

 
167,593

Plant, field equipment and other
 
733,089

 
378,749

Total property and equipment
 
1,184,693

 
605,432

Accumulated depreciation
 
(395,896
)
 
(319,561
)
Property and equipment, net (1)
 
$
788,797

 
$
285,871

Components of Accrued Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Payroll-related obligations
 
$
336,889

 
$
168,404

Income taxes payable
 
91,049

 
29,714

Self-insurance, retention and other reserves
 
24,575

 
4,447

Pension obligations
 
3,284

 
3,251

Postretirement medical benefit obligations
 
3,139

 
2,864

Other (2)
 
240,570

 
146,020

Accrued liabilities (1)
 
$
699,506

 
$
354,700

Components of Other Non-Current Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Pension obligations
 
$
119,236

 
$
104,728

Postretirement medical benefit obligations
 
43,498

 
47,739

Self-insurance, retention and other reserves
 
51,848

 
17,605

Income tax reserves
 
14,281

 
5,169

Other (3)
 
158,692

 
97,202

Other non-current liabilities (1)
 
$
387,555

 
$
272,443

(1)  
Our December 31, 2013 property and equipment, net, accrued liabilities and other non-current liabilities balances included $491,327 , $227,576 , and $65,146 , respectively, associated with the Shaw Acquisition.
(2)  
Represents various accruals that are each individually less than 5% of total current liabilities, including accruals for non-contract payables, operating lease obligations, country-specific employee benefits, derivatives, and medical and legal obligations.
(3)  
Represents various accruals that are each individually less than 5% of total liabilities, including accruals for taxes, operating lease obligations, deferred rent, and country-specific employee benefits.

61

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


9. FACILITY REALIGNMENT AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL LIABILITIES
At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , we had a facility realignment liability related to the recognition of future operating lease expense for vacated facility capacity where we remain contractually obligated to a lessor. The liability was recognized within accrued liabilities and other non-current liabilities, as applicable, based upon the anticipated timing of payment. Additionally, we had change-in-control obligations of approximately $37,000 assumed in connection with the Shaw Acquisition that were paid in the third quarter 2013 . The following table summarizes the movements in the facility realignment and change-in-control liabilities during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 :
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Beginning Balance
 
$
12,752

 
$
15,278

Charges (1)
 
6,804

 
2,581

Shaw Acquisition-related obligations
 
37,000

 

Cash payments
 
(44,472
)
 
(5,119
)
Foreign exchange and other
 
27

 
12

Ending Balance (2)
 
$
12,111

 
$
12,752

(1)  
During 2013, charges of $6,804 were recognized within acquisition and integration related costs related to facility consolidations and the associated accelerated lease costs for vacated facilities in our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance and Technology operating groups. During 2012 , charges of $2,581 were recognized within cost of revenue for facilities in our Fabrication Services operating group.
(2)  
Future cash payments for our obligation at December 31, 2013 , are anticipated to be approximately $3,800 , $4,200 , $900 , $600 and $500 in 2014 , 2015 , 2016 , 2017 , and 2018 , respectively.
10. DEBT
Our outstanding debt at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Current
 
 
 
 
Revolving facility debt
 
$
115,000

 
$

Current maturities of term loan
 
100,000

 

Current debt
 
$
215,000

 
$

Long-Term
 
 
 
 
Term Loan: $1,000,000 term loan (interest at LIBOR plus an applicable floating margin)
 
925,000

 

Senior Notes: $800,000 senior notes, series A-D (fixed interest ranging from 4.15% to 5.30%)
 
800,000

 
800,000

Less: current maturities of term loan
 
(100,000
)
 

Long-term debt
 
$
1,625,000

 
$
800,000

Revolving Facilities— Effective October 28, 2013, we replaced our four -year, $1,100,000 committed and unsecured revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility") that was set to expire in July 2014, with a five -year, $1,350,000 , committed and unsecured revolving facility (the "New Revolving Facility") with BofA, as administrative agent, and BNP Paribas Securities Corp., BBVA Compass, Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank ("Credit Agricole") and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, each as syndication agents, which expires in October 2018. The New Revolving Facility has a borrowing sublimit of $675,000 (with financial letters of credit not to exceed $270,000 ) and certain financial covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio of 3.00 , a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.75 , and a minimum net worth level calculated as $1,717,648 at December 31, 2013 . The New Revolving Facility also includes customary restrictions regarding subsidiary indebtedness, sales of assets, liens, investments, type of business conducted, and mergers and acquisitions, and includes a trailing twelve-month limitation of $250,000 for dividend payments and share repurchases if our leverage ratio exceeds 1.50 (unlimited if our leverage ratio is equal to or below 1.50 ), among other restrictions. In addition to interest on debt borrowings, we are assessed quarterly commitment fees on the unutilized portion of the facility as well as letter of credit fees on outstanding instruments.

62

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The interest, letter of credit fee, and commitment fee percentages are based upon our quarterly leverage ratio. In the event that we borrow funds under the facility, interest is assessed at either prime plus an applicable floating margin ( 0.5% at December 31, 2013 ), or LIBOR plus an applicable floating margin ( 1.5% at December 31, 2013 ). At December 31, 2013 , we had no outstanding borrowings under the facility, but had $230,388 of outstanding letters of credit, providing $1,119,612 of available capacity. Such letters of credit are generally issued to customers in the ordinary course of business to support advance payments and performance guarantees, in lieu of retention on our contracts, or in certain cases, are issued in support of our insurance program.
We also have a five -year, $650,000 , committed and unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Second Revolving Facility”) with BofA, as administrative agent, and Credit Agricole, as syndication agent, which expires in February 2018. The Second Revolving Facility supplements our New Revolving Facility, has a $487,500 borrowing sublimit, and was amended effective October 28, 2013 to include financial and restrictive covenants similar to those noted above for the New Revolving Facility. In addition to interest on debt borrowings, we are assessed quarterly commitment fees on the unutilized portion of the facility as well as letter of credit fees on outstanding instruments. The interest, letter of credit fee, and commitment fee percentages are based upon our quarterly leverage ratio. In the event we borrow funds under the facility, interest is assessed at either prime plus an applicable floating margin ( 0.5% at December 31, 2013 ) or LIBOR plus an applicable floating margin ( 1.5% at December 31, 2013 ). At December 31, 2013 , we had $115,000 of outstanding borrowings and $76,533 outstanding letters of credit under the facility, providing $458,467 of available capacity.
During 2013 , our maximum outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facilities were $516,529 and the weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings was 3.1% .
Term Loans —At December 31, 2013 , we had $925,000 remaining on our four -year, $1,000,000 unsecured Term Loan with BofA as administrative agent, which was used to fund a portion of the Shaw Acquisition on the Acquisition Closing Date. Interest and principal under the Term Loan is payable quarterly in arrears and bears interest at LIBOR plus an applicable floating margin ( 1.5% at December 31, 2013 ). However, on February 28, 2013, we entered into an interest rate swap to hedge against $505,000 of the $1,000,000 Term Loan, which resulted in a weighted average interest rate of approximately 2.12% at December 31, 2013 , inclusive of the applicable floating margin. Future annual maturities for the Term Loan are $100,000 , $100,000 , $150,000 and $575,000 in 2014 , 2015 , 2016 and 2017 , respectively. The Term Loan was amended effective October 28, 2013 to include financial and restrictive covenants similar to those noted above for the New Revolving Facility.
Senior Notes— We have a series of senior notes totaling $800,000 in the aggregate (“Senior Notes”), with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and Credit Agricole, as administrative agents, which were used to fund a portion of the Shaw Acquisition. The Senior Notes were funded into an escrow account on December 28, 2012, and were restricted from use until the Acquisition Closing Date. Accordingly, the escrowed funds were recorded as restricted cash, and the Senior Notes were recorded as long-term debt, on our December 31, 2012 Balance Sheet. The Senior Notes have financial and restrictive covenants similar to those noted above for the New Revolving Facility. The Senior Notes include Series A through D, which contain the following terms:
Series A—Interest due semi-annually at a fixed rate of 4.15% , with principal of $150,000 due in December 2017
Series B—Interest due semi-annually at a fixed rate of 4.57% , with principal of $225,000 due in December 2019
Series C—Interest due semi-annually at a fixed rate of 5.15% , with principal of $275,000 due in December 2022
Series D—Interest due semi-annually at a fixed rate of 5.30% , with principal of $150,000 due in December 2024
Uncommitted Facilities —We also have various short-term, uncommitted revolving credit facilities across several geographic regions of approximately $1,980,749 . These facilities are generally used to provide letters of credit or bank guarantees to customers in the ordinary course of business to support advance payments and performance guarantees, in lieu of retention on our contracts. At December 31, 2013 , we had $753,470 of outstanding letters of credit under these facilities, providing $1,227,279 of available capacity.
In addition to providing letters of credit or bank guarantees, we also issue surety bonds in the ordinary course of business to support our contract performance. At December 31, 2013 , we had $667,457 of outstanding surety bonds.
Westinghouse Bonds —In 2006, Shaw purchased a 20% equity interest in Westinghouse Electric Company (“WEC”), the majority-owner of which is Toshiba Corporation (“Toshiba”). Shaw’s total cost of the equity investment was approximately $1,100,000 , which was financed through the Japanese private placement market by issuing 128,980,000 Japanese Yen (“JPY”) (equivalent to approximately $1,100,000 at the time of issuance) limited recourse bonds (the “Westinghouse Bonds”). In conjunction with Shaw’s investment in Westinghouse, Shaw also entered into JPY-denominated put option agreements (the “Put Option”) that provided Shaw an option to sell its investment in Westinghouse to Toshiba for 96.7% of the original investment value (approximately 124,724,000 JPY or approximately $1,064,000 ). In October 2012, Shaw exercised the Put Option, which required Toshiba to fund approximately 124,724,000 JPY (approximately $1,309,000 ) into a JPY-denominated trust account for

63

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


purposes of repaying the Westinghouse Bonds on their maturity date of March 15, 2013. The trust account was funded by Toshiba on January 4, 2013. On March 15, 2013, the Westinghouse Bond holders were repaid from proceeds of the trust account and a payment by CB&I for the remaining 3.3% shortfall of the principal amount (approximately 4,256,000 JPY or $44,800 ). The Westinghouse Bonds, and the associated cash funded by Toshiba into the trust account, were included in Shaw’s Acquisition Closing Date balance sheet. See Note 4 for further discussion of the purchase price allocation associated with the Shaw Acquisition.
Compliance and Other —At December 31, 2013 , we were in compliance with all of our restrictive and financial covenants, associated with our debt and revolving credit facilities. Capitalized interest was insignificant in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .
11. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Derivatives
Operating Exposures —At December 31, 2013 , the notional value of our outstanding forward contracts to hedge certain foreign exchange-related operating exposures was approximately $131,800 . These contracts vary in duration, maturing up to three years from period-end. We designate certain of these hedges as cash flow hedges and accordingly, changes in their fair value are recognized in AOCI until the associated underlying operating exposure impacts our earnings. We exclude forward points, which are recognized as ineffectiveness within cost of revenue and are not material to our earnings, from our hedge assessment analysis.
Interest Rate Derivatives
Interest Rate Exposures— On February 28, 2013, we entered into a swap arrangement to hedge against interest rate variability associated with $505,000 of our $1,000,000 Term Loan. The swap arrangement has been designated as a cash flow hedge as its critical terms matched those of the Term Loan at inception and through December 31, 2013 . Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the hedge are recognized in AOCI until the associated underlying exposure impacts our earnings.
Financial Instruments Disclosures
Fair Value —Financial instruments are required to be categorized within a valuation hierarchy based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of the valuation hierarchy are as follows:
Level 1 —Fair value is based upon quoted prices in active markets. Our cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy as they are valued at cost, which approximates fair value.
Level 2 —Fair value is based upon internally-developed models that use, as their basis, readily observable market parameters. Our derivative positions are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy as they are valued using quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets. These level 2 derivatives are valued utilizing an income approach, which discounts future cash flow based upon current market expectations and adjusts for credit risk.
Level 3 —Fair value is based upon internally-developed models that use, as their basis, significant unobservable market parameters. We did not have any Level 3 classifications at December 31, 2013 or 2012 .

64

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table presents the fair value of our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, foreign currency exchange rate derivatives and interest rate derivatives at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, by valuation hierarchy and balance sheet classification:
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
420,502

 
$

 
$

 
$
420,502

 
$
643,395

 
$

 
$

 
$
643,395

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 
800,000

 

 

 
800,000

Derivatives (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other current assets

 
2,155

 

 
2,155

 

 
1,731

 

 
1,731

Other non-current assets

 
4,705

 

 
4,705

 

 
5

 

 
5

Total assets at fair value
$
420,502

 
$
6,860

 
$

 
$
427,362

 
$
1,443,395

 
$
1,736

 
$

 
$
1,445,131

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued liabilities
$

 
$
(3,818
)
 
$

 
$
(3,818
)
 
$

 
$
(5,072
)
 
$

 
$
(5,072
)
Other non-current liabilities

 
(450
)
 

 
(450
)
 

 
(497
)
 

 
(497
)
Total liabilities at fair value
$

 
$
(4,268
)
 
$

 
$
(4,268
)
 
$

 
$
(5,569
)
 
$

 
$
(5,569
)
(1)  
We are exposed to credit risk on our hedging instruments associated with potential counterparty non-performance, and the fair value of our derivatives reflects this credit risk. The total level 2 assets at fair value above represent the maximum loss that we would incur on our outstanding hedges if the applicable counterparties failed to perform according to the hedge contracts. To help mitigate counterparty credit risk, we transact only with counterparties that are rated as investment grade or higher and monitor all counterparties on a continuous basis.
The carrying values of our accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. At December 31, 2013 , the fair value of our Term Loan, based upon the current market rates for debt with similar credit risk and maturity, approximated its carrying value as interest is based upon LIBOR plus an applicable floating margin. Our Senior Notes are categorized within level 2 of the valuation hierarchy and had a total fair value of approximately $753,700 at December 31, 2013 , based upon the current market rates for debt with similar credit risk and maturities.
 

65

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Derivatives Disclosures
Fair Value —The following table presents the total fair value by underlying risk and balance sheet classification for derivatives designated as cash flow hedges and derivatives not designated as cash flow hedges at December 31, 2013 and 2012 :
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
 
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
Fair Value
 
Balance Sheet
Classification
 
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
Balance Sheet
Classification
 
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
Other current
and non-current
assets
 
$
3,772

 
$

 
Accrued and other
non-current
liabilities
 
$
(2,233
)
 
$

Foreign currency
Other current
and non-current
assets
 
861

 
628

 
Accrued and other
non-current
liabilities
 
(853
)
 
(862
)
 
 
 
$
4,633

 
$
628

 
 
 
$
(3,086
)
 
$
(862
)
Derivatives not designated as cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
Other current
and non-current
assets
 
$

 
$

 
Accrued and other
non-current
liabilities
 
$

 
$

Foreign currency
Other current
and non-current
assets
 
2,227

 
1,108

 
Accrued and other
non-current
liabilities
 
(1,182
)
 
(4,707
)
 
 
 
$
2,227

 
$
1,108

 
 
 
$
(1,182
)
 
$
(4,707
)
Total fair value
 
 
$
6,860

 
$
1,736

 
 
 
$
(4,268
)
 
$
(5,569
)
Master Netting Arrangements —Our derivatives are executed under International Swaps and Derivatives Association MNAs, which generally allow us and our counterparties to net settle, in a single net payable or receivable, obligations due on the same day, in the same currency and for the same type of derivative instrument. We have elected the option to record all derivatives on a gross basis in our Balance Sheet. The following table presents our derivative assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 on a gross basis and a net settlement basis:
 
Gross
Amounts
Recognized
(i)
 
Gross Amounts
Offset on the
Balance Sheet
(ii)
 
Net Amounts
Presented on the
Balance Sheet
(iii) = (i) - (ii)
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset on
the Balance Sheet (iv)
 
Net Amount
(v) = (iii) - (iv)
 
Financial
Instruments
 
Cash
Collateral
Received
 
Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
$
3,772

 
$

 
$
3,772

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,772

Foreign currency
3,088

 

 
3,088

 
(54
)
 

 
3,034

Total assets
$
6,860

 
$

 
$
6,860

 
$
(54
)
 
$

 
$
6,806

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
$
(2,233
)
 

 
$
(2,233
)
 

 

 
(2,233
)
Foreign currency
(2,035
)
 

 
(2,035
)
 
54

 

 
(1,981
)
Total liabilities
$
(4,268
)
 
$

 
$
(4,268
)
 
$
54

 
$

 
$
(4,214
)

66

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


AOCI/Other —The following table presents the total value, by underlying risk, recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and reclassified from AOCI to interest expense (interest rate derivatives) and cost of revenue (foreign currency derivatives) during 2013 and 2012 for derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
 
Amount of Gain (Loss) on Effective
Derivative Portion
 
Recognized in
OCI
 
Reclassified from
AOCI into Earnings  (1)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate
$
(278
)
 
$

 
$
(1,817
)
 
$
(1,341
)
Foreign currency
228

 
318

 
1,304

 
117

Total
$
(50
)
 
$
318

 
$
(513
)
 
$
(1,224
)
(1)  
Net unrealized losses totaling $1,550 are anticipated to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings during the next 12 months due to settlement of the associated underlying obligations.
The following table presents the total value, by underlying risk, recognized in cost of revenue for 2013 and 2012 for foreign currency derivatives not designated as cash flow hedges:
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Earnings
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Derivatives not designated as cash flow hedges
 
 
 
Foreign currency
2,607

 
(6,985
)
Total
$
2,607

 
$
(6,985
)
12. RETIREMENT BENEFITS
Defined Contribution Plans
We sponsor multiple defined contribution plans for eligible employees with various features including voluntary pre-tax salary deferrals, matching contributions, and savings plan contributions in the form of cash or our common stock, to be determined annually. During 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , we expensed $82,655 (including $31,035 associated with defined contribution plans acquired in the Shaw Acquisition), $53,189 and $43,530 , respectively, for these plans. In addition, we sponsor several other defined contribution plans that cover salaried and hourly employees for which we do not provide contributions. The cost of these plans was not significant to us in 2013 , 2012 or 2011 .

67

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans
We sponsor various defined benefit pension plans covering certain employees and provide specific health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retired U.S. employees through health care and life insurance benefit programs. These plans may be changed or terminated by us at any time. The following tables provide combined information for our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans:
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement Plans
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Service cost
 
$
6,795

 
$
3,862

 
$
4,020

 
$
1,244

 
$
1,124

 
$
966

Interest cost
 
31,159

 
26,623

 
29,296

 
2,064

 
2,571

 
2,918

Expected return on plan assets
 
(30,611
)
 
(23,856
)
 
(26,197
)
 

 

 

Amortization of prior service credits
 
(466
)
 
(452
)
 
(489
)
 
(266
)
 
(269
)
 
(269
)
Recognized net actuarial losses (gains)
 
4,555

 
2,718

 
1,152

 
(517
)
 
(348
)
 
(476
)
Settlement/curtailment (1)
 

 

 

 

 
(2,841
)
 

Net periodic benefit cost (2)
 
$
11,432

 
$
8,895

 
$
7,782

 
$
2,525

 
$
237

 
$
3,139

Change in Benefit Obligation
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement Plans
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
 
$
673,686

 
$
563,194

 
$
50,603

 
$
55,058

Acquisition (2)
 
154,311

 

 

 

Service cost
 
6,795

 
3,862

 
1,244

 
1,124

Interest cost
 
31,159

 
26,623

 
2,064

 
2,571

Actuarial loss (gain) (3)
 
15,767

 
89,165

 
(5,242
)
 
302

Plan participants’ contributions
 
3,306

 
2,868

 
1,517

 
1,707

Benefits paid
 
(34,672
)
 
(27,556
)
 
(3,549
)
 
(3,804
)
Settlement/curtailment (1)
 

 

 

 
(6,493
)
Currency translation
 
32,119

 
15,530

 

 
138

Benefit obligation at end of year
 
$
882,471

 
$
673,686

 
$
46,637

 
$
50,603


68

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Change in Plan Assets
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement Plans
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Fair value at beginning of year
 
$
565,707

 
$
510,883

 
$

 
$

Acquisition (2)
 
157,591

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets
 
39,604

 
51,521

 

 

Benefits paid
 
(34,672
)
 
(27,556
)
 
(3,549
)
 
(3,804
)
Employer contributions (4)
 
18,908

 
14,865

 
2,032

 
2,097

Plan participants’ contributions
 
3,306

 
2,868

 
1,517

 
1,707

Currency translation
 
29,182

 
13,126

 

 

Fair value at end of year
 
$
779,626

 
$
565,707

 
$

 
$

Funded status
 
$
(102,845
)
 
$
(107,979
)
 
$
(46,637
)
 
$
(50,603
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prepaid benefit cost within other non-current assets
 
$
19,675

 
$

 
$

 
$

Accrued benefit cost within accrued liabilities
 
(3,284
)
 
(3,251
)
 
(3,139
)
 
(2,864
)
Accrued benefit cost within other non-current liabilities
 
(119,236
)
 
(104,728
)
 
(43,498
)
 
(47,739
)
Net funded status recognized
 
$
(102,845
)
 
$
(107,979
)
 
$
(46,637
)
 
$
(50,603
)
Unrecognized net prior service credits
 
$
(2,026
)
 
$
(2,402
)
 
$

 
$
(266
)
Unrecognized net actuarial losses (gains)
 
114,976

 
109,898

 
(17,419
)
 
(12,696
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income), before taxes (5)
 
$
112,950

 
$
107,496

 
$
(17,419
)
 
$
(12,962
)
(1)  
The settlement/curtailment amounts were primarily associated with termination of benefits for our U.K. postretirement plan in 2012 .
(2)  
The acquisition amounts include the benefit obligation and plan asset balances at the Acquisition Closing Date associated with pension plans acquired in the Shaw Acquisition. Net periodic benefit cost for 2013 included income of $1,927 for the acquired Shaw plans from the Acquisition Closing Date through December 31, 2013 .
(3)  
The actuarial loss for 2012 was primarily associated with a decrease in discount rate assumptions for our international pension plans.
(4)  
During 2014 , we expect to contribute approximately $20,235 and $3,138 to our pension and other postretirement plans, respectively.
(5)  
During 2014 , we expect to recognize $483 and $3,870 of previously unrecognized net prior service pension credits and net actuarial pension losses, respectively.
Accumulated Benefit Obligation —At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $868,230 and $661,291 , respectively. The following table includes summary information for those defined benefit plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Projected benefit obligation
 
$
758,452

 
$
673,686

Accumulated benefit obligation
 
$
744,211

 
$
661,291

Fair value of plan assets
 
$
635,935

 
$
565,707

 

69

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Plan Assumptions —The following table reflects the weighted-average assumptions used to measure our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans:
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement Plans
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
3.97
%
 
3.81
%
 
4.94
%
 
4.05
%
Rate of compensation increase (1)
 
2.78
%
 
3.90
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
3.95
%
 
4.82
%
 
4.05
%
 
4.85
%
Expected long-term return on plan assets (2)
 
4.45
%
 
4.40
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

Rate of compensation increase (1)
 
2.78
%
 
3.90
%
 
n/a

 
n/a

(1)  
The rate of compensation increase relates solely to the defined benefit plans that factor compensation increases into the valuation.
(2)  
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was derived using historical returns by asset category and expectations of future performance.
Benefit Payments —The following table includes the expected defined benefit and other postretirement plan payments for the next 10 years:
 
 
Pension
 
Other
Postretirement
Year
 
Plans
 
Plans
2014
 
$
38,391

 
$
3,138

2015
 
$
38,347

 
$
3,303

2016
 
$
39,539

 
$
3,430

2017
 
$
45,870

 
$
3,484

2018
 
$
41,305

 
$
3,492

2019-2023
 
$
220,328

 
$
17,288

Plan Assets —Our investment strategy for defined benefit plan assets seeks to optimize the proper risk-return relationship considered appropriate for each respective plan’s investment goals, using a global portfolio of various asset classes diversified by market segment, economic sector and issuer. The primary goal is to optimize the asset mix to fund future benefit obligations, while managing various risk factors and each plan’s investment return objectives.
Our defined benefit plan assets in the U.S. are invested in a well-diversified portfolio of equities (including U.S. large, mid and small-capitalization and international equities) and fixed income securities (including corporate and government bonds). Non-U.S. defined benefit plan assets are similarly invested in well-diversified portfolios of equity, fixed income and other securities. At December 31, 2013 , our target weighted-average asset allocations by asset category were: equity securities ( 35% - 40% ), fixed income securities ( 60% - 65% ), and other investments ( 0% - 5% ).
    

70

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following tables present the fair value of our plan assets by investment category and valuation hierarchy level as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 :
 

December 31, 2013
 

Quoted Market
Prices In Active
Markets (Level 1)

Internal Models
With Significant
Observable Market
Parameters (Level 2)

Internal Models
With Significant
Unobservable Market
Parameters (Level 3)

Total Carrying
Value On The
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
Asset Category








Equity Securities:








Global Equities

$
6,027


$


$


$
6,027

International Funds (a)



209,553




209,553

Emerging Markets Growth Funds



21,258




21,258

U.S. Large-Cap Growth Funds



11,677




11,677

U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Funds



843




843

U.S. Small-Cap Growth Funds



492




492

U.S. Small-Cap Value Funds



493




493

Fixed Income Securities:








Euro Government Bonds (b)



202,324




202,324

Euro Corporate Bonds (c)



82,096




82,096

U.K. Government Index-Linked Bonds (d)



93,540




93,540

U.K. Corporate Bonds (e)



18,212




18,212

Other International Bonds (f)



69,820




69,820

U.S. Corporate and Government Bonds



2,741




2,741

Guaranteed Investment Contracts



852




852

Other Investments:








Commodities



10,920




10,920

Asset Allocation Funds (g)
 

 
48,778

 

 
48,778

Total Assets at Fair Value

$
6,027


$
773,599


$


$
779,626

 

71

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
Quoted Market
Prices In Active
Markets (Level 1)
 
Internal Models
With Significant
Observable Market
Parameters (Level 2)
 
Internal Models
With Significant
Unobservable Market
Parameters (Level 3)
 
Total Carrying
Value On The
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
Asset Category
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Equities
 
$
5,772

 
$

 
$

 
$
5,772

International Funds (a)
 

 
128,921

 

 
128,921

Emerging Markets Growth Funds
 

 
12,636

 

 
12,636

U.S. Large-Cap Growth Funds
 

 
3,012

 

 
3,012

U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Funds
 

 
711

 

 
711

U.S. Small-Cap Growth Funds
 

 
400

 

 
400

U.S. Small-Cap Value Funds
 

 
414

 

 
414

Fixed Income Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Euro Government Bonds (b)
 

 
183,993

 

 
183,993

Euro Corporate Bonds (c)
 

 
90,620

 

 
90,620

U.K. Government Index-Linked Bonds (d)
 

 
23,543

 

 
23,543

U.K. Corporate Bonds (e)
 

 
17,299

 

 
17,299

Other International Bonds (f)
 

 
56,194

 

 
56,194

U.S. Corporate and Government Bonds
 

 
2,315

 

 
2,315

Guaranteed Investment Contracts
 

 
918

 

 
918

Other Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commodities
 

 
9,578

 

 
9,578

Asset Allocation Funds (g)
 

 
29,381

 
$

 
29,381

Total Assets at Fair Value
 
$
5,772

 
$
559,935

 
$

 
$
565,707

The following provides descriptions for plan asset categories with significant balances in the tables above:
(a)
Investments in various funds that track international indices.
(b)
Investments in European Union government securities with credit ratings of primarily AAA.
(c)
Investments in European fixed interest securities with credit ratings of primarily BBB and above.
(d)
Investments predominantly in U.K. Treasury securities with credit ratings of primarily AAA.
(e)
Investments predominantly in U.K. fixed interest securities with credit ratings of primarily BBB and above.
(f)
Investments predominantly in various international fixed income obligations that are individually insignificant.
(g)
Investments in fixed income securities, equities and alternative asset classes, including commodities and property assets.
Our pension assets are categorized within the valuation hierarchy based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Assets that are valued using quoted prices are classified within level 1 of the valuation hierarchy, assets that are valued using internally-developed models that use, as their basis, readily observable market parameters, are classified within level 2 of the valuation hierarchy and assets that are valued based upon models with significant unobservable market parameters are classified within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.
Health Care Cost Inflation —As noted above, we provide specific medical benefits for certain groups of retirees and their dependents in the U.S., subject to vesting requirements. Under our program in the U.S., certain eligible current and future retirees are covered by a defined fixed dollar benefit, under which our costs for each participant are fixed, based upon prior years of service of retired employees. Additionally, there is a closed group of U.S. retirees for which we assume some or all of the cost of coverage. For this group, health care cost trend rates are projected at annual rates ranging from 7.5% in 2014 down

72

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


to 5.0% in 2018 and beyond. Under the U.S. program, since 2011 , new employees are not eligible for post-retirement medical benefits. During 2012 , benefits under our former U.K. plan were terminated.
Increasing (decreasing) the assumed health care cost trends by one percentage point for our U.S. program is estimated to increase (decrease) the total of the service and interest cost components of net postretirement health care cost for 2013 and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2013 , as follows:
 
 
1-Percentage-
Point Increase
 
1-Percentage-
Point Decrease
Effect on total of service and interest cost
 
$
62

 
$
(56
)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
 
$
1,296

 
$
(1,163
)
Multi-Employer Pension Plans —We contribute to certain union sponsored multi-employer defined benefit pension plans, primarily in the U.S. and Canada. Benefits under these plans are generally based upon years of service and compensation levels. Under U.S. legislation regarding such pension plans, the risks of participation are different than single-employer pension plans as (1) assets contributed to the plan by a company may be used to provide benefits to participants of other companies, (2) if a participating company discontinues contributions to a plan, other participating companies may have to cover any unfunded liability that may exist, and (3) a company is required to continue funding its proportionate share of a plan’s unfunded vested benefits in the event of withdrawal (as defined by the legislation) from a plan or plan termination. The following table provides additional information regarding our significant multi-employer defined benefit pension plans, including the funding level of each plan (or zone status, as defined by the Pension Protection Act), whether actions to improve the funding level of the plan have been implemented, where required (a funding improvement plan (“FIP”) or rehabilitation plan (“RP”)), our contributions to each significant plan and total contributions for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , among other disclosures:

73

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


 
 
EIN/Plan
Number
 
Plan Year End
 
Pension Protection

Act (% Funded)
(1)
 
FIP/RP
Plan (1)
 
Total Company Contributions (2)
 
Expiration
Date of
Collective-
Bargaining
Agreement (5)
Pension Fund
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Boilermaker-Blacksmith National Pension Trust (2)
 
48-6168020-001
 
12/31
 
65%-80%
 
65%-80%
 
Yes
 
$
20,549

 
$
6,910

 
$
5,748

 
10/17
Plumbers and Pipefitters National Pension Fund
 
52-6152779-001
 
6/30
 
65%-80%
 
65%-80%
 
Yes
 
3,336

 

 

 
Various
Twin City Carpenters and Joiners Pension Fund
 
41-6043137-001
 
12/31
 
65%-80%
 
65%-80%
 
Yes
 
2,752

 
1,665

 
1,714

 
05/15
National Electrical Benefit Fund
 
53-0181657-001
 
12/31
 
65%-80%
 
65%-80%
 
No
 
2,300

 

 

 
Various
Ironworkers Mid-American Pension Plan
 
36-6488227-001
 
12/31
 
65%-80%
 
65%-80%
 
No
 
2,073

 

 

 
Various
Plumbers and Steamfitters Local 150 Pension Fund
 
58-6116699-001
 
12/31
 
< 65%
 
< 65%
 
Yes
 
1,788

 

 

 
Various
Upstate New York Engineers Pension Fund
 
15-0614642-001
 
3/31
 
< 65%
 
< 65%
 
Yes
 
1,667

 

 

 
03/15
Central Laborers Pension Fund
 
37-6052379-001
 
12/31
 
< 65%
 
< 65%
 
Yes
 
1,609

 

 

 
Various
Minnesota Laborers Pension Plan (3)
 
41-6159599-001
 
12/31
 
Not
Available
 
> 80%
 
No
 
1,444

 
745

 
866

 
05/15
Twin City Iron Workers Pension Plan
 
41-6084127-001
 
12/31
 
65%-80%
 
65%-80%
 
Yes
 
1,272

 
657

 
699

 
05/15
Boilermakers’ National Pension Plan (Canada)
 
366708
 
12/31
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
14,033

 
9,748

 
7,154

 
04/15
Edmonton Pipe Industry Pension Plan (Canada)
 
546028
 
12/31
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
5,612

 
5,623

 
1,469

 
04/15
Alberta Ironworkers Pension Fund (Canada)
 
555656
 
12/31
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
2,775

 
1,480

 
1,156

 
04/15
Alberta Carpenters Pension Fund (Canada)
 
0381723
 
12/31
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
1,087

 
142

 

 
04/15
All Other (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36,698

 
423

 
644

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
98,995

 
$
27,393

 
$
19,450

 
 
(1)  
Pension Protection Act Zone Status and FIP/RP plans are applicable to our U.S.-registered plans only, as these terms are not defined within Canadian pension legislation. In the U.S., plans funded less than 65% are in the red zone, plans funded at least 65% , but less than 80% are in the yellow zone, and plans funded at least 80% are in the green zone. The requirement for FIP or RP plans in the U.S. is based on the funding level or zone status of the applicable plan.

74

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


(2)  
Our 2013 contributions included $58,862 associated with plans acquired in the Shaw Acquisition (including $10,072 of additional contributions to the Boilermaker-Blacksmith National Pension Trust). Additionally, our 2013 contributions as a percentage of total plan contributions were not available for any of our plans. For 2012 , our contributions to the Boilermakers’ National Pension Plan (Canada), the Alberta Ironworkers Pension Fund (Canada) and the Edmonton Pipe Industry Pension Plan (Canada) exceeded 5% of total plan contributions. For 2011 , our contributions to the Boilermakers’ National Pension Plan (Canada) and the Alberta Ironworkers Pension Fund (Canada) exceeded 5% of total plan contributions. The level of our contributions to each plan noted above varies from period to period based upon the level of work being performed that is covered under the applicable collective-bargaining agreement.
(3)  
The funding level (zone status) for the Minnesota Laborers Pension Plan for the 2013 plan year was not available. However, based on total plan assets and accumulated benefit obligations, the plan was greater than 80% funded (green zone status) as of January 1, 2013 .
(4)  
Our remaining contributions are to various U.S. and Canadian plans, which are immaterial individually.
(5)  
The expiration dates of our labor agreements associated with the Plumbers and Pipefitters National Pension Fund, National Electrical Benefit Fund, Ironworkers Mid-American Pension Plan, Plumbers and Steamfitters Local 150 Pension Fund and Central Laborers Pension Fund vary based upon the duration of the applicable projects.
We also contribute to our multi-employer plans for annuity benefits covered under the defined contribution portion of the plans as well as health benefits. We made contributions to our multi-employer plans of $102,025 , $13,271 and $12,170 during 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , respectively, for these additional benefits, including $82,313 in 2013 associated with plans acquired in the Shaw Acquisition.
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Leases —Certain facilities and equipment, including project-related field equipment, are rented under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2035. Rent expense for operating leases was $147,100 (including $64,805 associated with operating leases acquired in the Shaw Acquisition), $76,880 and $73,835 in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases having initial terms of one year or more are as follows:
Year
Amount
2014
$
117,098

2015
88,175

2016
68,796

2017
55,787

2018
44,330

Thereafter
134,773

Total (1)
$
508,959

(1)  
Approximately $16,000 of minimum lease payments above are contractually recoverable through our cost-reimbursable projects.
Certain lease agreements contain escalation provisions based upon specific future inflation indices which could impact the future minimum payments presented above. The costs related to leases with an initial term of less than one year have been reflected in rent expense but have been excluded from the future minimum payments presented above.
Legal Proceedings —We have been and may from time to time be named as a defendant in legal actions claiming damages in connection with engineering and construction projects, technology licenses, other services we provide, and other matters. These are typically claims that arise in the normal course of business, including employment-related claims and contractual disputes or claims for personal injury or property damage which occur in connection with services performed relating to project or construction sites. Contractual disputes normally involve claims relating to the timely completion of projects, performance of equipment or technologies, design or other engineering services or project construction services provided by us. We do not believe that any of our pending contractual, employment-related personal injury or property damage claims and disputes will have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flow. See Note 17 for additional discussion of claims associated with our projects.
Asbestos Litigation —We are a defendant in lawsuits wherein plaintiffs allege exposure to asbestos due to work we may have performed at various locations. We have never been a manufacturer, distributor or supplier of asbestos products. Over the past several decades and through December 31, 2013 , we have been named a defendant in lawsuits alleging exposure to

75

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


asbestos involving approximately 5,300 plaintiffs and, of those claims, approximately 1,400 claims were pending and 3,900 have been closed through dismissals or settlements. Over the past several decades and through December 31, 2013 , the claims alleging exposure to asbestos that have been resolved have been dismissed or settled for an average settlement amount of approximately two thousand dollars per claim. We review each case on its own merits and make accruals based upon the probability of loss and our estimates of the amount of liability and related expenses, if any. We do not believe that any unresolved asserted claims will have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flow, and at December 31, 2013 , we had approximately $3,600 accrued for liability and related expenses. With respect to unasserted asbestos claims, we cannot identify a population of potential claimants with sufficient certainty to determine the probability of a loss and to make a reasonable estimate of liability, if any. While we continue to pursue recovery for recognized and unrecognized contingent losses through insurance, indemnification arrangements or other sources, we are unable to quantify the amount, if any, that we may expect to recover because of the variability in coverage amounts, limitations and deductibles, or the viability of carriers, with respect to our insurance policies for the years in question.
Environmental Matters —Our operations are subject to extensive and changing U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, as well as the laws of other countries, that establish health and environmental quality standards. These standards, among others, relate to air and water pollutants and the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. We are exposed to potential liability for personal injury or property damage caused by any release, spill, exposure or other accident involving such pollutants, substances or wastes.
In connection with the historical operation of our facilities, including those associated with acquired operations, substances which currently are or might be considered hazardous were used or disposed of at some sites that will or may require us to make expenditures for remediation. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify parties from whom we have purchased or to whom we have sold facilities for certain environmental liabilities arising from acts occurring before the dates those facilities were transferred.
We believe we are in compliance, in all material respects, with environmental laws and regulations and maintain insurance coverage to mitigate our exposure to environmental liabilities. We do not believe any environmental matters will have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flow. We do not anticipate we will incur material capital expenditures for environmental controls or for the investigation or remediation of environmental conditions during 2014 or 2015 .
Letters of Credit/Bank Guarantees/Surety Bonds In the ordinary course of business, we may obtain surety bonds and letters of credit, which we provide to our customers to secure advance payment or our performance under our contracts, or in lieu of retention being withheld on our contracts. In the event of our non-performance under a contract and an advance being made by a bank pursuant to a draw on a letter of credit, the advance would become a borrowing under a credit facility and thus our direct obligation. Where a surety incurs such a loss, an indemnity agreement between the parties and us may require payment from our excess cash or a borrowing under our credit facilities. When a contract is completed, the contingent obligation terminates and the bonds or letters of credit are returned. At December 31, 2013 , we had provided $1,640,520 of surety bonds and letters of credit to support our contracting activities in the ordinary course of business. This amount fluctuates based upon the mix and level of contracting activity.
Insurance —We have elected to retain portions of future losses, if any, through the use of deductibles and self-insured retentions for our exposures related to third-party liability and workers’ compensation. Liabilities in excess of these amounts are the responsibilities of an insurance carrier. To the extent we are self-insured for these exposures, reserves (see Note 8) have been provided based upon our best estimates, with input from our legal and insurance advisors. Changes in assumptions, as well as changes in actual experience, could cause these estimates to change in the near term. We believe that reasonably possible losses, if any, for these matters, to the extent not otherwise disclosed and net of recorded reserves, will not have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flow. At December 31, 2013 , we had outstanding surety bonds and letters of credit of $87,328 relating to our insurance programs.
Income Taxes —We provide income tax and associated interest reserves, where applicable, in situations where we have and have not received tax assessments. Tax and associated interest reserves are provided in those instances where we consider it more likely than not, that additional tax will be due in excess of amounts reflected in income tax returns filed worldwide. We continually review our exposure to additional income tax obligations and, as further information is known or events occur, changes in our tax and interest reserves may be recorded within income tax expense and interest expense, respectively.

76

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


14. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Stock Held in Trust —From time to time, we grant restricted shares to key employees under our Long-Term Incentive Plan (see Note 15). Prior to 2010, restricted shares granted were transferred to a rabbi trust (the “Trust”), and the shares remaining in the Trust were held until the vesting restrictions lapse, at which time the shares were released from the Trust and distributed to the applicable employees. Beginning in 2010, restricted shares were no longer transferred to the Trust upon grant, but instead are distributed directly to the applicable employees upon vesting. At December 31, 2013 , there were no restricted shares remaining in the Trust.
Treasury Stock Under Dutch law and our Articles of Association, we may hold no more than 10% of our issued share capital at any time.
AOCI —As noted in the New Accounting Standards section of Note 2, additional AOCI disclosures are required, including (1) changes in AOCI balances by component and (2) significant items reclassified from AOCI into earnings. The following tables present changes in AOCI by component and reclassification of AOCI into earnings during 2013 :
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
 
Currency
Translation
Adjustment (1)
 
Unrealized
Fair Value Of
Cash Flow Hedges
 
Defined Benefit
Pension and Other
Postretirement Plans
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
$
(21,843
)
 
$
296

 
$
(79,485
)
 
$
(101,032
)
OCI before reclassifications
 
(24,737
)
 
836

 
1,129

 
(22,772
)
Amounts reclassified from AOCI
 

 
639

 
3,232

 
3,871

Net OCI
 
(24,737
)
 
1,475

 
4,361

 
(18,901
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
$
(46,580
)
 
$
1,771

 
$
(75,124
)
 
$
(119,933
)
(1)  
The currency translation adjustment component of AOCI was impacted during 2013 primarily by movements in the Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, and Euro exchange rates against the U.S. Dollar.
 
 
Amounts
 
 
Reclassified
AOCI Components
 
From AOCI
Unrealized Fair Value Of Cash Flow Hedges (1)
 
 
Interest rate derivatives (interest expense)
 
$
1,817

Foreign currency derivatives (cost of revenue)
 
(1,304
)
Total, before taxes
 
$
513

Taxes
 
126

Total, net of taxes
 
$
639

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (2)
 
 
Amortization of prior service credits
 
$
(732
)
Recognized net actuarial losses
 
4,038

Total, before taxes
 
$
3,306

Taxes
 
(74
)
Total, net of taxes
 
$
3,232

(1)  
See Note 11 for further discussion of our cash flow hedges, including the total value reclassified from AOCI to earnings.
(2)  
See Note 12 for further discussion of our defined benefit and other postretirement plans, including the components of net periodic benefit cost.
Other Changes in common stock, additional paid-in capital, stock held in trust and treasury stock during 2013 and 2012 primarily relate to activity associated with our stock-based compensation plans and share repurchases. Changes during 2013 also included the impact of 8,893 shares issued in connection with the Shaw Acquisition.

77

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


15. STOCK-SETTLED AND CASH-SETTLED EQUITY BASED PLANS
General Under our Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), we can issue shares to employees and directors in the form of stock options, restricted stock units ("RSUs") or performance shares. This plan is administered by the Organization and Compensation Committee of our Board of Supervisory Directors, which selects those employees eligible to receive awards and determines the number of shares or options subject to each award, as well as the terms, conditions, performance measures, and other provisions of the award. Additionally, in conjunction with the Shaw Acquisition, we issued 8,893 shares of CB&I common stock, 1,362 CB&I stock-settled equity-based awards and 473 cash-settled equity-based awards. As discussed in Note 4, at the Acquisition Closing Date, unvested and unexercised stock-settled equity-based awards (including stock options and RSUs), and cash-settled equity-based awards (including RSUs and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”)), relating to shares of Shaw’s common stock were either canceled and converted into the right to receive the Acquisition Consideration (or the cash value thereof) or were converted into comparable CB&I stock-settled or cash-settled equity-based awards with generally the same terms and conditions as prior to the Acquisition Closing Date. Our cash-settled equity-based awards only relate to the unvested Shaw awards existing at the Acquisition Closing Date that were replaced with CB&I equivalent awards. We had no additional cash-settled equity-based grants during 2013 . A description of awards issued in conjunction with the Shaw Acquisition is further discussed within the award categories below.
Compensation expense related to our Incentive Plan was $62,251 (including $8,650 of expense associated with the Shaw Acquisition), $39,526 and $33,969 for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. In addition, we recognized $10,975 of expense within acquisition and integration related costs, primarily in the first quarter of 2013 , as a result of accelerated vesting for terminated employees associated with the Shaw Acquisition. At December 31, 2013 , 6,030 authorized shares remained available under the Incentive Plan for future stock option, restricted share or performance share grants.
Under our employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”), employees may make quarterly purchases of shares at a discount through regular payroll deductions for up to 8% of their compensation. The shares are purchased at 85% of the closing price per share on the first trading day following the end of the calendar quarter. Compensation expense related to our ESPP, representing the difference between the fair value on the date of purchase and the price paid, was $2,188 , $1,474 and $1,329 for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. At December 31, 2013 , 4,090 authorized shares remained available for purchase under the ESPP.
Total stock-based compensation expense for the Incentive Plan and ESPP was $64,439 , $41,000 and $35,298 during 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. At December 31, 2013 , there was $63,901 of unrecognized compensation cost related to share-based grants, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.
We receive a tax deduction during the period in which certain options are exercised, generally for the difference in the option exercise price and the price of the shares at the date of exercise (“intrinsic value”). Additionally, we receive a tax deduction upon the vesting of RSUs and performance shares for the price of the shares at the date of vesting. The total recognized tax benefit based on our compensation expense was $25,123 , $13,309 and $11,331 for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The amount of tax deductions in excess of accumulated tax benefits recognized is reflected as a financing cash flow.
Stock Options Stock options are generally granted at the market value on the date of grant and expire after 10 years. Options granted to employees generally vest over a period ranging from three to seven years; however, Shaw stock options converted to CB&I stock options in conjunction with the Shaw Acquisition continue to vest annually on a ratable basis over a four -year period from the original grant date. Total initial fair value for all option awards was determined based upon the calculated Black-Scholes fair value of each stock option at the date of grant (the Acquisition Closing Date for converted Shaw stock options) applied to the total number of options that were anticipated to fully vest. This fair value is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the estimated vesting period, subject to retirement eligibility expense acceleration, where applicable. The weighted-average fair value per share of options granted during 2013 , all of which were Shaw stock options that were converted to CB&I stock options in conjunction with the Shaw Acquisition, was $20.05 . There were no stock options granted during 2012 , and the weighted-average fair value per share of options granted during 2011 was $20.53 . The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during 2013 , 2012 and 2011 was $23,546 , $9,551 and $13,789 , respectively. From the exercise of stock options in 2013 , we received net cash proceeds of $24,452 and realized an actual income tax benefit of $7,721 .

78

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table represents stock option activity for 2013 :
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
per Share
 
Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Life (in Years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding options at beginning of year
 
968

 
$
19.86

 
 
 
 
Granted
 
1,081

 
$
38.53

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
(828
)
 
$
29.71

 
 
 
 
Forfeited / Expired
 
(158
)
 
$
59.51

 
 
 
 
Outstanding options at end of year (1)
 
1,063

 
$
25.26

 
4.5
 
$
61,342

Exercisable options at end of year
 
859

 
$
23.65

 
4.3
 
$
51,079

(1)  
We estimate that 1,026 of these options will ultimately vest. These options have a weighted-average exercise price per share of $24.81 , a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 4.5 years and a current aggregate intrinsic value of $59,860 .
Using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, the fair value of each option granted during 2013 and 2011 was estimated on the grant date based upon the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
 
2013
 
2011
Risk-free interest rate
 
0.16
%
 
2.85
%
Expected dividend yield
 
0.38
%
 
0.59
%
Expected volatility
 
50.00
%
 
69.65
%
Expected life in years
 
5

 
6

The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve on the grant date, expected dividend yield was based on dividend levels at the grant date, expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of our stock, and the expected life of options granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. We also use historical information to estimate option exercises and forfeitures.
RSUs Our Incentive Plan allows for the issuance of RSUs that may not be sold or otherwise transferred until certain restrictions have lapsed, which is generally over a four -year graded vesting period; however, unvested RSUs and certain cash units granted to Shaw employees subsequent to July 30, 2012, the date of the Acquisition Agreement, were converted to CB&I RSUs at the Acquisition Closing Date and continue to vest over the three-year period from the original grant date. Total initial fair value for our RSUs was determined based upon the market price of our stock at the grant date (the Acquisition Closing Date for Shaw awards converted to CB&I RSUs) applied to the total number of shares that we anticipate will fully vest. This fair value is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, subject to retirement eligibility expense acceleration, where applicable. RSUs granted to directors vest, and are recognized as compensation expense, over one year.
The following table presents RSU activity for 2013 :
 
 
Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair
Value per Share
Nonvested RSUs
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
 
1,195

 
$28.67
Granted (1)
 
700

 
$52.98
Vested
 
(948
)
 
$31.18
Forfeited
 
(39
)
 
$48.81
Balance at end of year
 
908

 
$43.94
Directors’ RSUs
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
 
27

 
$44.48
Granted
 
18

 
$57.25
Vested
 
(27
)
 
$44.48
Balance at end of year
 
18

 
$57.25

79

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


(1)
Includes 281 RSUs granted in conjunction with the Shaw Acquisition at a weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of $52.11 .
During 2012 , 381 restricted shares (including 27 directors' shares subject to restrictions) were granted with a weighted-average grant date value per share of $44.22 . During 2011 , 466 restricted shares (including 22 directors’ shares subject to restrictions) were granted with a weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of $36.10 . The total fair value of restricted shares that vested during 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 was $32,041 , $32,212 and $25,208 , respectively.
Performance Shares —Our Incentive Plan allows for the issuance of performance share awards that are subject to achievement of specific Company performance goals and generally vest over three years. Total initial fair value for these awards is determined based upon the market price of our stock at the grant date applied to the total number of shares that we anticipate will fully vest. This fair value is expensed ratably over the vesting term, subject to retirement eligibility expense acceleration, where applicable. As a result of performance conditions being met during 2013 , we recognized $31,017 of compensation expense. During 2013 , 366 performance shares were granted with a weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of $57.40 . During 2012 , 301 performance shares were granted with a weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of $44.42 . During 2011 , 286 performance shares were granted with a weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of $36.15 . During 2013 , we distributed 667 performance shares upon vesting and achievement of certain performance goals. The total fair value of performance shares that vested during 2013 was $35,258 .
Cash-Settled Equity-Based Awards —In conjunction with the Shaw Acquisition, we converted certain Shaw cash-settled equity-based awards into comparable CB&I awards, with generally the same terms and conditions as prior to the Acquisition Closing Date, including 307 unvested cash-settled RSUs and 166 cash-settled SARs ( 62 exercisable and 104 unvested SARs, with weighted-average exercise prices of $33.38 and $33.39 , respectively and weighted-average remaining contractual lives of 7.5 years). Cash-settled RSUs allow the holder to receive cash equal to the value of the underlying RSUs at pre-determined vesting dates and they vest over a three -year period from the original grant date. Cash-settled SARs allow the holder to receive cash equal to the difference between CB&I’s equivalent exercise price and the market value of our stock on the exercise date, and they vest over a four -year period from the original grant date and expire ten years from the original grant date.
Compensation cost for cash-settled RSUs and SARs is re-measured each reporting period and recognized as expense over the requisite service period. These awards are re-measured based on CB&I’s closing stock price on the last business day of each reporting period using a Black-Scholes valuation model.
The following table presents cash-settled RSU activity for 2013 :
 
 
Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair
Value per Share
Nonvested Cash-Settled RSUs
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
 

 
$

Granted (1)
 
307

 
$52.11
Vested
 
(111
)
 
$52.11
Forfeited
 
(59
)
 
$52.11
Balance at end of year
 
137

 
$52.11
(1)  
All cash-settled RSUs granted during 2013 were Shaw cash-settled RSUs that were converted to CB&I cash-settled RSUs in conjunction with the Shaw Acquisition.
Cash paid upon the vesting of cash-settled RSUs during 2013 totaled $7,575 , and at December 31, 2013 , the liability associated with nonvested cash-settled RSUs totaled $7,114 .

80

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table presents cash-settled SAR activity for 2013 :
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
per Share
 
Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Life (in Years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at beginning of year
 

 
$

 
 
 
 
Granted (1)
 
166

 
$
33.38

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
(30
)
 
$
33.38

 
 
 
 
Forfeited / Expired
 
(18
)
 
$
33.38

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at end of year (2)
 
118

 
$
33.39

 
6.28
 
$
5,893

Exercisable at end of year
 
44

 
$
33.39

 
5.35
 
$
2,206

(1)
The weighted-average fair value per share of SARs granted during 2013 , all of which were Shaw SARs that were converted to CB&I SARs in conjunction with the Shaw Acquisition, was $33.38 .
(2)  
We estimate that 109 of these options will ultimately vest. These SARs have a weighted-average exercise price per share of $33.39 , a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 6.28 and a current aggregate intrinsic value of $5,422 .
Using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, the fair value of each SAR granted during 2013 was estimated on the grant date based upon a risk-free interest rate of 0.21% , an expected dividend yield of 0.38% , expected volatility of 50% , and an expected life of 3.7 years. Cash paid upon the vesting of cash-settled SARs during 2013 totaled $798 , and at December 31, 2013 , the liability associated with nonvested cash-settled SARs totaled $3,954 .
16. INCOME TAXES
Income Tax Expense —The following table presents the sources of income before taxes and income tax expense, by tax jurisdiction for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 :
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Sources of Income Before Taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.
 
$
170,641

 
$
126,438

 
$
115,693

Non-U.S.
 
433,219

 
317,628

 
236,270

Total
 
$
603,860

 
$
444,066

 
$
351,963

Sources of Income Tax Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.—Federal (1)
 
$
(19,754
)
 
$
(28,327
)
 
$
(12,411
)
U.S.—State
 
15,290

 
(5,532
)
 
(3,255
)
Non-U.S.
 
(93,839
)
 
(51,645
)
 
(67,903
)
Total current income taxes
 
(98,303
)
 
(85,504
)
 
(83,569
)
Deferred income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.—Federal
 
(7,098
)
 
(22,634
)
 
(19,667
)
U.S.—State
 
(28,050
)
 
(953
)
 
(4,276
)
Non-U.S.
 
42,181

 
(17,912
)
 
10,747

Total deferred income taxes
 
7,033

 
(41,499
)
 
(13,196
)
Total income tax expense
 
$
(91,270
)
 
$
(127,003
)
 
$
(96,765
)
(1)  
Tax benefits of $13,043 , $17,963 and $14,618 associated with share-based compensation were recorded in additional paid-in capital in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.

81

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following is a reconciliation of income taxes at The Netherlands’ (our country of domicile) statutory rate to income tax expense for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 :
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Income tax expense at statutory rate (25.0% for 2013, 2012 and 2011)
 
$
(150,965
)
 
$
(111,016
)
 
$
(87,992
)
U.S. state income taxes
 
(3,399
)
 
(3,659
)
 
(5,252
)
Non-deductible meals and entertainment
 
(4,878
)
 
(2,750
)
 
(2,088
)
Valuation allowance established
 
(13,952
)
 
(11,375
)
 
(11,351
)
Valuation allowance utilized
 
96,664

 
7,814

 
14,182

Tax exempt interest, net
 
416

 
2,973

 
2,765

Statutory tax rate differential
 
(16,587
)
 
(7,717
)
 
2,773

Branch and withholding taxes (net of tax benefit)
 
104

 
(16,940
)
 
(14,873
)
Previously unrecognized tax benefit
 

 
13,169

 

Noncontrolling interests
 
13,238

 
6,719

 
1,631

Acquisition-related costs
 
(2,869
)
 
(2,757
)
 

Manufacturer's production exclusion/R&D credit
 
3,106

 
1,451

 
39

Contingent liability accrual
 
(2,667
)
 
2,205

 
5,053

Other, net
 
(9,481
)
 
(5,120
)
 
(1,652
)
Income tax expense
 
$
(91,270
)
 
$
(127,003
)
 
$
(96,765
)
Effective tax rate
 
15.1
%
 
28.6
%
 
27.5
%
      

82

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Deferred Taxes —The principal temporary differences included in deferred income taxes reported on the December 31, 2013 and 2012 Balance Sheets were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Current Deferred Taxes
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. operating losses
 
$
6,610

 
$
41,811

Contract revenue and cost
 
512,621

 
45,926

Employee compensation and benefit plan reserves
 
29,397

 
14,028

Legal reserves
 
6,009

 
1,293

Other
 
27,854

 
(4,958
)
Current deferred tax asset
 
$
582,491

 
$
98,100

Less: valuation allowance
 
(32,291
)
 
(13,799
)
Net current deferred tax asset
 
$
550,200

 
$
84,301

 
 
 
 
 
Non-Current Deferred Taxes
 
 
 
 
U.S. Federal operating losses and credits
 
$
178,859

 
$
28,186

U.S. State operating losses and credits
 
58,791

 
220

Non-U.S. operating losses
 
96,474

 
141,030

Non-U.S. credits
 
3,621

 
3,621

Contract revenue and cost
 
5,221

 

Employee compensation and benefit plan reserves
 
26,497

 
23,738

Pensions and other
 
21,504

 
28,639

Insurance and legal reserves
 
28,398

 
5,531

Disallowed interest
 
31,859

 

Depreciation and amortization
 
(354,034
)
 
(117,844
)
Other
 
19,571

 
5,914

Non-current deferred tax asset
 
$
116,761

 
$
119,035

Less: valuation allowance
 
(78,595
)
 
(134,234
)
Net non-current deferred tax asset
 
$
38,166

 
$
(15,199
)
Net total deferred tax asset
 
$
588,366

 
$
69,102

At December 31, 2013 , we had $1,194,900 of undistributed earnings that are permanently reinvested. With respect to tax consequences of repatriating our foreign earnings, distributions from our European Union subsidiaries to their Netherlands parent companies are not subject to taxation. Further, for our non-European Union companies and their subsidiaries and our U.S. companies, to the extent taxes apply, the amount of permanently reinvested earnings becomes taxable upon repatriation of assets from the subsidiary or liquidation of the subsidiary. We have accrued taxes on undistributed earnings that we intend to repatriate and we intend to permanently reinvest the remaining undistributed earnings in their respective businesses and, accordingly, have accrued no taxes on such amounts. The determination of any deferred tax liability related to permanently reinvested earnings is not practicable.
On a periodic and ongoing basis we evaluate our deferred tax assets ("DTA(s)") and assess the appropriateness of our valuation allowances. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the DTAs. If, based on the weight of available evidence, our assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that a DTA will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance. Our assessments include, among other things, the value and quality of our backlog, evaluations of existing and anticipated market conditions, analysis of recent and historical operating results and projections of future results, strategic plans and alternatives for associated operations, as well as asset expiration dates, where applicable.
At December 31, 2012, we had a recorded net operating loss ("NOL") DTA for our operations in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) of $21,900 , net of a valuation allowance against $74,600 of U.K. NOL DTAs for which we believed it was more likely than not that the NOLs would not be utilized. The U.K. NOL DTA was recorded in 2007 and 2008 and related to losses incurred

83

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


during those years on two large fixed-price projects that were completed in the first quarter of 2010. Prior to 2013, the negative evidence with respect to the uncertainty of future earnings for our U.K. operations out-weighed the positive evidence of recent periods of profitability, and therefore, we previously had no release of valuation allowance since the U.K. NOL DTA was recorded. However, during 2013 our current year results for the U.K. significantly exceeded our previous expectations, due primarily to growth on existing projects, new awards for 2013, and better recovery of fixed overhead costs, such that in 2013 we fully utilized our recorded U.K. NOL DTA, and accordingly, a release of valuation allowance was required. In determining the amount of valuation allowance to release, we gave consideration to the aforementioned factors, and more specifically, the heavily weighted positive evidence of the sustained U.K. operating results, including recent operating results significantly exceeding 2013 plan expectations, and a stronger than previously anticipated backlog and outlook for our U.K. operations as derived from our annual fourth quarter planning process. Based on this assessment, and considering the indefinite-lived nature of the U.K. NOLs, we concluded that the positive evidence now out-weighed the negative evidence with respect to realization of the unrecorded U.K. NOL DTA and determined it was more likely than not that the unrecorded U.K. NOL DTA was realizable. Therefore, in the fourth quarter of 2013, our full valuation allowance related to the U.K. NOL DTA was reversed, resulting in a decrease in tax expense of $62,800 . If the factors upon which we based our assessment of realizability of the U.K. NOL DTA differ materially from our expectations, including future operating results being lower than our current estimates, our future assessments could be impacted and result in an increase in valuation allowance and increase in tax expense.
At December 31, 2013 , we had total Non-U.S. net operating losses (“NOLs”) of $453,200 , including $293,600 in the U.K. and $159,600 in other jurisdictions. We believe it is more likely than not that $153,800 of Non-U.S. NOLs in jurisdictions other than the U.K., will not be utilized and have placed a valuation allowance against these NOLs. Accordingly, at December 31, 2013 , our net deferred tax asset (“DTA”) associated with Non-U.S. NOLs was $62,300 . Excluding NOLs having an indefinite carryforward, principally in the U.K., the Non-U.S. NOLs will expire from 2014 to 2033 .
At December 31, 2013 , we had foreign tax credits ("FTCs") and other tax credits of $53,400 and $6,500 , respectively. We believe it is more likely than not that the credits will be realized within the carryforward period.
At December 31, 2013 , we had U.S. Federal NOLs of $339,900 . Of the U.S. Federal NOLs, $18,400 were generated prior to 2013 and will expire in 2021. The remaining $321,500 of U.S. Federal NOLs will expire in 2033. We believe it is more likely than not that all of the U.S. Federal NOLs will be utilized. Accordingly, at December 31, 2013 , our DTA associated with the U.S. Federal NOLs was $119,000 .
At December 31, 2013 , we had a DTA associated with U.S.-State NOLs of $58,800 . We believe it is more likely than not that $54,500 of the U.S.-State NOL DTA, will not be utilized and accordingly, a valuation allowance has been placed against these U.S.-State NOLs, of which approximately $47,600 was recorded at the Acquisition Closing Date. The U.S.-State NOLs will expire from 2014 to 2033 .
During 2013, our valuation allowance decreased by approximately $37,100 , primarily due to an increase of approximately $47,600 recorded at the Acquisition Closing Date related to the aforementioned U.S.-State NOL DTAs, and approximately $14,000 primarly related to the establishment of valuation allowance for certain U.S.-State NOLs and NOLs for certain international operations, offset by the release of valuation allowance of $62,800 and $28,200 , related to the aforementioned U.K. NOL DTA and FTCs, respectively, and approximately $7,700 related to changes in tax rates, the release of other valuation allowance and foreign exchange movements.

84

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Unrecognized Income Tax Benefits —At December 31, 2013 , our unrecognized income tax benefits totaled $14,281 and we do not anticipate significant changes in this balance in the next twelve months. If these income tax benefits are ultimately recognized, $11,142 would affect the effective tax rate as we are contractually indemnified for the remaining balances. The following is a reconciliation of our unrecognized income tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 :
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the year
 
$
5,169

 
$
7,374

Increase as a result of:
 
 
 
 
Shaw Acquisition
 
6,445

 

Tax positions taken during the current period
 
3,333

 
1,530

Decreases as a result of:
 
 
 
 
Tax positions taken during prior periods
 

 

Lapse of applicable statute of limitations
 
(241
)
 

Settlements with taxing authorities
 
(425
)
 
(3,735
)
Unrecognized income tax benefits at the end of the year
 
$
14,281

 
$
5,169

We have operations, and are subject to taxation, in various jurisdictions, including significant operations in the U.S., The Netherlands, Canada, the U.K., Australia, South America and the Middle East. Tax years remaining subject to examination by worldwide tax jurisdictions vary by country and legal entity, but are generally open for tax years ending after 2005 . To the extent penalties and associated interest are assessed on any underpayment of income tax, such amounts are accrued and classified as a component of income tax expense and interest expense, respectively. For 2013 and 2012 , interest was not significant. However, in 2011 , the net decrease in unrecognized tax benefits noted above resulted in a net reversal of associated accrued interest of approximately $3,900 . For 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , penalties were not significant.
17. UNAPPROVED CHANGE ORDERS, CLAIMS, INCENTIVES AND OTHER CONTRACT RECOVERIES
We recognize revenue associated with unapproved change orders and claims to the extent the related costs have been incurred, the value can be reliably estimated and recovery is probable, and we recognize revenue associated with incentive fees when the value can be reliably estimated and recovery is probable. In addition, we include in contract price amounts contractually recoverable from our customers and consortium partners.
Nuclear Projects —We have consortium agreements (the “Consortium Agreements”) with WEC under which we have contracted with two separate customers (the “Customer Contracts”) for the construction of two nuclear power plants in Georgia (the “Georgia Nuclear Project”) and South Carolina (collectively with the Georgia Nuclear Project, the “Nuclear Projects”). The Nuclear Projects are reflected within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance and Fabrication Services operating groups. Under the scope of work provided in each of the Consortium Agreements, WEC is primarily responsible for engineering and procurement activities associated with the nuclear island component of the Nuclear Projects, while we are responsible for engineering, procurement and fabrication for the balance of plant and substantially all of the construction activities for the Nuclear Projects. The Customer Contracts provide WEC and us contractual entitlement (“Customer Obligations”) for recovery of certain estimated costs in excess of contractually stipulated amounts. In addition to the aforementioned protections for us under the Customer Contracts, the Consortium Agreements also provide contractual entitlement for us to recover from WEC (“WEC Obligations”) certain estimated costs in excess of contractually stipulated amounts, to the extent not recoverable from our customers. Project price for the Nuclear Projects includes estimated amounts recoverable under the aforementioned Customer Obligations and WEC Obligations.
We have unapproved change orders and claims with our customer for the Georgia Nuclear Project resulting from increased engineering, equipment supply, material and fabrication and construction costs resulting from regulatory-required design changes and delays in our customer’s obtaining the combined operating license (“COL”) for the project. Specifically, we have entered into a formal dispute resolution process on certain claims associated with the shield building, large structural modules and COL issuance delays. At December 31, 2013 , we had approximately $838,600 included in project price related to the unapproved change orders and claims. To the extent we are unsuccessful recovering these amounts from our customer, the amounts are contractually recoverable under the aforementioned WEC Obligations. Through December 31, 2013, approximately $85,200 had been recognized as revenue on a cumulative POC basis related to the amounts included in project price. Although we have not reached resolution with our customer for the aforementioned matters, at December 31, 2013 , we

85

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


had received contractually required partial payments from our customer totaling approximately $96,500 related to the unapproved change order and claim amounts.
We believe the amounts included in project price related to the unapproved change orders and claims, and the Customer Obligations and WEC Obligations, are recoverable under the aforementioned provisions of our contractual arrangements and reflect our best estimate of recovery amounts. The Nuclear Projects have long construction durations and the cost estimates cover costs that will be incurred over several years. It is anticipated that these commercial matters may not be resolved in the near term. If we do not resolve these matters for the amounts recorded, or to the extent we are not successful in recovering amounts contractually due under the Customer Obligations or WEC Obligations, or to the extent there are future cost increases on the Nuclear Projects that we cannot recover under either the Customer Obligations or WEC Obligations, it could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
Other —We had additional unapproved change orders and claims included in project price totaling approximately $97,000 and $47,100 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, related to other projects within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance and Fabrication Services operating groups, and incentives of approximately $49,200 at December 31, 2013 for projects in our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance and Government Solutions operating groups. Of these amounts, approximately $88,200 had been recognized as revenue on a cumulative POC basis through December 31, 2013 . At December 31, 2013 , we also had receivables outstanding for one of our large cost reimbursable projects totaling approximately $127,500 that are significantly past due. Although the amounts may not be received in the near term, the amounts are contractually due under the provisions of our contract. The aforementioned amounts recorded in project price and receivables reflect our best estimate of recovery amounts; however, the ultimate resolution and amounts received could differ from these estimates and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

18. SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION
Segment Information
In conjunction with the Shaw Acquisition, beginning in the first quarter of 2013 , our management structure and internal and public segment reporting were aligned based upon the expanded services offered by the following four distinct operating groups, which represent our reportable segments:
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance —Engineering, Construction and Maintenance provides engineering, procurement, and construction for major energy infrastructure facilities, as well as comprehensive and integrated maintenance services. This segment includes our Oil and Gas segment (formerly our Project Engineering and Construction segment) and Shaw’s former Power and Plant Services segments. Revenue of approximately $265,200 and $22,400 and income from operations of approximately $24,200 and $2,200 , during 2012 and 2011, respectively, for our large mechanical erection project in the Asia Pacific region we previously reported within our former Steel Plate Structures segment (currently within our Fabrication Services operating group) in the prior years and has been reclassified to our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group to conform to its classification in the current year.
Fabrication Services —Fabrication Services provides fabrication of piping systems, process and nuclear modules, and fabrication and erection of steel plate storage tanks and pressure vessels for the oil and gas, water and wastewater, mining, mineral processing and power generation industries. This segment includes our former Steel Plate Structures segment and Shaw’s former Fabrication and Manufacturing segment. As discussed above, the results of our large LNG mechanical erection project in the Asia Pacific region we previously reported within our former Steel Plate Structures segment are now reported within our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group to conform to its classification in the current year.
Technology —Technology provides licensed process technologies, catalysts, specialized equipment and engineered products for use in petrochemical facilities, oil refineries and gas processing plants, and offers process planning and project development services, and a comprehensive program of aftermarket support. The Technology segment primarily consists of our former Lummus Technology segment.
Government Solutions —Government Solutions leads large, high-profile programs and projects, including design-build infrastructure projects, for federal, state and local governments, and provides full-scale environmental services for government and private sector clients, including remediation and restoration of contaminated sites, emergency response, and disaster recovery. The Government Solutions segment primarily consists of Shaw’s former Environmental and Infrastructure segment.
Our Chief Executive Officer evaluates the performance of these operating groups based upon revenue and income from operations. Each operating group's income from operations reflects corporate costs, allocated based primarily upon revenue. Intersegment revenue is netted against the revenue of the segment receiving the intersegment services. For 2013 , intersegment revenue totaled approximately $229,300 , and primarily related to services provided by our Fabrication Services operating group

86

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


to our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance operating group. Intersegment revenue for 2012 and 2011 was not significant.
The following tables present total revenue, depreciation and amortization, equity earnings, income from operations, capital expenditures and tangible assets by reporting segment, and 2013 amounts include the results of the Shaw Acquisition:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
 
$
6,724,567

 
$
3,305,377

 
$
2,312,151

Fabrication Services
 
2,575,597

 
1,692,533

 
1,789,817

Technology
 
599,195

 
487,296

 
448,574

Government Solutions
 
1,195,168

 

 

Total revenue
 
$
11,094,527

 
$
5,485,206

 
$
4,550,542

Depreciation And Amortization
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
 
$
70,926

 
$
16,722

 
$
18,548

Fabrication Services
 
57,660

 
27,062

 
28,775

Technology
 
24,267

 
22,637

 
22,861

Government Solutions
 
27,173

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization
 
$
180,026

 
$
66,421

 
$
70,184

Equity Earnings
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
 
$

 
$

 
$
572

Fabrication Services
 
248

 

 

Technology
 
22,356

 
17,931

 
16,315

Government Solutions
 
870

 

 

Total equity earnings
 
$
23,474

 
$
17,931

 
$
16,887

Income From Operations  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
 
$
328,919

 
$
168,467

 
$
93,826

Fabrication Services
 
259,750

 
170,780

 
165,033

Technology
 
156,835

 
127,396

 
96,338

Government Solutions
 
34,741

 

 

Total operating groups
 
$
780,245

 
$
466,643

 
$
355,197

Acquisition and integration related costs
 
(95,737
)
 
(11,000
)
 

Total income from operations
 
$
684,508

 
$
455,643

 
$
355,197

Capital Expenditures
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
 
$
16,866

 
$
6,395

 
$
10,587

Fabrication Services
 
38,529

 
36,963

 
22,311

Technology
 
16,397

 
28,921

 
8,047

Government Solutions
 
18,700

 

 

Total capital expenditures
 
$
90,492

 
$
72,279

 
$
40,945


    

87

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engineering, Construction and Maintenance
 
$
5,111,251

 
$
1,907,455

 
$
1,210,379

Fabrication Services
 
2,116,245

 
1,102,791

 
1,059,922

Technology
 
1,077,414

 
1,319,429

 
1,009,048

Government Solutions
 
1,084,683

 

 

Total assets
 
$
9,389,593

 
$
4,329,675

 
$
3,279,349

Geographic Information
The following table presents total revenue by country for those countries with revenue in excess of 10% of consolidated revenue during a given year based upon the location of the applicable projects:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Revenue by Country
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States
 
$
5,007,899

 
$
1,114,148

 
$
831,534

Australia
 
1,574,253

 
666,688

 
351,081

Colombia
 
1,035,450

 
917,553

 
694,565

Canada
 
820,243

 
665,907

 
509,038

Papua New Guinea
 
757,657

 
606,532

 
461,148

Other (1)
 
1,899,025

 
1,514,378

 
1,703,176

Total revenue
 
$
11,094,527

 
$
5,485,206

 
$
4,550,542

(1)  
Revenue earned in other countries, including The Netherlands (our country of domicile), was not individually greater than 10% of our consolidated revenue in 2013 , 2012 or 2011 .
Our long-lived assets are primarily goodwill, other intangible assets and property and equipment. At December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , approximately 80% , 65% and 65% of these net assets were located in the U.S., respectively, while our remaining assets were strategically located throughout the world. Our long-lived assets attributable to operations in The Netherlands were not significant at December 31, 2013 , 2012 , or 2011 .
Significant Customers
For 2013 , revenue for a customer in our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance and Fabrication Services operating groups was $1,190,787 (approximately 11% of our total 2013 revenue). For 2012 and 2011 , revenue for one of our Engineering, Construction and Maintenance customers was $914,970 (approximately 17% of our total 2012 revenue) and $690,923 (approximately 15% of our total 2011 revenue), respectively.

88

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


19. QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
The following table presents selected unaudited consolidated financial information on a quarterly basis for 2013 and 2012 :
Quarter Ended 2013 (1)  
 
 
March 31
 
June 30
 
Sept. 30
 
Dec. 31 (3)
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenue
 
$
2,251,429

 
$
2,850,791

 
$
2,992,050

 
$
3,000,257

Gross profit
 
$
246,144

 
$
297,091

 
$
316,569

 
$
339,206

Acquisition and integration related costs (2)
 
$
61,256

 
$
9,964

 
$
5,257

 
$
19,260

Net income
 
$
42,872

 
$
119,700

 
$
132,963

 
$
217,055

Net income attributable to CB&I
 
$
33,608

 
$
106,043

 
$
117,688

 
$
196,781

Net income attributable to CB&I per share—basic
 
$
0.33

 
$
0.99

 
$
1.10

 
$
1.83

Net income attributable to CB&I per share—diluted
 
$
0.32

 
$
0.98

 
$
1.08

 
$
1.80

Quarter Ended 2012
 
 
March 31
 
June 30
 
Sept. 30
 
Dec. 31
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenue
 
$
1,201,267

 
$
1,299,529

 
$
1,446,942

 
$
1,537,468

Gross profit
 
$
153,264

 
$
158,885

 
$
188,890

 
$
197,668

Acquisition and integration related costs (2)
 
$

 
$
1,500

 
$
3,500

 
$
6,000

Net income
 
$
60,974

 
$
72,844

 
$
86,253

 
$
96,992

Net income attributable to CB&I
 
$
59,487

 
$
72,320

 
$
80,231

 
$
89,617

Net income attributable to CB&I per share—basic
 
$
0.61

 
$
0.75

 
$
0.83

 
$
0.93

Net income attributable to CB&I per share—diluted
 
$
0.60

 
$
0.74

 
$
0.82

 
$
0.91

(1)
The operating results of the Shaw Acquisition were included in our 2013 results of operations from the Acquisition Closing Date (February 13, 2013).
(2)  
For 2013 and 2012 , acquisition-related costs primarily included transaction costs, professional fees, and change-in-control and severance-related costs associated with the Shaw Acquisition, while integration-related costs in 2013 primarily related to facility consolidations and the associated accelerated lease costs for vacated facilities and personnel relocation costs.
(3)  
Income tax benefit for the fourth quarter 2013 includes a benefit of $77,800 resulting from the reversal of valuation allowance associated with our U.K. net operating loss deferred tax asset and certain U.S. foreign tax credits.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A . Controls and Procedures
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, which can be found in Item 8, is incorporated herein by reference.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based upon such evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

89

Table of Contents

Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Our internal control over financial reporting has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their report, which can be found in Item 8 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the three-month period ended December 31, 2013 , that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting. Management’s Report on Internal Controls at December 31, 2013 is included in Item 8.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.

90

Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to the CEO, the CFO and the Corporate Controller, as well as our directors and all employees. Our code of ethics can be found at our Internet website “ www.cbi.com ” and is incorporated herein by reference.
We submitted a Section 12(a) CEO certification to the New York Stock Exchange in 2013 . Also during 2013 , we filed with the Securities Exchange Commission certifications, pursuant to Rule 13A-14 of the Exchange Act as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this Form 10-K.
Information appearing under “Committees of the Supervisory Board” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. Additionally, information regarding our supervisory directors, executive officers and nominees for supervisory director appears under “Item 1 Election of One Member of the Supervisory Board to Serve until 2016”, Item 2 Election of Three Members of the Supervisory Board to Serve until 2017" and “Common Stock Ownership By Certain Persons and Management” in the Company’s 2014 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information appearing under “Executive Compensation,” “Committees of the Supervisory Board,” “Determining the Form and Amount of Compensation Elements to Meet Our Compensation Objectives,” “Executive Officer Compensation Tables,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested,” “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation,” “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control” and “Director Compensation” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information appearing under “Common Stock Ownership By Certain Persons and Management” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, disclosure regarding equity compensation plan information in “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of Part II of this report is herein incorporated by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information appearing under “Certain Transactions” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Information appearing under “Committees of the Supervisory Board – Audit Fees” in the 2014 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

91

Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Financial Statements
The following Consolidated Financial Statements and Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm included under Item 8 of Part II of this report are herein incorporated by reference:
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations—For the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—For the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Balance Sheets—As of December 31, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—For the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity—For the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules have been omitted because the schedules are not applicable, the required information is not in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or the information required is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto previously included under Item 8 of Part II of this report.
Quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is shown in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements previously included under Item 8 of Part II of this report.
Exhibits
The Exhibit Index on page 94 and Exhibits being filed are submitted as a separate section of this report.

92

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
 
/s/ Philip K. Asherman
Philip K. Asherman
(Authorized Signer)
Date: February 27, 2014
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 27, 2014 .
 
Signature
 
Title
/s/ Philip K. Asherman
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
Philip K. Asherman
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
Supervisory Director
 
 
/s/ Ronald A. Ballschmiede
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Ronald A. Ballschmiede
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
/s/ Westley S. Stockton
 
Vice President, Corporate Controller
Westley S. Stockton
 
and Chief Accounting Officer
 
 
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
/s/ L. Richard Flury
 
Supervisory Director and Non-Executive Chairman
L. Richard Flury
 
 
 
 
/s/ James R. Bolch
 
Supervisory Director
James R. Bolch
 
 
 
 
/s/ Deborah M. Fretz
 
Supervisory Director
Deborah M. Fretz
 
 
 
 
/s/ W. Craig Kissel
 
Supervisory Director
W. Craig Kissel
 
 
 
 
/s/ Larry D. McVay
 
Supervisory Director
Larry D. McVay
 
 
 
 
/s/ Michael L. Underwood
 
Supervisory Director
Michael L. Underwood
 
 
 
 
/s/ Marsha C. Williams
 
Supervisory Director
Marsha C. Williams
 
 
 
 
Registrant’s Agent for Service in the United States
 
 
 
 
/s/ Richard E. Chandler, Jr.
 
 
Richard E. Chandler, Jr.
 
 




93

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
2.1 (12)
 
Share Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of August 24, 2007 by and among ABB Holdings Inc., ABB Holdings B.V., ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd., Chicago Bridge & Iron Company, Chicago Bridge & Iron Company B.V. and Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.
2.2 (23)
 
Transaction Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2012, by and among The Shaw Group, Inc., Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. and Crystal Acquisition Subsidiary Inc.
3 (10)
 
Amended Articles of Association of the Company (English translation)
4 (2)
 
Specimen Stock Certificate
10.1 (2)
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its Supervisory and Managing Directors
10.2 (3)
 
The Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan
 
 
(a) Amendment of Section 4.4 of the Company's Deferred Compensation Plan (7)
10.3 (3)
 
The Company’s Excess Benefit Plan
 
 
(a) Amendments of Sections 2.13 and 4.3 of the Company's Excess Benefit Plan (8)
10.4 (2)
 
Form of the Company’s Supplemental Executive Death Benefits Plan
10.5 (2)
 
Separation Agreement
10.6 (2)
 
Form of Amended and Restated Tax Disaffiliation Agreement
10.7 (2)
 
Employee Benefits Agreement
10.8 (2)
 
Conforming Agreement
10.9 (4)
 
The Company’s Supervisory Board of Directors Fee Payment Plan
10.10 (4)
 
The Company’s Supervisory Board of Directors Stock Purchase Plan
10.11 (14)
 
The Chicago Bridge & Iron 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan As Amended May 8, 2008
 
 
(a) 2009 Amendment to the Chicago Bridge & Iron 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (16)
10.12 (5)
 
The Company’s Incentive Compensation Program
10.13 (1)
 
Chicago Bridge & Iron Savings Plan as amended and restated as of January 1, 2014
10.14 (11)
 
Series A Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006 among Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., the Co-Obligors, the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America N.A. as Administrative Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Letter of Credit Issuer
 
 
(a) Exhibits and Schedules to Series A Credit and Term Loan Agreement (19)
 
 
(b) Joinder to Series A Credit and Term Loan Agreement (20)
10.15 (11)
 
Series B Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006 among Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., the Co-Obligors, the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America N.A. as Administrative Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Letter of Credit Issuer
 
 
(a) Exhibits and Schedules to Series B Credit and Term Loan Agreement (19)
 
 
(b) Joinder to Series B Credit and Term Loan Agreement (20)
10.16 (11)
 
Series C Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006 among Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., the Co-Obligors, the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America N.A. as Administrative Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Letter of Credit Issuer
 
 
(a) Exhibits and Schedules to Series C Credit and Term Loan Agreement (19)
 
 
(b) Joinder to Series C Credit and Term Loan Agreement (20)
10.17 (13)
 
First Amendment to the Agreements dated as of November 9, 2007 Re: $50,000,000 Letter of Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006, $100,000,000 Letter of Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006, and $125,000,000 Letter of Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006, among Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., Chicago Bridge & Iron Company (Delaware), CBI Services, Inc., CB&I Constructors, Inc., and CB&I Tyler Company, as Co-Obligors, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Letter of Credit Issuer and Joint Book Manager, and the Lenders party thereto

94

Table of Contents

10.18 (15)
 
Second Amendment to the Agreements, dated as of August 5, 2008, Re: $50,000,000 Letter of Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006, $100,000,000 Letter of Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006, and $125,000,000 Letter of Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006, among Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., Chicago Bridge & Iron Company (Delaware), CBI Services, Inc., CB&I Constructors, Inc., and CB&I Tyler Company, as Co-Obligors, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Letter of Credit Issuer and Joint Book Manager, and the Lenders party thereto
10.19 (24)
 
Third Amendment to the Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, Re: $125,000,000 Letter of Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November 6, 2006, among Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., Chicago Bridge & Iron Company (Delaware), CBI Services, Inc., CB&I Constructors, Inc., and CB&I Tyler Company, as Co-Obligors, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Letter of Credit Issuer and Joint Book Manager, and the Lenders party thereto
10.20 (6)
 
Chicago Bridge & Iron 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
 
(a) 2009 Amendment to Chicago Bridge & Iron 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (17)
10.21 (18)
 
Sales Agency Agreement, dated August 18, 2009, between Chicago Bridge & Iron N.V. and Calyon Securities (USA) Inc.
 
 
(a) Amendment to the Sales Agency Agreement (21)
10.22 (20)
 
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 23, 2010
 
 
(a) Exhibits and Schedules to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (20)
 
 
(b) Joinder to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (20)
 
 
(c) Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 14, 2011, to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (22)
 
 
(d) Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2012, to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (24)
10.23 (23)
 
Commitment Letter, dated as of July 30, 2012, by and among Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., Bank of America, N.A., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank.
10.24 (24)
 
Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, by and among Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., Chicago Bridge & Iron Company (Delaware), the Other Subsidiary Borrowers, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Syndication Agent, and the lenders and other financial institutions party thereto
 
 
Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 28, 2013, to the Revolving Credit Agreement  (26)
10.25 (24)
 
Term Loan Agreement, dated December 21, 2012, by and among Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., Chicago Bridge & Iron Company (Delaware), Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Syndication Agent, and the lenders and other financial institutions party thereto
 
 
Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 28, 2013, to the Term Loan Agreement  (26)
10.26 (25)
 
Note Purchase and Guarantee Agreement dated December 27, 2012
10.27 (1)
 
The Shaw Group Inc. 401(k) Plan as amended and restated as of January 1, 2014
10.28  (28)
 
The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.29  (29)
 
Form of Employee Incentive Stock Option Award under The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.30  (29)
 
Form of Employee Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.31  (29)
 
Form of Canadian Employee Incentive Stock Option Agreement under The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.32  (30)
 
Form of Nonemployee Director Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.33  (30)
 
Form of Nonemployee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.34  (32)
 
Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.35  (32)
 
Form of Employee Performance Cash Unit Award Agreement under The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan

95

Table of Contents

10.36  (32)
 
Form of Employee Cash Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.37  (32)
 
Form of Section 16 Officer Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.38  (32)
 
Form of Section 16 Officer Performance Cash Unit Award Agreement under The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.39  (27)
 
Investment Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2006, by and among Toshiba, Toshiba Nuclear Energy Holdings Corporation (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “US Company”), The Shaw Group Inc. (the “Company”) and Nuclear Energy Holdings, L.L.C. (“NEH”)
10.40  (27)
 
Investment Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2006, by and among Toshiba, Toshiba Nuclear Energy Holdings (UK) Limited, a company registered in England with registered number 5929672 (the “UK Company”), the Company and NEH
10.41  (27)
 
Put Option Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2006, between NEH and Toshiba related to shares in the US acquisition company
10.42  (27)
 
Put Option Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2006, between NEH and Toshiba related to shares in the UK acquisition company
10.43  (27)
 
Shareholders Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2006, by and among Toshiba, Toshiba Nuclear Energy Holdings (US) Inc. the US Company, NEH, TSB Nuclear Energy Investment US Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Toshiba and Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Co., Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of Japan (“IHI”)
10.44  (27)
 
Shareholders Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2006, by and among Toshiba, Toshiba Nuclear Energy Holdings (UK) Inc., the UK Company, NEH, IHI and TSB Nuclear Energy Investment UK Limited, a company registered in England with registered number 5929658
10.45  (27)
 
Bond Trust Deed, dated October 13, 2006, between NEH and The Bank of New York, as trustee
10.46  (27)
 
Parent Pledge Agreement, dated October 13, 2006, between the Company and The Bank of New York
10.47  (27)
 
Issuer Pledge Agreement, dated October 13, 2006, between NEH and The Bank of New York
10.48  (27)
 
Deed of Charge, dated October 13, 2006, among NEH, The Bank of New York, as trustee, and Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., as swap counterparty
10.49  (27)
 
Transferable Irrevocable Direct Pay Letter of Credit (Principal Letter of Credit) effective October 13, 2006 of Bank of America in favor of NEH
10.50  (27)
 
Transferable Irrevocable Direct Pay Letter of Credit (Interest Letter of Credit) effective October 13, 2006 of Bank of America in favor of NEH
10.51  (27)
 
Reimbursement Agreement dated as of October 13, 2006, between the Company and Toshiba
10.52  (31)
 
Credit Agreement between Nuclear Innovation North America LLC, Nina Investments Holdings LLC, Nuclear Innovation North America Investments Llc, Nina Texas 3 LLC and Nina Texas 4 LLC Dated November 29, 2010
10.53  (31)
 
First Lien Intercreditor Agreement Dated As Of November 29, 2010, Among Nuclear Innovation North America LLC, Nina Investments Holdings LLC, Nuclear Innovation North America Investments LLC, Nina Texas 3 Llc and Nina Texas 4 LLC, The Other Grantors Party Hereto, Toshiba America Nuclear Energy Corporation, as Toshiba Collateral Agent, and The Shaw Group Inc., As Shaw Collateral Agent
10.54  (26)
 
Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2013, by and among Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., Chicago Bridge & Iron Company (Delaware), the Other Subsidiary Borrowers, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and and BNP Paribas Securities Corp., BBVA Compass, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as Syndication Agents, and the lenders and other financial institutions party thereto
16.1 (9)
 
Letter Regarding Change in Certifying Auditor
21.1 (1)
 
List of Significant Subsidiaries
23.1 (1)
 
Consent and Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1 (1)
 
Certification of the Company's Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13A-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2 (1)
 
Certification of the Company's Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13A-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1 (1)
 
Certification of the Company's Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

96

Table of Contents

32.2 (1)
 
Certification of the Company's Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS  (1),(33)
 
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH  (1),(33) 
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL  (1),(33) 
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF  (1),(33) 
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB  (1),(33)
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE  (1),(33) 
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

(1)
Filed herewith
(2)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-18065)
(3)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 1997 Form 10-K filed March 31, 1998
(4)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 1998 Form 10-Q filed November 12, 1998
(5)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 1999 Form 10-Q filed May 14, 1999
(6)
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit B of the Company’s 2001 Definitive Proxy Statement filed April 10, 2001
(7)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K filed March 15, 2004
(8)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2004 Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2004
(9)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2005 Form 8-K filed April 5, 2005
(10)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2005 Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2005
(11)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2006 Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2006
(12)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2007 Form 8-K filed August 30, 2007
(13)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2007 Form 8-K filed November 21, 2007
(14)
Incorporated by reference from Annex B of the Company’s 2008 Definitive Proxy Statement filed April 8, 2008
(15)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2008 Form 10-Q filed August 6, 2008
(16)
Incorporated by reference from Annex B of the Company’s 2009 Definitive Proxy Statement filed March 25, 2009
(17)
Incorporated by reference from Annex D of the Company’s 2009 Definitive Proxy Statement filed March 25, 2009
(18)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2009 Form 8-K filed August 18, 2009
(19)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2009 Form 10-K dated February 23, 2010
(20)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2010 Form 10-Q filed July 27, 2010
(21)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2011 Form 10-Q filed July 22, 2011
(22)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2011 Form 10-Q filed October 26, 2011
(23)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2012 Form 8-K filed August 1, 2012
(24)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2012 Form 8-K filed December 28, 2012
(25)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2012 Form 8-K filed January 4, 2013
(26)
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2013 Form 10-Q filed October 30, 2013
(27)
Incorporated by reference from The Shaw Group Inc.’s Form 8-K filed October 18, 2006
(28)  
Incorporated by reference from The Shaw Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed April 9, 2009
(29)  
Incorporated by reference from The Shaw Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed January 6, 2010
(30)  
Incorporated by reference from The Shaw Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed April 7, 2010
(31)  
Incorporated by reference from The Shaw Group Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed January 6, 2011
(32)  
Incorporated by reference from The Shaw Group Inc.’s Form 10-K filed October 19, 2012
(33)  
Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


97

Exhibit 10.13






CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON SAVINGS PLAN
As amended and restated as of January 1, 2014




























TABLE OF CONTENTS
        
        


 
 
PAGE
 
 
 
Article I
Adoption
1
1.01

Adoption, Amendment and Restatement
1
 
 
 
Article II
 Definitions
2
2.01

“Account”
2
2.02

“Account Balance”
2
2.03

“Active Account”
2
2.04

“Active Participant”
3
2.05

“Authorized Leave of Absence”
4
2.06

“Beneficiary”
4
2.07

“Board”
4
2.08

“Code”
4
2.09

“Company”
4
2.10

“Company Contributions”
4
2.11

“Company Stock”
4
2.12

“Company Stock Fund”
4
2.13

“Compensation”
5
2.14

“Compensation Limit”
7
2.15

“Disability” or “Disabled”
7
2.16

“Dollar Limit”
7
2.17

“Effective Date”
7
2.18

“Elective Deferrals”
7
2.19

“Eligible Employee”
7
2.20

“Employee”
9
2.21

“Employer” or “Employers”
9
2.22

“Employer Stock”
9
2.23

“ERISA"
9
2.24

“Forfeiture”
9
2.25

“Former Plan”
9
2.26

“Hardship”
9
2.27

“Highly Compensated Employee”
10
2.28

“Hour of Service”
11
2.29

“Hourly Plan”
12
2.30

“Inactive Account”
12
2.31

“Investment Committee”
12
2.32

“Investment Fund”
12
2.33

“Investment Manager”
12
2.34

“Matching Contributions”
13
2.35

“Maternity or Paternity Leave”
13
2.36

“Normal Retirement Date”
13



TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)


 
 
PAGE
 
 
 
2.37

“Participant”
13
2.38

“Period of Severance”
13
2.39

“Plan”
13
2.40

“Plan Administrator”
13
2.41

“Plan Year”
13
2.42

“QMAC”
14
2.43

“Qualified Military Leave”
14
2.44

“QNEC”
14
2.45

“Reduction-in-Force Termination”
14
2.46

“Related Company”
14
2.47

“Related Plan”
15
2.48

“Required Distribution Date”
15
2.49

“Restricted Account”
15
2.50

“Retirement”
15
2.51

“Rollover Contribution”
15
2.52

“Roth Contribution”
15
2.53

“Safe Harbor Matching Contribution”
16
2.54

“Safe Harbor Notice”
16
2.55

“Salary Reduction Agreement”
16
2.56

“Service”
16
2.57

“Termination of Employment”
17
2.58

“Transferor Plan”
17
2.59

“True-Up Contributions”
17
2.60

“Trust”
17
2.61

“Trust Agreement”
17
2.62

“Trust Fund”
17
2.63

“Trustee”
17
2.64

“Valuation Date”
18

 
 
Article III
 Participation
19
3.01

Participation
19
3.02

Duration of Participation
19
3.03

Participation Upon Re-Employment
20
3.04

Participation Forms
20

 
 
Article IV
Contributions and Vesting
21
4.01

Elective Deferrals
21
4.02

Matching Contributions
23
4.03

Company Contributions
25
4.04

Rollover Contributions into the Plan
25




TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)


 
 
PAGE
 
 
 
4.05

Special Contributions; QNECs and QMACs
26
4.06

Crediting of Contributions
28
4.07

Determination and Amount of Employer Contributions
28
4.08

Condition on Company Contributions
28
4.09

Form of Company Contributions
28
4.10

Vesting
29
4.11

Catch-Up Deferrals
31
4.12

Military Service
33
 
 
 
Article V
Limitations on Contributions
34
5.01

Excess Deferrals
34
5.02

Excess Contributions:  The ADP Test
34
5.03

Excess Aggregate Contributions:  The ACP Test
37
5.04

Order of Application of Limitations
40
5.05

Allocation of Income or Loss
40
5.06

Section 415 Limitation on Contributions
41

 
 
Article VI
Trustee and Trust Fund
43
6.01

Trust Agreement
43
6.02

Selection of Trustee
43
6.03

Plan and Trust Expenses
43
6.04

Trust Fund
43
6.05

Separate Accounts
43
6.06

Investment Committee
44
6.07

Investment Funds
44
6.08

Investment of Participants’ Accounts
45
6.09

Shareholder Rights in Company Stock
46
6.10

Trust Income
47
6.11

Correction of Error
48
6.12

Right of the Employers to Trust Assets
48
6.13

Group Trust
48

 
 
Article VII
Loans and Withdrawals
49
7.01

Participant Withdrawals
49
7.02

Participant Loans
51
7.03

Request for Distribution
53
 
 
 
Article VIII
Benefits
54
8.01

Payment of Benefits in General
54
8.02

Payment on Termination of Employment
54




TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)


 
 
PAGE
 
 
 
8.03

Time of Payment
54
8.04

Lump Sum Payment Without Election
55
8.05

Payment Upon Death
55
8.06

Minimum Distribution Requirements
58
8.07

Facility of Payment
61
8.08

Form of Payment
61
8.09

Direct Rollover to Another Plan
61
8.10

Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable
63
 
 
 
Article IX
Administration
64
9.01

Sponsor Rights and Duties
64
9.02

Plan Administrator Rights and Duties
64
9.03

Plan Administrator Bonding and Expenses
65
9.04

Information To Be Supplied by Participants
65
9.05

Information To Be Supplied by Employers
65
9.06

Records
65
9.07

Electronic Media
65
9.08

Plan Administrator Decisions Final
66

 
 
Article X
Claims Procedure
67
10.01

Initial Claim for Benefits
67
10.02

Review of Claim Denial
67
 
 
 
Article XI
Amendment, Merger and Termination of the Plan
69
11.01

Amendments
69
11.02

Plan Merger
69
11.03

Plan Termination
70
11.04

Payment Upon Termination
70
11.05

Withdrawal from the Plan by an Employer
70
 
 
 
Article XII
Top Heavy Provisions
72
12.01

Application
72
12.02

Special Top Heavy Definitions
72
12.03

Special Top Heavy Provisions
77

 
 
Article XIII
Miscellaneous Provisions
80
13.01

Employer Joinder
80
13.02

Non-Alienation of Benefits
80
13.03

Qualified Domestic Relations Order
81
13.04

Unclaimed Amounts
82




TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)


 
 
PAGE
 
 
 
13.05

No Contract of Employment
82
13.06

Recoupment of or Reduction for Overpayment
82
13.07

Employees’ Trust
83
13.08

Source of Benefits
83
13.09

Interest of Participants
83
13.10

Indemnification
83
13.11

Company Action
83
13.12

Company Merger
83
13.13

Multiple Capacity
84
13.14

Gender and Number
84
13.15

Headings
84
13.16

Uniform and Non-Discriminatory Application of Provisions
84
13.17

Invalidity of Certain Provisions
84
13.18

Law Governing
84

 
 
APPENDIX A
85


 
 
SCHEDULE 1
88








CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON SAVINGS PLAN

ARTICLE I
Adoption

1.01     Adoption, Amendment and Restatement . The Chicago Bridge & Iron Savings Plan was originally established by the Company’s corporate predecessor effective June 16, 1964. Chicago Bridge & Iron Company, a Delaware corporation, became the sponsor of the Plan effective March 18, 1997. The Company merged the CBI Hourly Employees’ Saving Plan into this Plan and amended and restated the Plan effective January 1, 1997. The Company further merged the Howe-Baker Engineers, Inc. Employees’ Profit-Sharing 401(k) Plan, the Matrix Engineering, Inc. Savings Plan, the A&B Builders, Inc. Savings Plan, and the Callidus Technologies 401(k) Savings Plan, into this Plan effective December 31, 2000. The Company previously amended and restated the Plan effective January 1, 2008 and effective January 1, 2013. The Company now amends and restates the Plan effective January 1, 2014 (except as otherwise provided in this document) to read as set forth in this document. The Plan is intended to be a qualified profit sharing plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code with a qualified cash or deferred arrangement described in Section 401(k) of the Code.
 





ARTICLE II
Definitions

The following terms, whenever used in the following capitalized form, shall have the meanings set forth below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

2.01    “ Account ” means an Active Account or an Inactive Account, each comprising a record of a Participant’s undivided share in the Trust plus income and gains thereon, and less expenses, losses and distributions therefrom: The Plan Administrator may maintain (or cause the Trustee to maintain) such subaccounts within any Account as the Plan Administrator deems necessary or desirable for purposes of this Plan. If assets and liabilities of a Transferor Plan or portion thereof are transferred to this Plan pursuant to Section 11.02, the Plan Administrator may establish additional Inactive Accounts for such assets and liabilities, or may allocate such assets and liabilities to an existing Active or Inactive Account, all as the Plan Administrator in its discretion determines is necessary or desirable for the purposes of this Plan.

2.02    “ Account Balance ” means a Participant’s total interest in the Trust composed of the aggregate balance of all such Participant’s Accounts. The value of an Account Balance at any time during any Plan Year shall be its value as adjusted on the coinciding or immediately preceding Valuation Date.

2.03    “ Active Account ” means any one or more of the following seven (7) separate Accounts to which Elective Deferrals, Company Matching Contributions, Company Contributions and Rollover Contributions, if any, may currently be allocated:

(a)     “Employee 401(k) Account ” credited with pre-tax Elective Deferrals made in accordance with Section 4.01(a).

(b)     “Company Matching Account ” credited with Matching Contributions made in accordance with Section 4.02. Effective January 1, 2001, Company Matching Accounts for pre-2001 Matching Contributions are Inactive Accounts, and new Company Matching Accounts were established as of January 1, 2001. Effective January 1, 2014, the Company Matching Account shall include discretionary Matching Contributions which are in addition to Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.

(c)     “Company Contribution Account ” credited with Company Contributions, if any, made in accordance with Section 4.03. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 411(c) (relating to vesting), the Plan Administrator shall maintain separate subaccounts within a Participant’s Company Contribution Account for (i) Company Contributions for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007 (and earnings thereon); and (2) Company Contributions for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006 (and earnings thereon).
(d)     “Prior Plan and Rollovers Account ” credited with Rollover Contributions, if any, made in accordance with Section 4.04, other than Rollover Contributions derived from Roth accounts under any other qualified cash or deferred arrangement.


2





(e)     "Roth Contribution Account " credited with Roth Contributions (including Catch-Up Deferrals designated as Roth Contributions), if any, that are made on behalf of the Participant pursuant to a Participant's election under Section 4.01(b).

(f)    " Roth Rollover Account " credited with Rollover Contributions, if any, made in accordance with Section 4.04 that are derived from Roth accounts under another qualified cash or deferred arrangement.

(g)    " Safe Harbor Matching Account " credited with Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made in accordance with Section 4.02 for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2014.

2.04    “ Active Participant ” for a Plan Year means a Participant who is employed by an Employer as an Eligible Employee for any portion of the Plan Year; provided, however that

(a)    for purposes of making Elective Deferrals under Section 4.01 (including Roth Contributions under Section 4.0l(b)), an Active Participant for the Plan Year is a Participant who has Compensation in that Plan Year;

(b)    for purposes of Matching Contributions under Section 4.02, an Active Participant for the Plan Year is a Participant who makes Elective Deferrals in that Plan Year;
 
(c)    for purposes of Company Contributions under Section 4.03, an Active Participant for the Plan Year:

(i)
Prior to January 1, 1014, is a Participant who:

(A)    is an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year, and

(B)    has completed 1,000 or more Hours of Service during the Plan Year;

(C)    had a Termination of Employment during the Plan Year by reason of Retirement, Disability, death, or a Reduction-in-Force Termination;

(D)    transferred employment during that Plan Year to The Shaw Group, Inc. or any entity which has adopted The Shaw Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan, and (A) is employed by such entity on the last day of the Plan Year, and (B) during the Plan Year completed a combined total of 1,000 or more Hours of Service with the Employer and The Shaw Group, Inc. (or any entity which has adopted The Shaw Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan); or


3





(E)    transferred employment during that Plan Year to work outside of the United States on a non-U.S. based payroll, and (A) is employed by an affiliated non-U.S. entity on the last day of the Plan Year, and (B) during the Plan Year completed a combined total of 1,000 or more Hours of Service with the Employer and its non-U.S. affiliate.

(ii)
Effective January 1, 1014, is a Participant who is an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year.

(d)    for purposes of any minimum contributions required under Article XII, an Active Participant for the Plan Year is a Participant who is an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year.

2.05    “ Authorized Leave of Absence ” means an absence with or without pay, authorized by an Employer on a non-discriminatory basis, for Disability, accident, jury duty, military duty, or other reasons.

2.06    “ Beneficiary ” means any person affirmatively designated by a Participant pursuant to Section 8.05 to receive death benefits under the Plan (a “Designated Beneficiary”) or if there is no Designated Beneficiary or the designation is ineffective under Section 8.05, the person or persons entitled to receive death benefits under the Plan by default under Section 8.05.

2.07    “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.08    “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any succeeding Internal Revenue Code. References to sections of the Code shall be include any such sections as amended, modified or renumbered.

2.09    “ Company ” means (a) before March 18, 1997, Chi Bridge Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and (b) on and after March 18, 1997, Chicago Bridge & Iron Company, a Delaware corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., a Netherlands corporation; or any successor corporation, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, which elects to adopt the Plan and the Trust.

2.10    “ Company Contributions ” means the contributions made from time to time by an Employer to the Trustee in accordance with Section 4.03.

2.11    “ Company Stock ” means the publicly traded common shares of the Company’s parent corporation, Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V., a Netherlands corporation.

2.12    “ Company Stock Fund ” means an Investment Fund designated for investment in Company Stock. Up to one hundred percent (100%) of the assets of the Company Stock Fund may be invested in Company Stock.


4





2.13    “ Compensation ” means the amounts below:

(a)     Compensation . Except as provided in subsection (b), Compensation means the total cash salary and wages paid by the Employer through the U.S. payroll system of an Employer to a Participant while an Eligible Employee, or paid by the Employer through its payroll system for U.S. expatriate employees to a Participant while an Eligible Employee (i) including short-term disability payments made directly from the assets of the Employer, overtime, and cash bonuses under any annual or other short-term incentive pay or bonus plan, (ii) excluding long-term incentives, stock options, restricted stock, similar non-cash benefits, contributions or benefits under any employee benefit plan and special allowances provided to U.S. Expatriate Employees for the purpose of equalizing their salary and wages, reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non­ cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits; and (iii) increased by the amount of any Elective Deferrals under this Plan and any other elective contributions or deferrals made by an Employer on behalf of an Employee that are excluded from the Participant’s income by Section 125, Section 132(f), Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B), Section 403(b), Section 408(p)(2)(A)(i) or Section 457 of the Code, and (iv) excluding all compensation in excess of the Compensation Limit. Compensation for a Plan Year shall also include compensation paid by the later of two and one-half (2-1/2) months after a Participant’s Termination of Employment or the end of the Plan Year that includes the Participant’s Termination of Employment, if:

(1)    the payment is regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and, absent a Termination of Employment, the payments would have been paid to the Participant while the Participant continued in employment with the Employer; or

(2)    the payment is for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave that the Participant would have been able to use if employment had continued.

Any payments not described above shall not be considered Compensation if paid after Termination of Employment, even if they are paid by the later of two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the date of Termination of Employment or the end of the Plan Year that includes the date of Termination of Employment.

Back pay, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(c)-2(g)(8), shall be treated as Compensation for the Plan Year in which the back pay is actually paid to the Participant, to the extent the back pay represents wages and compensation that would otherwise be included under this definition.

(b)     Statutory Compensation . For purposes of applying the limitations of Article V (including the identification of Highly Compensated Employees), and applying the requirements of Article XII (including the identification of Key Employees), subject to the

5





exceptions below, Statutory Compensation means compensation as defined for purposes of Section 415(c)(3) and Treasury Regulations Sections 1.415-2(d)(11)(i) thereunder, including wages within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation to an employee by his employer (in the course of the employer’s trade or business) for which the employer is required to furnish the employee a written statement under sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052 of the Code, determined without regard to any rules under section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2)). Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(1)    For purposes of the identification of Highly Compensated Employees under Section 2.27 for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998, Statutory Compensation means compensation as defined for purposes of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Sections 1.415-2(d)(2), (3) and (10) thereunder, (i) including wages, salaries, fees for professional services, and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer or any Related Company to the extent that the amounts are included in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan), but (ii) excluding contributions of the Employer or a Related Company to (unless includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year when contributed), or distributions from, a plan of deferred compensation (other than an unfunded nonqualified plan), amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (as determined under Section 83 of the Code), amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under an incentive stock option, and other amounts which receive special tax benefits.

(2)    In applying Statutory Compensation for purposes of determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee under Section 2.27 or a Key Employee under Section 12.02(d), for purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage under Section 5.02 and the Actual Contribution Percentage under Section 5.03, and for purposes of determining for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1998 the limitations under Section 5.06 and Minimum Employer Contributions under Section 12.03(a), Statutory Compensation under this subsection shall be increased by the amount of Elective Deferrals under this Plan and any other elective contributions or deferrals made by an Employer or Related Company on behalf of an Employee that excluded from the Participant’s income by Section 125, Section 132(f), Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B), Section 403(b), Section 408(p)(2)(A)(i) or Section 457 of the Code.


6





(3)    Except for purposes of determining Highly Compensated Employees under Section 2.27, Key Employees under Section 12.02(d), and the limitations under Section 5.06, Statutory Compensation will not exceed the Compensation Limit.

2.14    “ Compensation Limit ” means two hundred sixty thousand dollars ($260,000) (for 2014), as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any determination period beginning in such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer than twelve (12) months, the annual Compensation Limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual Compensation Limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

2.15    “ Disability ” or “ Disabled ” means a Participant’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to last for a continuous or indefinite period of at least twelve (12) months, and which is substantiated by proof of disability satisfactory to the Plan Administrator (which proof shall include a written statement of licensed physician or other appropriate medical care provider appointed or approved by the Employer).

2.16    “ Dollar Limit ” has the meaning defined for such term in Section 5.01.

2.17    “ Effective Date ” means January 1, 2014, the effective date of this amendment and restatement. The original effective date of the Plan was June 16, 1964.

2.18    “ Elective Deferrals ” means the contributions made by an Employer to the Trustee on behalf of an Active Participant attributable to reductions in the Participant’s Compensation pursuant to a Salary Reduction Agreement in accordance with Section 4.01.

2.19    “ Eligible Employee ” means any Employee who is employed by an Employer and paid through the U.S. payroll system of the Employer, including an Employee transferred from the United States to work outside the United States but retained on the U.S. payroll system of the Employer, but excluding:

(a)     Union Employees . Any Employee who is a member of a collective bargaining unit of employees represented by a collective bargaining agent with which an Employer or a Related Company has a bargaining agreement, unless that agreement requires inclusion of the Employee in this Plan.

(b)     Nonresident Aliens . Any Employee who (i) (A) is neither a citizen nor resident of the United States or (B) is first employed by an Employer or Related Company outside the United States other than as a U.S. Expatriate Employee, and (ii) receives no earned income (within the meaning at Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer or a Related Company from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code).


7





(c)     Leased Employees . Any individual who is (or who would be at the expiration of the 1-year period described in clause (2) below) classified by a recipient Employer at the relevant time as a Leased Employee (defined below), even if such person is subsequently determined to be, or to have been, a common-law employee of that Employer. For this purpose “Leased Employee” means a person who is not an employee of a recipient and who provides services to the recipient if:

(1)    such services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person,

(2)    such person has performed such services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of a least one (1) year, and

(3)    such services are performed under the primary direction and control of the recipient.

Notwithstanding the above, an Employee of an Employer (or Related Company) who performs services for a recipient that is another Employer (or Related Company) shall not be excluded as a Leased Employee.

(d)     Independent Contractors . Any individual who is classified by the Employer at the relevant time as an independent contractor, even if such person is subsequently determined to be, or to have been, a common-law employee of an Employer.

(e)     Field Employees . Any Employee of an Employer or a Related Company, who is paid on an hourly basis from the “field payroll”, and whose duties consist of transient construction or related services performed on-site in the field and not at a permanent office, manufacturing or warehouse facility of the Employer or a Related Company.

(f)     Other Workers . The following Employees are not Eligible Employees: temporary employees, co-ops, interns, benefit ineligible employees and employees who are in the United States on an F1 Visa. Notwithstanding any other Plan provision, an ineligible Employee listed in this subsection (f) who subsequently becomes an Eligible Employee shall be credited with Hours of Service performed during his service as an ineligible Employee.

(g)     Payroll Determinative . For purposes of this Plan, an Employee shall be treated as the Employee of (and only of) the Employer (or Related Company) through whose payroll his or her salary or wages are paid.


8





(h)     Lutech Employees . Any individual who is an employee of Lutech Resources, Inc.

2.20    “ Employee ” means any common law employee of an Employer or a Related Company, and any leased employee (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(2) of the Code) of an Employer or any Related Company.

2.21    “ Employer ” or “ Employers ” means the Company and any Related Company which has adopted the Plan pursuant to Section 13.01.

2.22    “ Employer Stock ” means Company Stock, and stock of a Participant’s former employer accumulated in an account for the Participant under a Transferor Plan that is maintained as an Inactive Account under this Plan.

2.23    “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

2.24    “ Forfeiture ” means the portion of a Participant’s Account Balance that is forfeited as provided in Sections 4.11, 5.01, 5.02(c), or 13.04.

2.25    “ Former Plan ” means this Plan (formerly known as the CBI 401(k) Pay Deferral Plan), as in effect immediately before the Effective Date of this amendment and restatement and including, to the extent relevant for administering this Plan, the Hourly Plan.

2.26    “ Hardship ” means an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant on account of:

(a)     Medical Expenses . Expenses for medical care described in Section 213(d) of the Code previously incurred by the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, any dependents of the Participant (as defined in Section 152 of the Code), or the Participant’s Beneficiary or amounts necessary for these persons to obtain medical care described in Section 213(d) of the Code.

(b)     Home Purchase . Costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for the Participant (excluding mortgage payments).

(c)     Educational Expenses . Payment of tuition, related educational fees and room and board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, the Participant’s children, any dependents of the Participant (as defined in Section 152 of the Code), or the Participant’s Beneficiary.

(d)     Prevention of Eviction or Foreclosure . Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his or her principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence.


9





(e)     Home Damage Repair . Repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Section 165 of the Code (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds ten percent (10%) of adjusted gross income), to the extent creating an immediate and heavy financial need on the basis of all the relevant facts and circumstances.

(f)     Funeral . Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parents, spouse, children, dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B) of the Code), or the Participant’s deceased Beneficiary.

(g)     Other Deemed Hardship Events Designated by the Internal Revenue Service . Such other events, if any, that are designated by the Internal Revenue Service as constituting deemed immediate and heavy financial needs in regulations, revenue rulings, notices, or other documents of general applicability.

2.27    “ Highly Compensated Employee ” means, for any Plan Year, any individual who is an Employee described in subsection (a) or (b) below, or who is a former Employee described in subsection (c) below:

(a)    An Employee who at any time during the current Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year is a more than five percent (5%) owner (or is considered as owning more than five percent (5%) within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) of the Employer or a Related Company (“5% Owner”).

(b)    An Employee who received Statutory Compensation during the preceding Plan Year in excess of one hundred fifteen thousand dollars ($115,000) (as adjusted in accordance with regulations and rulings under Section 414(q) of the Code), and is in the group consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of the total number of persons employed by the Employer and Related Companies when ranked on the basis of Statutory Compensation paid during the preceding Plan Year, provided, however, that, for purposes of determining the total number of persons employed by the Employer and Related Companies, the following Employees shall be excluded:
(i)    Employees who have not completed an aggregate of six (6) months of service during the preceding Plan Year,
(ii)    Employees who work less than seventeen and one-half (17-1/2) hours per week for fifty percent (50%) or more of the total weeks worked by such employees during the preceding Plan Year,
(iii)    Employees who normally work not more than six (6) months during any year,
(iv)    Employees who have not attained age twenty-one (21) by the end of the preceding Plan Year,

10





(v)    Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer or Related Companies which constitutes income during the preceding Plan Year from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code), and

(vi)    Except to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, Employees who are members of a collective bargaining unit represented by a collective bargaining agent with which an Employer or Related Company has or has had a bargaining agreement.

(c)    A former Employee of an Employer or any Related Company if such former Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee at the time he or she had a Termination of Employment, or at any time after he or she attains age fifty-five (55). For purposes of this subsection, (i) an Employee who performs no services for the Employer or a Related Company during a Plan Year (for example, an Employee who is on an Authorized Leave of Absence throughout the Plan Year) shall be treated as having had a Termination of Employment in the Plan Year in which he last performed services for the Employer or a Related Company and (ii) an Employee who performs services for the Employer or a Related Company during a Plan Year shall nevertheless be deemed to have had a Termination of Employment (solely for purposes of determining whether such Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for any period after he or she has an actual Termination of Employment) if (1) in a Plan Year prior to his or her attainment of age fifty-five (55), the Employee receives Statutory Compensation in an amount less than fifty percent (50%) of his or her average annual Statutory Compensation for the three (3) consecutive calendar years preceding such Plan Year during which his or her Statutory Compensation was the greatest (or the total period of the Employee’s service with the Employer and Related Companies, if less), and (2) after such Plan Year in which the Employee is deemed to have had a Termination of Employment and before the Plan Year in which the Employee has an actual Termination of Employment, the Employee’s services for and Compensation from the Employer and Related Companies do not increase significantly.

2.28    “ Hour of Service ” means each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer or a Related Company:

(a)    for the performance of duties;

(b)    on account of a period of time during which no duties were performed; provided, however, that (i) no more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee performs no duties, and (ii) no Hours of Service shall be credited for payments made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws, or for reimbursement of medical expenses; and


11





(c)    for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is awarded or agreed to by the Employer or Related Company; provided, however, that (i) no more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period of time during which the Employee did not or would not have performed duties, and (ii) Hours of Service credited under (a) or (b) shall not also be credited under (c).

The determination of Hours of Service for reasons other than the performance of duties shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Labor Department Regulations Section 2530.200b-2(b), and Hours of Service shall be credited to computation periods in accordance with the provisions of Labor Department Regulations Section 2530.200b-2(c).

2.29    “ Hourly Plan ” means the CBI Hourly Employees’ Savings Plan as in effect immediately prior to merging into the Plan.

2.30    “ Inactive Account ” means an separate Account maintained under this Plan (including any account transferred from a Transferor Plan) to which no further Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Company Contributions, Travelers Contributions or Rollover Contributions are currently allocated, but which the Plan Administrator in its discretion maintains as a separate Account to reflect any special vesting schedule applicable to the Account, any special distribution options required or permitted for such Account, and any other special benefits, rights or features pertaining to such Account. Schedule 1 sets forth the Accounts, including Inactive Accounts (and their vesting schedules, special distribution options, and other salient benefits, rights and features) maintained under this Plan from time to time.

2.31    “ Investment Committee ” means the committee appointed by the Company pursuant to Section 6.06 to act on behalf of the Company with respect to the investment of Plan assets.

2.32    “ Investment Fund ” means each pooled or commingled investment fund or investment arrangement designated or authorized by the Investment Committee pursuant to Section 6.07 from among (i) regulated investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; (ii) common trust funds or collective investment funds qualified under Sections 401 and 501 of the Code; (iii) a discount brokerage account provided by a brokerage firm that is a member of NASD/SIPC designated or authorized by the Investment Committee to provide individually directed accounts for purposes of this Plan; (iv) any other funding vehicle (including, but not limited to, a limited partnership); (v) the Company Stock Fund; (vi) any other fund for the holding of other Employer Stock maintained in connection with an Inactive Account transferred from a Transferor Plan, and (vii) for former participants in the Hourly Plan, guaranteed investment contracts issued by Principal Mutual Life Insurance Company. Solely for the purpose of segregating notes representing loans to a Participant under Section 7.02, the Trustee and Plan Administrator shall hold such notes as a separate Investment Fund pursuant to Section 7.02(f).

2.33    “ Investment Manager ” means a person who has acknowledged in writing that he, she or it is a fiduciary with respect to this Plan and who (i) is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Act”), or (ii) is not registered as an investment

12





adviser under such Act by reason of paragraph (1) of Section 203(A) of such Act but is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state in which such person maintains his, her or its principal office and place of business, and who, at the time such person last filed with such state the most recent the registration form required to maintain such person’s registration under the laws of such state also filed a copy of such form with the Secretary of Labor, or (iii) is a bank as defined in the Act, or (iv) is an insurance company qualified to perform investment management or investment advisory services under the laws of more than one state.

2.34    “ Matching Contributions ” means the contributions made from time to time by an Employer to the Trustee in accordance with Section 4.02.

2.35    “ Maternity or Paternity Leave ” means an absence from work (i) by reason of pregnancy of the individual; (ii) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual; (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual; or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The Participant shall give the Plan Administrator such timely information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require to establish that the absence from work is for one of the foregoing reasons and to establish the number of days for which there was such an absence.

2.36    “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the date on which the Participant attains age 65.

2.37    “ Participant ” means a current or former Eligible Employee participating in the Plan as provided in Article III.

2.38    “ Period of Severance ” means the period of time from the earliest of (i) an Employee’s Termination of Employment, or (ii) the first anniversary of an Employee’s first absence from work for any reason other than a Termination of Employment, until the date the Employee is credited with an Hour of Service upon reemployment by or return to service with an Employer or a Related Company. However if one of the reasons for an Employee’s Termination of Employment or other absence was Maternity or Paternity Leave, the Period of Severance shall not include the first year that would otherwise be included in that Period of Severance.

2.39    “ Plan ” means this Chicago Bridge & Iron Savings Plan as set forth in this document and as from time to time amended; including, for periods prior to the Effective Date, the Former Plan.

2.40    “ Plan Administrator ” means the person appointed by the Company in accordance with Section 9.01 to serve as the plan administrator within the meaning of Section 414(g) of the Code and as the administrator within the meaning of Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA.

2.41    “ Plan Year ” means the calendar year.


13





2.42    “ QMAC ” means the qualified matching contribution made from time to time by an Employer to the Trustee in accordance with Section 4.05.

2.43    “ Qualified Military Leave ” means an absence due to service in the uniformed services (as defined in chapter 43 of the United States Code) by any Employee provided the Employee returns to employment with the Company or Employer with re-employment rights provided by law.

2.44    “ QNEC ” means the qualified non-elective contribution made from time to time by an Employer to the Trustee in accordance with Section 4.05.

2.45    “ Reduction-in-Force Termination ” means any permanent Termination of Employment of an Employee initiated by the Company or any Related Company, including any Termination of Employment caused by the sale by the Company or a Related Company of an ownership interest in a Related Company or the assets of a business or business segment, causing the sold Related Company, business or business segment to cease being (or being part of) a Related Company, but excluding:

(a)
any Termination of Employment by Retirement, or by early retirement under any retirement arrangement of an Employer applying to that Employee, elected by the Employee before being given notice of any impending Termination of Employment, or pursuant to an election under any special program of retirement incentive offered by the Company or Employer prior to any notice of impending Termination of Employment;

(b)    any Termination of Employment by reason of Disability or death;

(c)    any Authorized Leave of Absence;

(d)
any Termination of Employment for or after “Cause,” as “Cause” is defined in the Chicago Bridge & Iron Salaried Employee Severance Pay Plan as from time to time in effect (the “Severance Plan”), whether or not the Severance Plan applies to the Employee;

(e)    any voluntary resignation by the Employee; or

(f)    any event that is not a Termination of Employment as defined in Section 2.57

2.46    “ Related Company ” means a corporation, trade, or business however organized (including any limited liability company) during the time that it and an Employer are (i) members of a controlled group of corporations as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code; (ii) under common control as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code, (iii) members of an affiliated service group as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code, or (iv) members of a group the members of which are required to be aggregated pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code; provided, however, that for purposes of determining applying Section 5.06, the standard of control under

14





Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code (and thus also Company and Related Plans) shall be determined as provided in Section 5.06(d).

2.47    “ Related Plan ” means any other defined contribution plan or any defined benefit plan (as defined in Sections 414(i), (j) and (k) of the Code) maintained by an Employer or a Related Company and intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, respectively called a “Related Defined Contribution Plan” and “Related Defined Benefit Plan.”

2.48    “ Required Distribution Date ” means April 1 of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2), or (ii) the calendar year in which the Participant has a Termination of Employment; provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply (A) if the Participant is a five percent (5%) owner (as determined under Code Section 416(i)) of the Employer or a Related Company at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which he or she attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2), or (B) to a Participant who attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) before January 1, 1999.

2.49    “ Restricted Account ” means an Inactive Account that is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Section 417 of the Code.

2.50    “ Retirement ” means a Termination of Employment on or after the date a Participant (i) has attained age fifty-five (55) and has completed ten (10) years of Service, (ii) has completed thirty (30) years of Service, or (iii) has attained his or her Normal Retirement Date.

2.51     “ Rollover Contribution ” means a contribution made from time to time by an Eligible Employee to the Trustee in accordance with Section 4.04 of the Plan (i) from a qualified trust as described in Section 402(c) of the Code, an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code or an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state; or (ii) from an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity (“IRA”) as described in Section 408(d)(3) of the Code if the sole source of contributions to such IRA was one or more rollover contributions from a qualified trust described in Section 402(c) of the Code. A Rollover Contribution shall include any direct transfer of an eligible rollover distribution described in Section 401(a)(31) of the Code from a qualified trust, annuity contract, eligible governmental plan or IRA described in the preceding sentence. A Rollover Contribution shall include any direct transfer to the Participant's Roth Rollover Account from another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable plan described in Section 402A(e)(I) of the Code, but only to the extent the Rollover Contribution is permitted under the rules of Section 402A(c) of the Code.

2.52    “ Roth Contribution ” means that portion of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals that the Participant designates as a Roth Contribution in the Participant’s Salary Reduction Agreement and that is contributed to the Plan on an after-tax basis in accordance with Section 4.01(b).


15





2.53    “ Safe Harbor Matching Contribution ” means the fixed Matching Contribution that is contributed to the Plan in accordance with Section 4.02(b).

2.54    " Safe Harbor Notice " means the comprehensive notice that the Company provides to each Participant eligible to participate in Company contributions that describes the Participant's rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant. The Safe Harbor Notice shall be given at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year. If a Participant becomes eligible after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notice for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than 90 days before the Eligible Employee becomes a Participant, but not later than the date the Employee becomes a Participant.

2.55     “ Salary Reduction Agreement ” means the properly completed and executed form provided by the Plan Administrator which has been filed by the Participant with the Plan Administrator as provided in Section 4.01.

2.56     “ Service ” means the aggregate of all periods of employment of an Employee by an Employer or Related Company (including periods of Authorized Leave of Absence) measured from the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service upon employment or reemployment to the date of the Employee's Termination of Employment, but excluding any Period of Severance other than an Authorized Leave of Absence; provided, however, that (i) an Employee shall not be credited with more than twelve (12) months of Service with respect to any single period of Authorized Leave of Absence; and (ii) if an Employee who has a Termination of Employment is reemployed by an Employer or a Related Company and performs an Hour of Service before he or she incurs a one (1)-year Period of Severance, such Termination of Employment shall be disregarded and his or her Service shall be treated as continuous through the date he or she resumes employment as an Employee. An Employee shall receive credit for one-twelfth (1/12) of a year of Service for each full or partial calendar month of Service. Service once credited under this Section shall not be disregarded by reason of any subsequent Period of Severance; except that if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one-year Periods of Severance, Service after such five (5)-year period shall not be taken into account for purposes of Section 4.10 in determining the nonforfeitable percentage of his or her Account Balance derived from Employer contributions which accrued before such five (5)-year period. For purposes of determining whether or to what extent a Participant's Accounts transferred from a Transferor Plan are vested and nonforfeitable under Section 4.10, Service of a Participant who was a participant in a Transferor Plan shall include service with the predecessor employer credited for vesting purposes under the Transferor Plan.     

For purposes of determining whether or to what extent Accounts of a Participant who was employed by CRI/Criterion, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("CRI"), or an employer that is a Related Company to CRI, immediately before the acquisition by an Employer of the capital stock of Chemical Research and Licensing Company, a Texas corporation, are vested and nonforfeitable under Section 4.10, Service shall include service with CRI or such Related Company prior to such acquisition.

16





With respect to a Participant who, as of February 13, 2013, was an employee of The Shaw Group, Inc. or any entity related to Shaw Group, Inc. as a Related Company, service with Shaw Group, Inc. or any entity related to Shaw Group, Inc. as a Related Company shall be treated as service with an Employer.

2.57    “ Termination of Employment ” occurs when for any reason (other than a layoff for lack of work with recall rights) an individual is no longer an Employee of an Employer or any Related Company, except that:

(a)    If an individual incurs a layoff for lack of work with recall rights, a Termination of Employment shall occur on the first anniversary of the date of layoff, unless the individual has in the interim been recalled to employment with the Employer or a Related Company.

(b)    A Participant’s Elective Deferrals, QNECs, QMACs, and earnings attributable to these contributions shall be distributed on account of the Participant’s severance from employment satisfying the requirements of Section 401(k)(10) of the Code and Treasury Regulations and rulings thereunder, all as in effect at the time of such severance from employment, as determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator. However, such a distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that require a separation from service before such amounts may be distributed.

2.58    “ Transferor Plan ” means an employee benefit plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and that transfers part or all of its assets and liabilities to, or merges or consolidates into, this Plan in a trust-to-trust transfer described in Section 414(l) of the Code.

2.59    “ True-Up Contributions ” has the meaning defined for such term in Section 4.02(d).

2.60    “ Trust ” means the trust established under the Trust Agreement by which contributions shall be received, held, invested and distributed to or for the benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries.

2.61    “ Trust Agreement ” means the trust agreement dated December 31, 1996, by and between the Company and T. Rowe Price Trust Company, a Maryland limited trust company, as Trustee, and any amendments thereto or successor or supplemental agreements.

2.62    “ Trust Fund ” means any property, real or personal, received by the Trustee, plus all income and gains and less losses, expenses and distributions chargeable thereto.

2.63    “ Trustee ” means the corporation, bank, trust company, individual or individuals who accept appointment as trustee to execute the duties of the Trustee set forth in the Trust Agreement.


17





2.64    “ Valuation Date ” means the last business day of each calendar year and such additional dates as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate. The Plan Administrator may designate different additional Valuation Dates for different Investment Funds and for different purposes under the Plan.
 

18





ARTICLE III
Participation

3.01     Participation .

(a)    Each Eligible Employee who was a Participant in the Former Plan immediately before the Effective Date shall continue as a Participant in the Plan from and after the Effective Date.

(b)    Except as provided in subsections (c) and (d), each other Eligible Employee:

(i)    hired prior to January 1, 2014, shall become a Participant on the first day on which he or she is an Eligible Employee.

(ii)
hired on or after January 1, 2014, shall become a Participant:

(A)
with respect to Elective Deferrals and Rollover Contributions, on the first day of the pay period coincident with or immediately following the date on which he or she becomes an Eligible Employee;
 
(B)
with respect to Matching Contributions, Company Contributions and corrective contributions described in Section 4.05, on the first day of the pay period coincident with or immediately following the date on which he or she completes one (1) year of Service.

(c)    Except as otherwise provided in a currently effective collective bargaining agreement, an Eligible Employee who is a shop employee at the Clive Shop (“Clive Shop Employee”), and whose participation in this Plan is governed by such collective bargaining agreement, shall become a Participant on the date he or she first becomes an Eligible Employee.

(d)    An Eligible Employee who was an employee of ABB Lummus Global Inc. when such company was acquired shall become a Participant (i) for purposes of making Elective Deferrals (and receiving an allocation of Matching Contributions) on January 1, 2008; and (ii) for all other purposes of this Plan on the first day on which he or she is an Eligible Employee. An Eligible Employee who was an employee of ABB Lummus Global Inc. shall be deemed to be an Active Employee for purposes of receiving a Company Contributions under Section 4.03 for the Plan Year ending December 31, 2007.

3.02     Duration of Participation . An Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant shall continue to be a Participant until the later of (i) his or her Termination of Employment, or (ii) the distribution of his or her entire vested Account Balance from the Plan.


19





3.03     Participation Upon Re-Employment . A Participant who has a Termination of Employment, and thereafter resumes employment with an Employer as an Eligible Employee shall again become a Participant immediately upon becoming an Eligible Employee. An Eligible Employee described in Section 3.01(c) who has a Termination of Employment before becoming a Participant and thereafter resumes employment with an Employer as an Eligible Employee shall again become a Participant in accordance with Section 3.01.

3.04     Participation Forms . A Participant shall not be eligible to make Elective Deferrals (or to receive an allocation of Matching Contributions) until the effective date of his or her Salary Reduction Agreement as determined under Section 4.01(d). A Participant shall execute and deliver to the Plan Administrator a Beneficiary designation and an investment election, on such form or forms provided or permitted by the Plan Administrator, and in such manner, as the Plan Administrator may prescribe.

 

20





ARTICLE IV
Contributions and Vesting

4.01     Elective Deferrals .

(a)     General. Each Active Participant may elect to make Elective Deferrals from his or her Compensation, and may designate the portion, if any, of the Elective Deferrals to be contributed as Roth Contributions, at least annually during any Plan Year and at such other times as the Plan Administrator may prescribe by executing and filing an appropriately completed Salary Reduction Agreement with the Plan Administrator on such form or forms provided or permitted by the Plan Administrator and in such manner as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. The Salary Reduction Agreement shall specify the percentage of Compensation to be contributed to the Plan as Elective Deferrals and the portion, if any, of the Elective Deferrals to be contributed as Roth Contributions. A Participant’s percentage for Elective Deferrals shall not be more than the seventy-five percent (75%) of Compensation. The maximum percentage for Elective Deferrals may be changed by the Plan Administrator from time to time and shall be uniformly applicable to all Participants and effective from and after the date prescribed. Except for that portion, if any, of the Elective Deferrals that the Participant has designated as Roth Contributions in accordance with subsection (b) below, such contribution shall be on a pre-tax basis, and the Employer shall reduce each Participant’s Compensation by, and contribute to the Trust as Elective Deferrals on behalf of such Participant, the amount (if any) by which the Compensation available to the Participant (after applicable deductions) has been reduced under such Participant’s Salary Reduction Agreement. A Participant’s Salary Reduction Agreement shall continue in effect, subject to subsection (f) below, notwithstanding any change in his or her Compensation, until he or she changes or revokes his or her Salary Reduction Agreement.

Notwithstanding the above, a Participant who is a Clive Shop Employee and whose participation in this Plan is governed by a collective bargaining agreement may elect to make Elective Deferrals from his or her Compensation in accordance with the provisions of the currently effective collective bargaining agreement.

(b)     Roth Contributions . If the Participant affirmatively designates a portion of his or her Elective Deferrals as Roth Contributions, such amount will be deducted from his or her Compensation on an after-tax basis, subject to withholding of applicable federal, state and local income taxes on such Roth Contributions from the Participant's Compensation other than such Roth Contributions. Except as provided in the preceding sentence or otherwise expressly specified in this Plan, Roth Contributions shall be treated as Elective Deferrals (or Catch-Up Deferrals, as applicable), for all purposes of this Plan. In the absence of an affirmative designation, none of the Participant's Elective Deferrals under this Plan shall be contributed as Roth Contributions.

(c)     Changes of Salary Reduction Agreements . A Participant may change his or her rate of Elective Deferrals, or the designation of any portion of Elective Deferrals as Roth

21





Contributions, by executing and filing a new Salary Reduction Agreement with the Plan Administrator on such form provided or permitted by the Plan Administrator and in such manner as the Plan Administrator may prescribe.

(d)     Effective Date of Salary Reduction Agreement . A Salary Reduction Agreement or a change thereof shall apply solely to Compensation not yet paid or payable as of the date such new or changed Salary Reduction Agreement is filed with the Plan Administrator. Subject to the foregoing requirement, a Salary Reduction Agreement or change thereof shall take effect on the first day of the payroll period as of which the start or change of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals, or the designation of any portion of Elective Deferrals as Roth Contributions, is administratively practicable (determined under procedures established by the Plan Administrator) after the Participant has executed and filed an initial or changed Salary Reduction Agreement with the Plan Administrator as provided in subsection (a) or (c) of this Section 4.01.

(e)     Revocations of Salary Reduction Agreements . A Participant may revoke a Salary Reduction Agreement with respect to Compensation not paid or payable as of the date of such revocation by executing and filing a revocation of such Salary Reduction Agreement on such form provided or permitted by the Plan Administrator and in such manner as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. Revocation of a Salary Reduction Agreement shall take effect on the first day of the payroll period as of which implementing the revocation is administratively practicable (determined under procedures established by the Plan Administrator) after the Participant has executed and filed such revocation with the Plan Administrator. A Participant’s Salary Reduction Agreement shall become ineffective upon his or her ceasing to be an Active Participant. But the Participant may make a new Salary Reduction Agreement in accordance with subsection (a) upon again becoming an Active Participant.

(f)     Other Reductions and Limitations . Elective Deferrals shall not exceed the lowest maximum amount permitted by Article V. Notwithstanding anything in a Salary Reduction Agreement, the Plan Administrator may reduce the Elective Deferrals and amend the Salary Reduction Agreement of any Participant to prevent a reasonably anticipated violation of the limitations of Section 5.06, and may reduce the Elective Deferrals and Salary Reduction Agreement of any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee to prevent a reasonably anticipated violation of the limitations of Sections 5.01 or 5.02. Any reduction of Elective Deferrals under this subsection (f) shall be applied pro rata to Elective Deferrals that are not Roth Contributions and to Elective Deferrals that are Roth Contributions. If a Participant receives a Hardship distribution pursuant to Section 7.01, his or her Salary Reduction Agreement shall be suspended in accordance with Section 7.01(c)(5). The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, impose such additional rules, regulations and limitations on the amount of Elective Deferrals that may be elected, including limitations on the amount of Elective Deferrals that an Active Participant may elect for each payroll period to a pro-rata portion of the Dollar Limit, and limitations on the amount of Elective Deferrals that a Highly Compensated Employee may elect, to ensure that the limitations of Article V are not exceeded.

22





(g)     Time for Contributing Elective Deferrals . For each payroll period during a Plan Year, each Employer shall pay the Elective Deferrals of Participants who are its Employees over to the Trustee as of, or as soon as reasonably possible after, the date such amount would otherwise have been paid to the Participant in cash; but not earlier (except as required by bona fide administrative considerations) than the date that the Participant performs the services with respect to which the contribution is made (or the date such amount would otherwise have been paid to the Participant in cash, if earlier), and not later than the fifteenth (15 th ) business day of the month following the month in which such amount would otherwise have been paid to the Participant in cash.

(h)     Allocation of Elective Deferrals . Elective Deferrals that are not Roth Contributions shall be allocated to the Employee 401(k) Account of each Participant on whose behalf such Elective Deferrals were made. Elective Deferrals that are Roth Contributions shall be allocated to the Roth Contribution Account of each Participant on whose behalf such Roth Contributions were made.

(i)     Automatic Increase . A Participant may elect to automatically increase his pre-tax Elective Deferrals each year. Following such an election, each year such Participant's Elective Deferrals shall be increased by an amount equal to 2% of such Participant’s Compensation, subject to a maximum deemed Elective Deferral Contribution of 20% of Compensation, unless prior to such anniversary such Participant has made an affirmative election to the contrary.

4.02     Matching Contributions .

(a)    For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2014, and subject to the limitations described in Article 5, the Company shall contribute to the Plan on behalf of each Participant who made Elective Deferrals (whether or not designated as Roth Contributions or Catch-up Contributions) a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution equal to: (i) 100% of the Elective Deferrals that are not in excess of 3% of the Participant's Compensation, plus (ii) 50% of the amount of the Elective Deferrals that exceed 3% of the Participant's Compensation but that do not exceed 5% of the Participant's Compensation.

The Board may provide for Matching Contributions to be made in addition to the foregoing. In any Plan Year that the Plan is deemed to meet the tests under Article 5 because the Plan is meeting the requirements of Code section 401(k)(12) by virtue of a Matching Contribution or if the Plan is intended to satisfy the ACP safe harbor of Code section 401(m)(11), no Highly Compensated Employee can receive a greater rate of Matching Contributions than a Nonhighly Compensated Employee at the same rate of Elective Deferral Contributions. In any Plan Year the Plan is intended to satisfy the ACP safe harbor of Code section 401(m)(11): (i) the rate of Elective Deferral Contributions cannot increase as a Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions increase, (ii) Matching Contributions cannot be made on Elective Deferrals in excess of six percent (6%) of Compensation, and (iii) the amount of Matching Contributions subject to the Company's discretion shall not exceed four percent (4%) of Compensation.

23






(b)     Time for Contributing Matching Contributions . Matching contributions shall be determined and made, on the basis of Elective Deferrals, for each payroll period, subject to the subsection (d), below. However the Employer may pay its Matching Contributions over to the Trustee at any time not later than the due date for the filing of the federal income tax return (including any extensions) of the Employer for the tax year during which occurs the last day of the Plan Year containing the last day of such payroll period.

If Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are made separately with respect to each payroll period (or with respect to all payroll periods ending with or within each month or quarter of a Plan Year), such Safe Harbor Matching Contributions must be contributed to the Plan by the last day of the immediately following Plan Year quarter.

(c)     Allocation of Matching Contributions . Matching Contributions shall be allocated to the Company Matching Account of each Participant on whose behalf such Matching Contributions were made; provided, however, that effective January 1, 2001, a Participant’s Company Matching Account as of December 31, 2000 shall become an Inactive Account for pre-2001 Matching Contributions (including accumulated and future earnings thereon), as indicated in Schedule 1, and a new Company Matching Account shall be established for each such Participant as of January 1, 2001. Effective January 1, 2014, a new Safe Harbor Matching Account shall be established for fixed Matching Contributions described in subsection 4.02(b).

(d)     True-Up Contributions . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the applicable Matching Contributions formula under subsection (a) shall be applied to the total of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year then ending, and each Employer shall contribute (within the time specified by subsection (b)), on behalf of each Participant on whose behalf Elective Deferrals are made, the amount, if any (the “True-Up Contribution”), by which the total Matching Contributions so required exceed the actual Matching Contributions previously determined on the basis of payroll periods for such Active Participant during the course of the Plan Year. If an Employer has changed its determination of percentages for its Matching Contribution formula during the Plan Year, the amount of the True-Up Contribution shall be determined separately for each portion of a Plan Year during which a given Matching Contribution formula was in effect.

Notwithstanding the above, a Participant who is a Clive Shop Employee and whose participation in this Plan is governed by a collective bargaining agreement may receive Matching Contributions in accordance with the provisions of the currently effective collective bargaining agreement.


24





4.03     Company Contributions .

(a)     General. Subject to Sections 11.01, 11.02 and 11.04, for each Plan Year for which the Company elects in its sole discretion for Employers to make a Company Contribution, each Employer that has adopted or is deemed to have adopted this Plan pursuant to Section 13.01 for purposes of Company Contributions shall make a Company Contribution for each Active Participant. The Amount of the Company Contribution shall be a percentage, determined by the Company in its discretion and uniformly applicable to all such Active Participants equal to a percentage of the Compensation of each Active Participant for the portion of the Plan Year during which the Participant is an Active Participant. If an Employer changes its determination of the percentage of its Company Contribution during the Plan Year, the amount of the Company Contribution shall be determined separately for each portion of a Plan Year during which a given percentage was in effect.

Notwithstanding the above, a Participant who is a Clive Shop Employee and whose participation in this Plan is governed by a collective bargaining agreement may receive Company Contributions in accordance with the provisions of the currently effective collective bargaining agreement.

(b)     Time for Company Contributions . For each Plan Year, each Employer shall pay its Company Contributions over to the Trustee not later than the due date for the filing of the federal income tax return (including any extensions) of the Employer for the tax year during which the last day of such Plan Year occurs.

(c)     Allocation of Company Contributions . Company Contributions shall be allocated to the Company Contribution Account of each Active Participant eligible for such allocation under subsection (a) in the same ratio that the eligible Compensation of such Active Participant bears to the total eligible Compensation of all Active Participants.

4.04     Rollover Contributions into the Plan . At the request of any Eligible Employee, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to accept a Rollover Contribution on behalf of the Eligible Employee. Unless the Rollover Contribution is a direct transfer from another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Section 402A(c)(l) of the Code, the Rollover Contribution shall be held in the Prior Plan and Rollovers Account for the Eligible Employee. A Rollover Contribution that is a direct transfer from another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Section 402A(e)(l) of the Code shall be held in the Participant's Roth Rollover Account. If the Rollover Contribution includes amounts that would not be includible in gross income (except as provided by Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 457(e)(16) of the Code and except by reason of being a direct transfer from another Roth elective deferral account) if not transferred as an Rollover Contribution, the Plan Administrator shall separately account for the portion of the Rollover Contribution which is so includible in gross income and the portion of such Rollover Contribution which is not so includible. Each Rollover Contribution shall be made in cash, in notes representing a loan to the Participant from a qualified trust under provisions of such qualified trust similar to Section 7.02, or in property (which may be stock or securities issued by the former employer) acceptable to the Trustee in its sole discretion

25





for purposes of this Plan. Prior to accepting a Rollover Contribution, the Plan Administrator may require that the Eligible Employee who wants to make the Rollover Contribution shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Plan Administrator that such contribution qualifies as a Rollover Contribution. Acceptance of a Rollover Contribution shall not in any manner guarantee the result of such contribution under any tax laws; and neither the Company, the Investment Committee, any Employer, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee nor any Investment Manager, shall be responsible for such tax results. If the Plan Administrator determines after any Rollover Contribution that such contribution did not in fact qualify as a Rollover Contribution, the amount of the Rollover Contribution, increased by income and gains and reduced (but not below zero) by losses and expenses, shall be returned to the Eligible Employee.

4.05     Special Contributions; QNECs and QMACs .

(a)     QNECs and QMACs . For each Plan Year, the Company may elect to have the Company and the other Employers make a special contribution in such amount (if any) as the Company may determine as QNECs and/or QMACs. In any Plan Year in which the Company elects to have such a QNEC or QMAC made, each Employer shall contribute a fractional portion of the QNEC or QMAC in such amount as the Company shall determine to be appropriate in the circumstances.

(b)     Time for QNECs or QMACs . Each Employer shall pay its QNECs or QMACs for a Plan Year over to the Trustee not later than the last day of the following Plan Year; provided, however, that if the Employer intends to deduct such QNEC or QMAC in the tax year in which the last day of the Plan Year for which such QNEC or QMAC was made occurs, the Employer shall pay its QNEC or QMAC over to the Trustee on or before the due date for the filing of the federal income tax return (including any extensions) of the Employer for such tax year.

(c)     Allocation of QNECs or QMACs . As of the last day of each Plan Year, any QNECs or QMACs made to the Plan for the Plan Year shall be allocated to the Employee 401(k) Account of each Designated Participant (as defined below) who is an Active Participant, as determined by the Company in its discretion, in whichever one or more of the following methods as the Company shall determine:

(i)     Compensation-Based QNEC .

(A)    Compensation-based QNECs may be allocated to the Employee 401(k) Account of each Designated Participant who has Compensation not in excess of an amount specified by the Company in the ratio that such Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all such Participants for the Plan Year.

(B)    A Section 415-based QNEC may be allocated to the Employee 401(k) Account of each Designated Participant in an amount that maximizes

26





each such Participant’s annual additions under Code Section 415(c) of the code.

(ii)     Per Capita-Based QNEC . A per capita-based QNEC may be allocated to the Employee 401(k) Account of each Designated Participant in an amount equal to the total per capita-based QNEC divided by the total number of such Participants for the Plan Year.

(iii)     Section 401(k)-Based QMAC . A Section 401(k)-based QMAC may be allocated to the Employee 401(k) Account of each Designated Participant in the ratio that the amount of Elective Deferrals made to the Plan for such Plan Year on behalf of such Participant bears to the total amount of Elective Deferrals made to the Plan for such Plan Year on behalf of all such Participants, based on Elective Deferrals up to a specified percentage or dollar amount of Compensation, as determined by the Plan Administration.

(d)     Limitation on Allocation of QNECs and QMACs . Notwithstanding subsection (c) above, QNECs and QMACs shall not be allocated to the Employee 401(k) Account of any Designated Participant in an amount in excess of (i) the Participant’s Statutory Compensation, multiplied by (ii) the greater of (A) five percent (5%), or (B) the Plan’s Representative Contribution Rate. For this purpose the Plan’s Representative Contribution Rate is the lowest Applicable Contribution Rate of any eligible Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee (“NHCE”) within a group of NHCEs that that consists of half of all eligible NHCEs for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest Applicable Contribution Rate of any eligible employee who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. For this purpose the Applicable Contribution Rate for an eligible NHCE is the sum of the QMACs and QNECs for the eligible NHCE for the Plan Year, divided by the eligible NHCE’s Statutory Compensation for the same period. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection (d), QNECs and QMACs that are made in connection with an Employer’s obligations under the Davis-Beacon Act, the Public Service Contract Act of 1965, or similar legislation may be allocated to the Employee 401(k) Account of a NHCE to the extent that such contributions do not exceed ten percent (10%) of such NHCE’s Statutory Compensation.

The limitations of this subsection (d) shall be applied separately to QNECs and QMACs; but QNECs taken into account in applying the limitations of Section 5.03 (including the related determination of the Representative Contribution Rate) shall not be taken into account in applying the limitations of Section 5.02 (including the related determination of the Representative Contribution Rate); and similarly QMACs taken into account in applying the limitations of Section 5.02 (including the related determination of the Representative Contribution Rate) shall not be taken in to account in applying the limitations of Section 5.03 (including the related determination of the Representative Contribution Rate).

(e)     Definition of Designated Participant . With respect to any QNEC or QMAC, a Designated Participant is a Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee for

27





the Plan Year and who is designated by the Plan Administrator on the basis of any one or more of the following:

(i)    such Participant’s level of Compensation;

(ii)    such Participant’s employment on the last day of the Plan Year;

(iii)    such Participant’s completion of a year of vesting Service;

(iv)    such Participant’s making of a Salary Reduction Agreement Election; or

(v)    such Participant’s job classification that satisfies the nondiscriminatory classification test.

4.06     Crediting of Contributions . Contributions to be allocated to a Participant’s Account shall be credited to such Account (and available for Participant direction of investment pursuant to Section 6.08(a) and loans, withdrawals and benefits pursuant to Articles VII and VIII) on or as soon as reasonably practicable (under procedures established or approved by the Plan Administrator) after the contributions (and a reconciliation of the contributions to Participants’ Accounts) are actually received by the Trustee from time to time during or after the Plan Year. However, for purposes of determining the Account Balance to which a Participant is entitled, contributions made or to be made for a particular Plan Year but credited under this Section after the last day of such Plan Year shall nevertheless be deemed made and allocated on such last day of such Plan Year.

4.07     Determination and Amount of Employer Contributions . Subject to the Company’s determination of the rate (if any) of Company Contributions pursuant to Section 4.03, the Plan Administrator shall determine the amount of any contribution to be made by the Company and each Employer hereunder. In making such determination, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon the estimates of Compensation made by the accounting officers of each respective Employer with respect to the Employees of that Employer. Such determination shall be binding on all Participants, all Employers, and the Trustee. Under no circumstances shall any Participant or Beneficiary have any right to examine the books and records of any Employer.

4.08     Condition on Company Contributions . All contributions of Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Company Contributions, QNECs or QMACs by the Company or any other Employer under this Plan are hereby expressly conditioned upon their being deductible for federal income tax purposes under Section 404 of the Code; and notwithstanding anything else in the Plan shall not exceed the amount so deductible.

4.09     Form of Company Contributions . Contributions of the Company or any other Employer under this Plan shall be in the form of cash if they are Elective Deferrals. All other contributions of the Company or any other Employer under this Plan may, in the discretion of the

28





Company, be made in cash, in Company Stock that is a qualifying employer security (as defined in Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA), or in other property acceptable to the Trustee in its sole discretion.

4.10     Vesting .

(a)     Vesting Upon Normal Retirement Date, Death or Disability . A Participant’s Account Balance shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable if and when the Participant attains his or her Normal Retirement Date, dies or becomes Disabled on or before the date he or she has a Termination of Employment, or incurs a Termination of Employment by reason of a Reduction-In-Force Termination.

(b)     Fully Vested Accounts . A Participant’s Account Balance shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times to the extent represented by the balance of his or her Employee 401(k) Account, Roth Contribution Account, Rollover Account, Roth Rollover Account and Safe Harbor Matching Account.

In addition, the portion of a Participant’s Company Matching Account which is attributable to discretionary Matching Contributions made for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2014 shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable.

(c)     Other Termination . Except as provided in subsection (a):

(1)    The vested and nonforfeitable portion of a Participant’s Account Balance attributable to the subaccount in his or her Company Contribution Account for Company Contributions for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007, shall be the percentage of such Account determined in accordance with the vesting schedule specified below:

Years of              Vested
Vesting Service          Percentage

Less than five years         0%
Five years or more         100%

(2)    The vested and nonforfeitable portion of a Participant’s Account Balance attributable to the subaccount in his or her Company Contribution Account for Company Contributions for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006 shall be the percentage of such Account determined in accordance with the vesting schedule specified below:

Years of              Vested
Vesting Service          Percentage

Less than three years         0%
Three years or more         100%

29





(3)    Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4.10(b), the vested and nonforfeitable portion of a Participant’s Account Balance attributable to his or her Company Matching Account (excluding his or her Inactive Account for pre-2001 Matching Contributions and excluding Matching Contributions for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2014) shall be the percentage of such Account determined in accordance with the vesting schedule specified below:

Years of              Vested
Vesting Service          Percentage

Less than three years         0%
Three years or more         100%

The Company Matching Account of Clive Shop Employees shall vest in accordance with the foregoing schedule.

(d)     Inactive Accounts . A Participant’s Account Balance shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times to the extent represented by an Inactive Account (including the Participant’s Inactive Account for pre-2001 Matching Contributions, if any), other than an Inactive Account that comprises contributions (including matching contributions) made by an employer under a Transferor Plan. The nonforfeitable percentage of an Inactive Account that comprises contributions (including matching contributions) made by an employer under a Transferor Plan shall be determined under the vesting schedule specified in the applicable Transferor Plan for accounts containing such contributions, as shown on Schedule 1, taking into account (without duplication) all of the Participant’s years of service including service with the predecessor employer credited for vesting purposes under the Transferor Plan.

(e)     Forfeitures . If a Participant has a Termination of Employment, then that portion of the Participant’s Account Balance which is not vested as of his or her Termination of Employment shall become a Forfeiture as soon as administratively practicable after the earliest of (i) the date on which the balance of the Participant’s Accounts is distributed, (ii) the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs a one year Period of Severance, or (iii) the date of Termination of Employment; provided, however, if the Participant has no vested interest in any Accounts, such portion shall become a Forfeiture on the date of Termination of Employment.

(f)     Return to Employment . If a Participant or a former Participant resumes service with an Employer as an Employee before incurring a Period of Severance lasting five (5) or more years, the amount forfeited under subsection (e) (without adjustment for interest, gains or losses) shall be reinstated to the Participant’s or former Participant’s Account(s) from which the Forfeiture arose, as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant resumes service with an Employer as an Employee, first out of Forfeitures for the Plan Year in which reemployment occurs, and to the extent that Forfeitures for such Plan Year are not sufficient, out of the Trust Fund as an administrative expense of the Trust. If a former Participant does not resume employment with an Employer before the end of a

30





Period of Severance lasting at least five (5) years, the amounts forfeited under subsection (e) shall not be reinstated.

(g)     Application of Forfeitures . Forfeitures arising pursuant to Sections 4.11(e), 5.01, 5.02(c), or 13.04 during a Plan Year shall be applied first to restore any Forfeitures that are reinstated during the Plan Year pursuant to Sections 4.11(f) or 13.04; second, to correct in such Plan Year any errors in the adjustment of Participants’ Accounts pursuant to Section 6.11, third, to the payment of expenses of administering the Plan and the Trust pursuant to Section 6.03, and fourth, toward the payment of Company Contributions. Forfeitures that are applied toward payment of Company Contributions shall be considered to be Company Contributions, shall reduce the amount of Company Contributions otherwise required to be made to the Trust, and shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.03(c).

4.11     Catch-Up Deferrals . Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, each Participant who is an "Eligible Active Participant" (as defined in subsection (a)) may elect to make Catch-Up Deferrals from his or her Compensation, and may elect to designate all or any portion of such Catch-Up Deferrals as Roth Contributions, by written election on a Salary Reduction Form filed with the Plan Administrator in such manner as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. The Employer shall reduce each Eligible Active Participant’s Compensation by, and contribute to the Trust as Catch-Up Deferrals on behalf of such Participant, the amount (if any) of the Participant’s Catch-Up Deferrals. For purposes of this Section 4.11:

(a)    An "Eligible Active Participant" is a Participant who:

(i)    will have attained age fifty (50) on or before the last day of the Plan Year; and

(ii)    has made Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year that are in excess of the maximum Elective Deferrals allowed under the Plan, taking into account the provisions of Article V.

(b)    For each Plan Year, the amount of the Catch-Up Deferrals made on behalf of a Participant who is an Eligible Active Participant shall be equal to the dollar amount or percentage (in increments of one percent (1%)) of the Participant's Compensation specified by the Participant for Catch-Up Deferrals on his or her Salary Reduction Form, provided that such Catch-Up Deferrals may not exceed the lesser of the following for a Plan Year:

(i)    five thousand five hundred dollars ($5,500) for 2014, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate pursuant to the provisions of Section 414(v)(2)(C) of the Code; or

(ii)    The excess of (i) the Participant's Statutory Compensation for the Plan Year as determined under Section 2.13(b) (as applied for purposes of Sections 5.02 and 5.03), over (ii) the Participant's Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year.


31





(c)    A Participant's initial Catch-Up Deferral election shall be effective for Compensation payable on or after the date on which such election is made and shall remain in effect until changed or revoked. Thereafter, changes in the percentage (solely in increments or decrements of one percent (1%)) or dollar amount of Compensation to be deferred or revocation of any such election, or changes in the designation of any portion of Catch-Up Deferrals as Roth Contributions, may be made by written election on a Salary Reduction Form filed with the Plan Administrator in such manner as the Plan Administrator may prescribe.

(d)    The Catch-Up Deferrals for the Plan Year (other than Catch-Up Deferrals designated as Roth Contributions) shall be credited to the Participants' Employee 401(k) Accounts, and Catch-Up Deferrals for the Plan Year designated as Roth Contributions shall be credited to the Participants' Roth Contribution Accounts, in the amounts of their respective Catch-Up Deferral elections for such Plan Year and the designation, if any, of any portion of such Catch-Up Deferrals as Roth Contributions. Catch-Up Deferrals shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable.

(e)    Catch-Up Deferrals shall not be subject to any of the limitations under Article V.

(f)    The Plan Administrator may specify rules from time to time governing Catch-Up Deferrals, including, but not limited to, rules regarding (i) the timing, method, and implementation dates of Catch-Up Deferral elections, (ii) the return or recharacterization of Catch-Up Deferrals as Elective Deferrals, and (iii) the recharacterization of Elective Deferrals of an Eligible Active Participant as Catch-Up Deferrals, to the extent the Elective Deferrals of the Eligible Active Participant would otherwise exceed the limitations of Article V and the total Catch-Up Deferrals of the Participant (after recharacterization) do not exceed the limits of subsection (b) above. Such rules shall be in compliance with any applicable guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury, and, to the extent deemed advisable by the Plan Administrator in order to comply with such guidance, such rules may override any of the preceding provisions of this Section 4.11.

(g)    Catch-Up Deferrals will be treated as Elective Deferrals for all purposes of this Plan other than Article V (relating to Limitations on Contributions); provided, however, that Catch-Up Deferrals recharacterized under subsection (f) as Elective Deferrals will be eligible for Matching Contributions to the extent provided for Elective Deferrals in Section 4.02. In addition, for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2014, Catch-up Deferrals will not be treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of Section 4.02 (relating to Matching Contributions).


32





4.12     Military Service . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Code section 414(u).

(a)     Death Benefits Under USERRA . Effective January 1, 2007, if a Participant dies while performing Qualified Military Service, the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits provided under the Plan as if the Participant had resumed and then terminated employment on account of death pursuant to Code section 401(a)(37), Notice 2010-5 and any superseding guidance.

(b)     Differential Military Pay . Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2008, pursuant to Code section 414(u)(12), Notice 2010-5 and any superseding guidance, a Participant receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code section 3401(h)(2)) shall be treated as an Employee of the Employer making the payment and the differential wage payments shall be treated as Compensation under the Plan.

(c)     Qualified Reservist Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant who, by reason of being a member of a "reserve component" (as defined in Section 101 of Title 37 of the United States Code), is ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001 for a period in excess of one hundred seventy-nine (179) days or for an indefinite period may take a "qualified reservist distribution" (as defined in Code Section 72(t)(2)(G)(iii)), from amounts attributable to Employer contributions made pursuant to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals described in Section Code 402(g)(3)(A), during the period beginning on the date the Participant is ordered or called to duty and ending at the close of the Participant's active duty period.

(d)     Withdrawal of Elective Deferrals for Participants in Uniformed Services . For purposes of Code Section 40l(k)(2)(B)(i)(I), any Participant shall be treated as having been severed from employment during the period he or she is performing service in the uniformed services described in Code Section 340l(h)(2)(A) while on active duty for a period of more than thirty (30) days. If such a Participant elects to receive a distribution of Elective Deferrals, the Participant may not contribute any Elective Deferrals to the Plan during the six (6)-month period beginning on the date of distribution.

33





ARTICLE V
Limitations on Contributions

5.01     Excess Deferrals . Notwithstanding Section 4.01 or anything in a Participant’s Salary Reduction Agreement, the sum for any calendar year of (i) Elective Deferrals of any Participant under this Plan, (ii) any elective deferrals excluded from the Participant’s gross income made under a Related Plan, and (iii) the amount of elective deferrals under any other plan if the Participant notifies the Plan Administrator in writing by March 1 of the following calendar year that such other plan exists under which elective deferrals were excluded from the Participant’s gross income and the amount of such elective deferrals (excluding in every case Catch-Up Deferrals made under Section 4.11 of this Plan or corresponding provisions authorized by Section 414(v) of the Code of any Related Plan or other plan), shall not exceed the applicable Dollar Limit. The “Dollar Limit” is seventeen thousand five hundred dollars ($17,500) for 2014, as adjusted for Plan Years thereafter for cost-of-living increases by the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate pursuant to Sections 402(g)(4) and 415(d) of the Code. If the sum of such amounts exceeds the Dollar Limit for a calendar year, the Plan Administrator shall, not later than the April 15 following the close of such calendar year, distribute to the Participant all or such portion of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals in excess of the Dollar Limit (by first distributing unmatched Elective Deferrals that are not Roth Contributions, then by distributing unmatched Elective Deferrals that are Roth Contributions, then by distributing matched Elective Deferrals that are not Roth Contributions, and finally by distributing matched Elective Deferrals that are Roth Contributions) for such calendar year in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the amount the Plan Administrator determines is necessary to eliminate the excess of the sum of the amount described in clauses (i) and (ii) above over the, including net income and minus any loss allocable to such amount determined in accordance with Section 5.05, or (ii) the amount requested in writing by the Participant on or before the March 1 following the close of such calendar year. Any Matching Contributions (including any net income and minus any loss allocable thereto determined in accordance with Section 5.05) made with respect to such distributed Elective Deferrals matched Plan Administrator shall be forfeited and allocated in accordance with Section 4.10(f).

5.02     Excess Contributions: The ADP Test . Effective January 1, 2014 and because the Plan is intended to be a safe harbor plan, the Plan shall comply with the Safe Harbor Notice requirements as described in Section 2.54, and the Plan shall be deemed to meet the requirements of this Section 5.02 with respect to Elective Deferrals. However, for any year the Plan is not deemed to meet the requirements of this Section 5.02, the Plan must meet one of the two tests (as described in subsection (a), below), with respect to Elective Deferrals for any Plan Year.

Notwithstanding Section 4.01 or anything in a Participant’s Salary Reduction Agreement, a Participant’s Elective Deferrals shall not exceed the amounts permitted under the non-discrimination rules of Section 401(k) of the Code as set forth in this Section.

(a)     Imposition of Limit . Elective Deferrals made with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year shall not exceed such amount as the Plan Administrator determines is necessary to cause the Average ADP (as defined in subsection

34





(d) below) of Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees to not exceed the greater of the following limits (the “Required ADP Test”):

(1)     General Limit . The Average ADP of the Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year shall not be more than the Average ADP of all other Active Participants for such Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(2)     Alternative Limit . The excess of the Average ADP of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year over the Average ADP of all other Active Participants for such Plan Year shall not be more than two (2) percentage points, and the Average ADP of the Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year shall be not more than the Average ADP of all other Active Participants for such Plan Year multiplied by two (2).

If the Plan Administrator so elects by amendment to this Plan, it may apply the limits set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection (a) by using the Average ADP of Active Participants (other than Highly Compensated Employees) for the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year for which the determination is made rather than for the current Plan Year; provided that such election may not be changed except as provided by the Secretary of the Treasury.

(b)     Manner of Reduction to Satisfy Limit . To the extent the Plan Administrator determines is necessary to pass the Required ADP Test, Elective Deferrals (and Matching Contributions allocated with respect to Elective Deferrals that are reduced) shall be reduced for Highly Compensated Employees in the following steps:

Step 1: The Plan Administrator shall first determine the dollar amount of the reductions which would have to be made to the Elective Deferrals of each Highly Compensated Employee who is an Active Participant for the Plan Year in order for the Average ADP of the Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year to satisfy the Required ADP Test. Such amount shall be calculated by first determining the dollar amount by which the Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees who have the highest Actual Deferral Percentage (as defined in subsection (d)) would have to be reduced until the first to occur of: (i) such Employees’ Actual Deferral Percentage would equal the Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee or group of Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest Actual Deferral Percentage; or (ii) the Average ADP of all of the Highly Compensated Employees, as recalculated after the reductions made under this Step 1, satisfies the Required ADP Test. Then, unless the recalculated Average ADP of the Highly Compensated Employees satisfies the Required ADP Test, the reduction process shall be repeated by determining the dollar amount of reductions which would have to be made to the Elective Deferrals of the Highly Compensated Employees who, after the prior reductions made in this step 1, would have the highest Actual Deferral Percentage until the first to occur of: (iii) such Employees’ Actual Deferral Percentage, after the current and all prior reductions under this Step 1, would equal the Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee or group of Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest Actual Deferral Percentage; or (iv) the Average ADP of all of the Highly Compensated

35





Employees, as recalculated after the current and all prior reductions made under this Step 1, satisfies the Required ADP Test. This process is repeated until the Average ADP of all of the Highly Compensated Employees, after all reductions, satisfies the Required ADP Test.

Step 2. Next, the Plan Administrator shall determine the total dollar amount of reductions to the Elective Deferrals calculated under Step 1 (“Total Excess Contributions”).

Step 3. Finally, the Plan Administrator shall reduce the Elective Deferrals of the Highly Compensated Employees with the highest dollar amount of Elective Deferrals by the lesser of the dollar amount which: (i) causes each such Highly Compensated Employee’s Elective Deferrals to equal the dollar amount of the Elective Deferrals of the Highly Compensated Employee or group of Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest dollar amount of Elective Deferrals; or (ii) reduces the Highly Compensated Employees’ Elective Deferrals by the Total Excess Contributions. Then, unless the total amount of reductions made to Highly Compensated Employees’ Elective Deferrals under this Step 3 equals the amount of the Total Excess Contributions, the reduction process shall be repeated by reducing the Elective Deferrals of the group of Highly Compensated Employees with the highest dollar amount of Elective Deferrals, after the prior reductions made in this Step 3, by the lesser of the dollar amount which: (iii) causes each such Highly Compensated Employees’ Elective Deferrals, after the current and all prior reductions under this Step 3 to equal the dollar amount of the Elective Deferrals of the Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest dollar amount of Elective Deferrals; or (iv) causes total reductions to equal the Total Excess Contributions. This process is repeated with each successive group of Highly Compensated Employees with the highest dollar amount, after all reductions, of the Elective Deferrals until the total reductions made under this Step 3 is equal to the Total Excess Contributions.

(c)     Distribution of Excess Contributions . The Plan Administrator shall, not later than the last day of the Plan Year next following the Plan Year in which such amounts are contributed, distribute the Total Excess Contributions (including any income earned and minus any loss allocable to such amounts determined in accordance with Section 5.6) to the Highly Compensated Employees on whose behalf such Elective Deferrals were made. Any required distribution will be made first from Elective Deferrals that are not Roth Contributions and then if necessary form Elective Deferrals that are Roth Contributions. Matching Contributions (including any income earned and minus any loss allocable thereto determined in accordance with Section 5.6) made with respect to such distributed Elective Deferrals shall be forfeited and allocated in accordance with Section 4.10(f).

(d)     Average ADP; Actual Deferral Percentage . The “Average ADP” for a specified group of Active Participants for a Plan Year shall be the average of the Actual Deferral Percentages (as defined below) of the members of such group. The “Actual Deferral Percentage” of an Active Participant is the ratio of the amount of Elective Deferrals actually paid over to the Plan on behalf of such Active Participant for such Plan Year divided by the Active Participant’s Statutory Compensation for the Plan Year, or, at the discretion of the

36





Plan Administrator to the extent not prohibited by regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate, the sum of (i) Elective Deferrals (to the extent not included in the Actual Contribution Percentage under Section 5.03(d)), and (ii) any portion on all of the QNECS and QMACS actually paid over to the Plan on behalf of such Active Participant for the Plan Year, divided by the Active Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.

(e)     Aggregation Rules . The Actual Deferral Percentage for any Active Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferrals allocated under this Plan and is also eligible to have elective deferrals (within the meaning of Section 401(m)(4)(B) of the Code), qualified matching contributions (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-6) or qualified nonelective contributions (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-6), allocated pursuant to a cash or deferred arrangement under one or more Related Plans shall be determined as if such elective deferrals, qualified matching contributions and qualified nonelective contributions were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement.

In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Section 401(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more Related Plans, or if one or more Related Plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the Actual Contribution Percentages of Participants as if this Plan and all such Related Plans were a single plan; provided, however, that the Plan and one or more Related Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy the non-discrimination requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code only if such plans have the same plan year and employ consistent testing methods.

5.03     Excess Aggregate Contributions: The ACP Test . Effective January 1, 2014 and because the Plan is intended to be a safe harbor plan, the Plan shall comply with the Safe Harbor Notice requirements as described in Section 2.54, the Plan shall be deemed to meet the requirements of this Section 5.03 with respect to Matching Contributions. However, for any year the Plan is not deemed to meet the requirements of this Section 5.03, the Plan must meet one of the two tests (as described in subsection (a), below) with respect to Matching Contributions for any Plan Year.

Notwithstanding Section 4.02, Matching Contributions shall not exceed the amounts permitted under the non-discrimination rules of Section 401(m) of the Code as set forth in this Section.

(a)     Imposition of Limit . Matching Contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year shall not exceed such amount as the Plan Administrator determines is necessary to cause the Average ACP (as defined in subsection (d) below) of Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees not to exceed the greater of the following limits (the “Required ACP Test”):

37






(1)     General Limit . The Average ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year shall not be more than the Average ACP of all other Active Participants for such Plan Year Multiplied by 1.25; or

(2)     Alternative Limit . The excess of the Average ACP for Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year over the Average ACP of all other Active Participants for such Plan Year shall not be more than two (2) percentage points, and the Average ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year shall not be more than the Average ACP of all other Active Participants for such Plan Year multiplied by two (2).

If the Plan Administrator so elects, it may apply the limits set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection (a) by using the Average ACP of all other Active Participants (other than Highly Compensated Employees) for the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year for which the determination is made rather than for the current Plan Year; provided that such election may not be changed except as provided by the Secretary of the Treasury.

(b)     Manner of Reduction to Satisfy Limit . To the extent that the Plan Administrator, after giving effect to any reduction in the amount of Matching Contributions pursuant to Section 5.02(c), determines is necessary to pass the Required ACP Test, Matching Employer Contributions shall be reduced for Highly Compensated Employees in the following steps:

Step 1: The Plan Administrator shall first determine the dollar amount of the reductions which would have to be made to the Matching Contributions of each Highly Compensated Employee who is an Active Participant for the Plan Year in order for the Average ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees to satisfy the Required ACP Test. Such amount shall be calculated by first determining the dollar amount by which the Matching Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employees who have the highest Actual Contribution Percentage (as defined in subsection (d)) would have to be reduced until the first to occur of: (i) such Employees’ Actual Contribution Percentage would equal the Actual Contribution Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee or group of Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest Actual Contribution Percentage; or (ii) the Average ACP of all of the Highly Compensated Employees, as recalculated after the reductions made under this Step 1, satisfies the Required ACP Test. Then, unless the recalculated Average ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees satisfies the Required ACP Test, the reduction process shall be repeated by determining the dollar amount of reductions which would have to be made to the Matching Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employees who, after the prior reductions made in this Step 1 would have the highest Actual Contribution Percentage until the first to occur of: (iii) such Employees Actual Contribution Percentage, after all the current and prior reductions under this Step 1 would equal the Actual Contribution Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee or group of Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest Actual Contribution

38





Percentage; or (iv) the Average ACP of all of the Highly Compensated Employees, as recalculated after the current and all prior reductions under this Step 1, satisfies the Required ACP Test. This process is repeated until the Average ACP of all of the Highly Compensated Employees, as recalculated after all reductions made under this Step 1, satisfies the Required ACP Test.

Step 2. Next, the Plan Administrator shall determine the total dollar amount of reductions to the Matching Employer Contributions calculated under Step 1 (“Total Excess Aggregate Contributions”).

Step 3. Finally, the Plan Administrator shall reduce the Matching Employer Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employees with the highest dollar amount of Matching Employer Contributions by the lesser of the dollar amount which: (i) causes each such Highly Compensated Employee’s Matching Contributions to equal the dollar amount of the Matching Employer Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee or group of Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions; or (ii) reduces the Highly Compensated Employees’ Matching Contributions by the Total Excess Aggregate Contributions. Then, unless the total amount of reductions made to Highly Compensated Employees’ Matching Employer Contributions under this Step 3 equals the amount of Total Excess Aggregate Contributions, the reduction process shall be repeated by reducing the Matching Contributions of the group of Highly Compensated Employees with the highest dollar amount of Matching Employer Contributions, after the prior reductions made in this Step 3, by the lesser of the dollar amount which: (iii) causes each such Highly Compensated Employee’s Matching Contributions, after the current and cell prior reductions under this Step 3, to equal the dollar amount of the Matching Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions; or (iv) causes total reductions to equal the Total Excess Aggregate Contributions. This process is repeated with each successive group of Highly Compensated Employees with the highest dollar amount, after all reductions, of the Matching Contributions until the total reductions made under this Step 3 is equal to the Total Excess Aggregate Contributions.

(c)     Distribution of Excess Contributions . The Plan Administrator shall, not later than the last day of the Plan Year next following the Plan Year in which such amounts are contributed, distribute the Total Excess Aggregate Contributions (including any income earned and minus any loss allocable to such amounts determined in accordance with Section 5.05), to the Highly Compensated Employees on whose behalf such Matching Contributions were made.

(d)     Average ACP; Actual Contribution Percentage . The “Average ACP” for a specified group of Active Participants for a Plan Year shall be the average of the Actual Contribution Percentages (as defined below) of the members of such group. The “Actual Contribution Percentage” of an Active Participant is the ratio of the amount of Matching Employer Contributions actually paid over to the Plan on behalf of such Active Participant for such Plan Year divided by the Active Participant’s Statutory Compensation for the Plan

39





Year, or at the discretion of the Plan Administrator to the extent not prohibited by regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Treasury or his or her delegate, the sum of (i) Matching Contributions (and QMACs to the extent not included in the Actual Deferral Percentage under Section 5.02(d)), and (ii) any portion or all of the Elective Deferrals or QNECs (to the extent not included in the Actual Deferral Percentage under Section 5.02(d)) actually paid over to the Plan on behalf of such Active Participant for the Plan Year, divided by the Active Participant’s Statutory Compensation during the Plan Year.

(e)     Aggregation Rules . The Actual Contribution Percentage for any Active Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Matching Contributions allocated under this Plan and is also eligible to make employee nondeductible contributions or to have matching contributions (within the meaning of Section 401(m)(4)(A) of the Code) allocated under one or more Related Plans shall be determined as if the total of such Matching Employer Contributions, employee nondeductible contributions, and matching contributions were made under a single arrangement.

In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Section 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more Related Plans, or if one or more Related Plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the Actual Contribution Percentages of Participants as if this Plan and all such Related Plans were a single plan; provided, however, that the Plan and one or more Related Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy the non-discrimination requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code only if such plans have the same plan year and employ consistent testing methods.

5.04     Order of Application of Limitations . Section 5.01 shall be first applied to contributions under the Plan; second, Section 5.02 shall be applied to contributions under the Plan; and last, Section 5.03 shall be applied to contributions under the Plan. Section 5.06 shall be applied to contributions under the Plan without regard to Sections 5.01, 5.02 or 5.03.

5.05     Allocation of Income or Loss . Any income or loss for the applicable Plan Year attributable to contributions distributed pursuant to Sections 5.01, 5.02 or 5.03 shall be distributed or forfeited, as applicable. The Plan Administrator shall determine such distributable income or loss by computing income or loss attributable to distributed contributions for the completed Plan Year using any reasonable method permitted under Treas. Reg. §§ 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv), 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iv), and 1.402(g)-1(e)(5), as applicable; provided that the method does not violate Section 401(a)(4) of the Code, is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants’ Accounts. No income (or loss) shall be distributed for the period between the end of the applicable Plan Year and the date of the distribution.


40





5.06     Section 415 Limitation on Contributions .

(a)     Limitations on Contributions . Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s Annual Additions (as defined in subsection (b)(1) below) for any Plan Year shall not exceed his or her Maximum Annual Additions (as defined in subsection (b)(2) below) for the Plan Year. If a Participant’s Annual Additions exceed his or her Maximum Annual Additions, the Participant’s Annual Additions for the Plan Year shall be reduced according to subsection (c) below by the amount necessary to eliminate such excess (the “Annual Excess”).

(b)     Definitions.

(1)     “Annual Additions ” of a Participant for a Plan Year means the sum of the following:

(A)    Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Company Contributions, QNECs, QMACs, and Minimum Top Heavy Employer Contributions (if any, as determined under Article XII) and any Forfeitures thereof, allocated for the Plan Year.

(B)    All employer contributions, non-deductible employee contributions and forfeitures for such Plan Year allocated to such Participant’s accounts for such Plan Year under any Related Defined Contribution Plan,

(C)    contributions allocated to any individual medical account (as defined in Code Section 401(h)) established for the Participant which is part of a Related Defined Benefit Plan as provided in Code Section 415(l) and any amount attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to an account established under Code Section 419A(d)(1) for the Participant; provided, however, that the limitation in Section (b)(2)(A) below shall not apply to any amounts treated as an Annual Addition under this subsection (b)(1)(C).

A Participant’s Annual Additions shall include amounts described in this subsection (b)(1) that are determined to be excess contributions as defined in Section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code, excess aggregate contributions as defined in Section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code, and excess deferrals as described in Section 402(g) of the Code, regardless of whether such amounts are distributed or forfeited. Rollover Contributions and trust-to-trust transfers shall not be included as part of a Participant’s Annual Additions. The Annual Additions for any Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat all non-deductible employee contributions as Annual Additions.

(2)     “Maximum Annual Additions ” of a Participant for a Plan Year means the lesser of (A) or (B) below:

41






(A)     Percentage Limitation . 100% of the Participant’s Statutory Compensation during the Plan Year; or

(B)     Dollar Limitation . Fifty-two thousand dollars $52,000 (in 2014, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate pursuant to the provisions of Section 415(d) of the Code).

(c)     Elimination of Annual Excess . If a Participant has an Annual Excess for a Plan Year, such excess shall not be allocated to the Participant’s Accounts but shall be eliminated as follows:

(1)     Unmatched Elective Deferrals Participant Contributions . The Participant’s unmatched Elective Deferrals (first unmatched Elective Deferrals that are not Roth Contributions and then unmatched Elective Deferrals that are Roth Contributions) for the Plan Year shall be reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate the Annual Excess.

(2)     Matched Elective Deferrals and Related Matching Contributions . If any Annual Excess remains, the Participant’s matched Elective Deferrals (first unmatched Elective Deferrals that are not Roth Contributions and then unmatched Elective Deferrals that are Roth Contributions) and the related Matching Contributions for the Plan Year shall be reduced in proportionate amounts to the extent necessary to eliminate the Annual Excess.

(3)     Company Contributions . If any Annual Excess remains, the Company Contributions for the Plan Year shall be reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate the Annual Excess.

(4)     QNECs or QMACs . If any Annual Excess remains, the Participant’s QNECs or QMACs for the Plan Year shall be reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate the Annual Excess.

(d)     Standard of Control . For purposes of this Section 5.06, the standard of control for determining a Related Company under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code (and thus also Related Plans) shall be deemed to be “more than 50%” rather than “at least 80%.”

42





ARTICLE VI
Trustee and Trust Fund

6.01     Trust Agreement . The Company and the Trustee have entered into a Trust Agreement which provides for the investment of the assets of the Plan and administration of the Trust Fund. The Trust Agreement, as from time to time amended, shall continue in force and shall be deemed to form a part of the Plan and any and all rights or benefits which may accrue to any person under the Plan are subject to all the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement.

6.02     Selection of Trustee . The Company shall select and may remove the Trustee and the Trustee may resign in accordance with the Trust Agreement. The resignation or removal of a Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee and the approval of his, her or its accounts shall be accomplished in the manner provided in the Trust Agreement.

6.03     Plan and Trust Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Trustee or the Plan Administrator in the administration of the Plan and the Trust (including compensation of the Trustee, accountants, attorneys and other persons who render advice or services to the Plan or Trust, if any) shall be paid by the Trust except to the extent paid by the Company. Expenses uniquely attributable to the Accounts of a particular Participant (and not paid by the Company), including but not limited to expenses of a discount brokerage account, shall, to the extent permitted by law, be charged to such Account and shall not be treated as a general Trust expense chargeable to the Accounts of all Participants. Expenses uniquely attributable to a particular Investment Fund (and not paid by the Company) shall be charged to such Investment Fund and shall not be treated as a general expense chargeable to the Accounts of all Participants.

6.04     Trust Fund . The Trust under this Plan shall be a separate entity aside and apart from Employers or their assets. All Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Company Contributions and Rollover Contributions to the Plan shall be paid into the Trust, and all benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid from the Trust. An Employer shall have no rights or claims of any nature in or to the assets of the Trust Fund except (1) the right of the Company to require the Trustee to hold, use, apply and pay such assets held by the Trustee, in accordance with the directions of the Plan Administrator, for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, and (2) the Employers’ rights of reversion as provided in Sections 5.06 and 6.11. The Trust, and the corpus and income thereof, shall in no event and in no manner whatsoever be subject to the rights or claims of any creditor of any Employer.

6.05     Separate Accounts . The Plan Administrator shall maintain separate Accounts for each Participant as described in Section 2.01 hereof. Contributions shall be credited to Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.07. Withdrawals and distributions shall be charged to a Participant’s Accounts on the Valuation Date coinciding with or next preceding the date such withdrawal or distribution is made from the Participant’s Accounts. Earnings, gains and losses shall be credited or charged to a Participant’s Accounts on the Valuation Date coinciding with or next following the date such amounts are actually credited or charged by the Investment Fund in which such Participant’s Accounts are invested. Expenses shall be charged to a Participant’s Accounts on

43





the Valuation Date coinciding with or next preceding the date such expenses are actually paid by the Investment Fund in which such Participant’s Accounts are invested.

6.06     Investment Committee . The Company shall appoint an Investment Committee composed of one (1) or more persons who are officers, directors or employees of the Company or a Related Company to select Investment Funds, to appoint and remove any Investment Manager, to engage consultants, to formulate an investment policy, to monitor the performance of Investment Funds and Investment Managers, and to perform such other functions with respect to the investment of the assets of the Plan as the Company may direct. Each member of the Committee shall serve until death, resignation, removal, or until he or she ceases to be an officer, director or employee of any of the Company and any Related Company. Any member of the Committee may resign upon fifteen (15) days written notice to the Company. The Company may remove any member of the Committee upon fifteen (15) days written notice to such member and all other members of the Committee. If a vacancy occurs in the membership of the Committee the Company may (and if there would otherwise be no members of the Committee, shall) appoint a successor member of the Committee who shall have the same powers and duties as those conferred upon his or her predecessor(s). The Company shall advise the Trustee, any Investment Manager and the Plan Administrator of the membership of the Committee and of any change therein; and the Trustee, any Investment Manager and the Plan Administrator shall be protected in reliance on any such notice. The Committee shall act at a meeting, or in writing without a meeting, by the vote or concurrence of a majority of its members; provided, however, that no member of the Committee who is a Participant shall take part in any action having particular reference to his or her own benefits hereunder. All written directions by the Committee may be made over the signatures of a majority or its members and all persons shall be protected in relying on such written directions.

6.07     Investment Funds . The assets of the Trust Fund shall be invested in the Investment Funds authorized by the Investment Committee for the investment of Participants’ Accounts. The Investment Committee may, from time to time, authorize additional Investment Funds with such investment characteristics, as it deems appropriate. The Investment Committee may also terminate the use of any Investment Fund by this Plan as it deems appropriate. The Trustee, Investment Manager, or the manager of any Investment Fund, may modify the investment characteristics of any Investment Fund as it deems appropriate. The designation, modification or termination of any Investment Fund shall be reflected in the records of the Plan and shall be communicated promptly to the Plan Administrator. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.08, up to one hundred percent (100%) of a Participant’s Accounts may be invested in the Company Stock Fund.

In order to maintain appropriate or adequate liquidity and pending or pursuant to investment directions, the Trustee, Investment Manager or the manager of any Investment Fund is authorized to hold such portions of each of the Investment Funds as it deems necessary in cash or liquid short-term cash equivalent investments or securities (including, but not limited to, United States government treasury bills, commercial paper, and savings accounts and certificates of deposit, and common or commingled trust funds invested in such securities).

44





6.08     Investment of Participants’ Accounts .

(a)     In General . Except as provided in subsections (b) or (c) below, a Participant may direct the investment of his or her Accounts among the Investment Funds in accordance with such rules and procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish or adopt. A Participant’s investment election made pursuant to this Section shall continue in effect, notwithstanding any change in the amount of contributions to the Plan, until such Participant shall change his or her investment election in accordance with such rules and procedures. If for any reason contributions are allocated to an Account of a Participant who has not given such direction, such Account shall be invested in the default Investment Fund, as determined by the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding any provision in this Section to this contrary, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee or the manager of any Investment Fund may issue rules and regulations imposing such restrictions and limitations on the investment of contributions in, and transfers of Account balances among, the Investment Funds as it deems appropriate from time to time, consistent with the investment objectives of the respective Investment Funds.

A Participant may elect to invest up to fifty percent (50%) of his Account Balance in a discount brokerage account provided by a brokerage firm that is a member of NASD/SIPC designated or authorized by the Investment Committee to provide individually directed accounts for purposes of this Plan.

(b)     Company Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company in its sole discretion makes Company Contributions or Matching Contributions in part or in whole in the form of Company Stock, such Company Stock shall be initially contributed to the Company Stock Fund. A Participant may, in accordance with such rules and procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish or adopt, direct the investment of Elective Deferrals and Rollover Contributions, Matching Contributions and Company Contributions made in cash, into the Company Stock Fund. A Participant may elect to transfer into the Company Stock Fund any portion of his or her Accounts that are invested in another Investment Fund if:

(i)    immediately prior to the transfer, the balance of the Participant’s Accounts held in Company Stock does not exceed 20% of the balance of his entire Plan Accounts; and

(ii)    the transfer will not cause the balance of the Participant’s Accounts held in Company Stock to exceed 20% of the balance of his entire Plan Accounts.

A Participant also may elect to transfer all or a portion of his or her Accounts that are invested in the Company Stock Fund into another Investment Fund in accordance with such rules and procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish or adopt. Cash dividends and other cash distributions received with respect to the portion of a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Accounts invested in the Company Stock Fund shall be retained in the Company Stock Fund and reinvested in Company Stock.

45






To the extent provided in Code section 401(a)(35), Treas. Reg. section 1.401(a)(35)-1 and any superseding guidance, an applicable individual may elect to direct the Plan to divest any publicly traded employer securities held in the applicable portion of his or her Account and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options offered under the Plan. This diversification right only applies to publicly traded employer securities that are held in the Account for which the individual meets the definition of applicable individual.

(c)     Other Employer Stock . If a Participant has an Inactive Account invested in Employer Stock other than Company Stock, he or she may, in accordance with such procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish or adopt, elect to transfer all or a portion of such Account into another Investment Fund. A Participant may not elect to transfer into Employer Stock any portion of his or her Accounts that are invested in another Investment Fund, nor to direct the investment of Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Company Contributions or Rollover Contributions into Employer Stock, other than Company Stock as provided by subsection (c).

(d)     GICs . Accounts of former participants in the Hourly Plan invested in guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) issued by the Principal Mutual Life Insurance Company as of the Effective Date shall remain invested in such GICs until the GIC matures or the Participant (or Beneficiary) elects to transfer part or all of his or her Account balance from such GIC to another Investment Fund. No funds may be transferred into a GIC. Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or Beneficiary) in accordance with such rules and procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish or adopt, amounts becoming available from maturing GICs will be invested in the default Investment Fund, as determined by the Plan Administrator.

(e)     Fiduciary Responsibility . Except as expressly limited by subsections (b) and (c) above, the Participant has sole authority and discretion, fully and completely, to select the Investment Fund(s) for the investment of his or her Accounts. The Participant accepts full and sole responsibility for the success or failure of any selection he or she makes. To the maximum extent permitted by Section 404(c) of ERISA, neither the Trustee, the Company, the Investment Committee, any Investment Manager, the Plan Administrator, any Employer, nor any other person shall be responsible for losses that are the direct and necessary result of investment instructions given by any Participant.

6.09     Shareholder Rights in Company Stock .

(a)     Participant Directions . Each Participant as a named fiduciary, shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner of voting and the exercise of all other rights which a shareholder of record has (including, but not limited to, the right to sell or retain shares in a public or private tender offer) with respect to shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock which have been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in the Company Stock Fund and not yet become a Forfeiture under Section 4.11(d). Subject to subsection (c) below, the Trustee shall vote or exercise shareholder rights with respect to all shares (and fractional

46





shares) of Company Stock in the Company Stock Fund for which the Trustee received timely directions from Participants in accordance with such Participants’ directions. The Trustee shall vote all shares (and fractional shares) of Company Stock in the Company Stock Fund for which the Trustee has not received timely voting instructions in the Trustee’s sole discretion. In the event of a tender offer for Company Stock, the Trustee shall determine in its sole discretion whether to tender any shares (or fractional shares) of Company Stock in the Company Stock Fund for which the Trustee does not receive a timely direction from the Participant or Beneficiary as to whether to tender such shares (and fractional shares).

(b)     Confidentiality . The Trustee shall solicit the directions of Participants in accordance with Section 6.09(a) and shall follow such directions by delivering aggregate votes to the Company or otherwise implementing such directions in any convenient manner that preserves the confidentiality of the votes or other directions of individual Participants, except to the extent necessary to comply with applicable federal laws or state laws that are not preempted by ERISA. Any designee of the Trustee who assists in the solicitation or tabulation of the directions of Participants shall certify in writing that he, she or it will maintain the confidentiality of all directions given.

(c)     Fiduciary Override . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Trustee determines that the manner of voting and the exercise of other shareholder rights with respect to shares of Company Stock held in the Company Stock Fund is not proper or is contrary to the provisions of ERISA (including, without limitation, the fiduciary responsibility requirements of Section 404 of ERISA), the Trustee shall disregard such direction and assume responsibility for the voting or exercise of other shareholder rights with respect to such shares of Company Stock held in the Company Stock Fund.

6.10     Trust Income . As of each Valuation Date, the fair market value of the Trust and of each Investment Fund shall be determined (other than the value of GICs, which shall be as determined by Principal Mutual Life Insurance Company) and recorded by the Trustee. The Trustee’s (or Principal Mutual Life Insurance Company’s) determination of fair market value shall be final and conclusive on all persons. As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall determine the net income, gains or losses of the Trust Fund and of each separate Investment Fund since the preceding Valuation Date. The net income, gains or losses thus derived from the Trust shall be accumulated and shall from time to time be invested as a part of the Trust Fund. The Trustee shall proportionately allocate the net income, gains or losses of each Investment Fund among (a) the Participants’ Accounts and (b) the suspense account maintained under Section 5.06(c) for unallocated Employer contributions, all as valued as of the preceding Valuation Date (reduced by any distributions therefrom since the preceding Valuation Date) by crediting (or charging) each such Account by an amount equal to the net income, gains or losses of each Investment Fund multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the balance of such Account invested in such Investment Fund as of the preceding Valuation Date (reduced by any distributions therefrom since the preceding Valuation Date) and the denominator of which is the total value of all Accounts invested in such Investment Fund as of the preceding Valuation Date (reduced by any distributions therefrom since the preceding Valuation Date). Not later than ninety (90) days after the last day of the Plan Year (or after such additional date or dates as the Plan Administrator in its discretion may request), the Trustee shall provide the

47





Plan Administrator and the Investment Committee with a written report detailing the fair market value of the Trust and of each Investment Fund as of the last day of the Plan Year (or as of such other date or dates as the Plan Administrator in its discretion may request).

6.11     Correction of Error . In the event of an error in the administration or the Plan or otherwise in maintaining a Participant’s Accounts that is not otherwise corrected in accordance with Sections 5.01, 5.02(c), 5.03(c) or 5.06(c), the Company may in its sole discretion elect for one or more Employers to contribute such amount as it shall determine is necessary and appropriate to correct the error. Unless the Company so elects, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may correct such error by either (i) in the case of an error resulting in reducing a Participant’s Account balance, allocating Forfeitures for the Plan Year to such Participant’s Accounts in such amount as he shall determine to be needed to correct the error, or (ii) crediting or charging the adjustment required to make such correction to or against income or as an expense of the Trust for the Plan Year in which the correction is made. Except as provided in this Section, the Accounts of other Participants shall not be readjusted on account of such error.

6.12     Right of the Employers to Trust Assets . Except as provided in Section 5.06(c) and subject to (a) and (b) below, the Employers shall have no right or claims to the Trust Fund except the right to require the Trustee to hold, use, apply, and pay such assets in its possession in accordance with the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries and for defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and Trust.

(a)     Return of Contributions Where Deduction is Disallowed . If, and to the extent that, a deduction for Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Company Contributions, QNECs or QMACs is disallowed under Section 404 of the Code, Elective Deferrals conditioned on deductibility will be distributed to the appropriate Participant and Matching Contributions, Company Contributions, QNECs and QMACs conditioned upon deductibility will be returned to the appropriate Employer (as determined by the Plan Administrator) within one (1) year after the disallowance of the deduction.

(b)     Return of Contributions Made Through Mistake of Fact . If, and to the extent that, a contribution of Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Company Contributions, QNECs or QMACs is made through mistake of fact, Elective Deferrals will be distributed to the appropriate Participant and Matching Contributions, Company Contributions, QNECs and QMACs will be returned to the appropriate Employer (as determined by the Plan Administrator) within one year of the payment of the contribution.

6.13     Group Trust . In the event that the Trust is a part of any group trust (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Rulings 81-100 and 2011-1): (i) participation in the Trust is limited to (1) individual retirement accounts which are exempt from taxation under Code section 408(e) and Roth individual retirement accounts described in Code Section 408A pursuant to Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2004-67, (2) pension and profit-sharing trusts which are exempt from taxation under Code section 501(a) by qualifying under Code section 401(a), (3) eligible governmental plan trusts described in Code section 457(b) pursuant to Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2004-67, and (4) effective as provided in Internal Revenue Service Revenue

48





Ruling 2011-1 (as modified by Internal Revenue Service Notice 2012-6 and any superseding guidance) the accounts and plans described in Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2011-1; (ii) no part of the corpus or income which equitably belongs to any individual retirement account or a plan's trust may be used for or diverted to any purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the individual or the employees, respectively, or their beneficiaries who are entitled to benefits under such participating individual retirement account or a plan's trust,; (iii) no part of the equity or interest in the Trust Fund shall be subject to assignment by a participating individual retirement account or a plan's trust; (iv) the Trustee shall maintain separate accounts for each Plan; (v) the group trust is created or organized in the United States and is maintained at all times as a domestic trust in the United States; and (vi) for the plans and accounts described in Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2011-1, the requirement of such ruling and superseding guidance is met.

ARTICLE VII
Loans and Withdrawals

7.01     Participant Withdrawals . A Participant may, in accordance with this Section, withdraw all or a portion of his or her Accounts, pursuant to subsection (a), (b) or (c); provided, however, that the amount withdrawn pursuant to this Section 7.01 shall not be greater than the amount of the Participant's vested Account Balance available for withdrawal under this Section. Withdrawals shall be made pro rata from each Investment Fund (including the Company Stock Fund) in which the Account or Accounts from which the withdrawal is paid are invested. Subject to the restrictions imposed by Appendix A, withdrawals from a Transferor Plan are permitted as set forth on subject Schedule 1.

(a)     In-Service Withdrawals from Rollover Account and Certain Prior Plan Accounts . A Participant may withdraw, in accordance with Section 7.03, for any reason, all or any portion of his or her Rollover Account or Roth Rollover Account and, subject to the restrictions imposed by Appendix A and Schedule 1, any other Inactive Account comprising Rollover Contributions or after-tax employee contributions made under this Plan or a Transferor Plan.

(b)     Age 59-1/2 Withdrawals . A Participant who has attained age 59-1/2 may withdraw, in accordance with Section 7.03, for any reason, all or any part of all of his or her vested Account Balances in any or all of his or her Accounts, other than an Account arising under a Transferor Plan that was subject to Section 412 of the Code.

(c)     Hardship Withdrawal . A Participant may withdraw, in accordance with Section 7.03, for reasons of Hardship, that portion of his or her Employee 401(k) Account, his Prior Employee Contribution Account (as described on Schedule 1) and, to the extent vested, his Prior Employer Contribution Account (as described on Schedule 1) excluding any income or gain credited to his or her Elective Deferrals for any period after December 31, 1988; subject to the following requirements:


49





(i)     Maximum Amount . The maximum amount available for a Hardship withdrawal is one hundred percent (100%) of the sum of (i) the vested portion of the Participant’s Prior Employer Contribution Account, (ii) the Participant’s Elective Deferrals as of December 31, 1988, plus (iii) the dollar amount of Elective Deferrals made after December 31, 1988, minus (iv) previous Hardship withdrawals of Elective Deferrals or of income or gain thereon.

(ii)     Necessary to Satisfy Immediate and Heavy Financial Need . The amount of the withdrawal on account of Hardship shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Participant’s immediate and heavy financial need arising by reason of a Hardship, including the amount needed to pay any federal, state and local income taxes and penalties reasonably expected to be incurred by reason of the withdrawal.

(iii)     Exhaustion of Other Sources of Funds . The Participant must have obtained all distributions and withdrawals other than Hardship distributions or withdrawals, and all non-taxable loans currently available under the Plan and all Related Plans and the Participant must have exercised all options to acquire Company Stock granted under an equity incentive or any similar plan maintained by an Employer or any Related Company if such options are currently exercisable and if the fair market value of Company Stock exceeds the exercise price of the option.

(iv)     Certification by Participant . The Plan Administrator may rely on a certification by the Participant in writing (or in such other form as may be prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue) that the immediate and heavy financial need cannot be relieved from other resources that are reasonably available to the Participant, including (i) by reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, (iii) by cessation of elective contributions or employee contributions under the Plan, (iv) by other currently available distributions under plans described in clause (iii) above, or (v) by borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms in an amount sufficient to satisfy the need. For purposes of this clause (iv) a need cannot reasonably be relieved by one of the foregoing actions if the effect would be to increase the amount of the need.

(v)     Six Month Suspension of Elective Deferrals . The Participant’s Elective Deferrals under the Plan, and voluntary participant contribution and elective deferrals under all other qualified and nonqualified plans of deferred compensation (including equity incentive or any similar plans, and cash or deferred arrangements which are part of a cafeteria plan within the meaning of Section 125 of the Code but excluding health or welfare benefits and flexible spending arrangements that are part of a cafeteria plan) maintained by an Employer or a Related Company, shall be suspended for a period of six (6) months following the receipt of the Hardship withdrawal.


50





(vi)     Minimum Amount . The minimum amount that may be distributed under this subsection (c) is $500.

7.02     Participant Loans . Upon proper application of a Participant who is an Eligible Employee for any reason, the Plan Administrator shall grant a loan to such Participant on such terms and conditions, consistent with this Section, as the Plan Administrator shall determine.

(a)     Loan Amount . The maximum loan amount, when added to all outstanding amounts loaned to the Participant from the Plan and all Related Plans shall not exceed the least of:

(1)    fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), reduced by the excess (if any) of:

(A)    the Participant’s highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan and all Related Plans during the one (1)-year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan is made, over

(B)    the Participant’s outstanding balance of loans from the Plan and all Related Plans on the date on which such loan is made;

(2)    fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s vested Account Balance valued as of the most recent Valuation Date for which a valuation has been completed preceding the date of disbursement of the loan.

The minimum loan amount shall be one thousand dollars ($1,000). No loan shall be available to a Participant unless the maximum loan available under this subsection (a) exceeds one thousand dollars ($1,000). A Participant may not have more than one loan from the Plan outstanding at any time.

(b)     Loan Terms . Any loan made under this Section 7.02 shall, by its terms, be required to be repaid within five (5) years, unless the loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence of the Participant, in which case the loan shall, by its terms, be required to be repaid within ten (10) years. A Participant who, prior to January 1, 2014, had an outstanding home loan with a term exceeding ten (10) years shall be permitted to continue repayment on that loan under its original terms.

(c)     Level Amortization . All loans, except as provided in the regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, shall be amortized over the term of the loan in substantially level payments not less frequently than quarterly. A Participant’s loan shall be repaid by means of payroll deduction.

(1)     Authorized Leave of Absence . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, a Participant’s loan payments shall be suspended for a period of up to one year while the Participant is on an unpaid Authorized Leave of

51





Absence (other than a military leave described in clause (2) below); provided that the loan must be repaid within the term specified in subsection (b) and the installments due after the earlier of the Participant’s resumption of active service or the first anniversary of the commencement of the Authorized Leave of Absence may not be less than the installments payable immediately prior to the commencement of the Authorized Leave of Absence.

(2)     Military Leave . Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (b) and (a), a Participant’s loan repayments shall be suspended as permitted under Section 414(u)(4) of the Code during periods of absence from employment due to Qualified Military Leave effective as of December 12, 1994.

(d)     Loans Granted on a Reasonably Equivalent Basis . The Plan Administrator may grant such loans and may direct the Trustee to lend Trust Fund assets to such Participant, provided that such loans are available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis, are not made available to Highly Compensated Employees in amounts greater than the amounts made available to other Employees, bear a reasonable rate of interest, and are adequately secured.

(e)     Pledge of Accounts . Any loan made pursuant to this Section 7.02 shall be made pro rata from the Participant’s Accounts other than his or her Roth Contribution Account. If a Participant’s Account is invested in more than one Investment Fund at the time of the loan, the loan shall be made pro rata from each Investment Fund in which the Accounts from which the loan is disbursed are invested, except to the extent an Inactive Account is not available for loans as set forth in Schedule 1. Such loan and any accrued but unpaid interest with respect thereto, shall constitute a first lien upon the interest of such Participant in the Accounts from and to the extent to which the loan is made and, to the extent that the loan may be unpaid at the time the Participant’s Accounts become payable, shall be deducted from the amount payable to such Participant or his Beneficiary at the time of distribution of any portion of his or her Accounts. In the event that a Participant fails to repay a loan according to its terms and foreclosure occurs, the Plan may foreclose on the portion of the Participant’s Accounts which secure the loan and which would be distributable to the Participant as of the earliest date on which the Participant could elect a distribution or withdrawal pursuant to this Article or Article VII. Such foreclosed amount shall be deemed to be a distribution.

(f)     Loan Earmarked as a Separate Investment for Participant’s Accounts . The note representing the loan shall be segregated as a separate Investment Fund held by the Trustee as a separate earmarked investment solely for the account of the Participant. Interest and principal payments on a Participant’s loan shall be credited to each of the Participant’s Accounts in the ratio that the amount of the loan borrowed from the Account bears to the total amount of the loan borrowed from all of the Participant’s Accounts. Interest and principal payments shall be invested in accordance with the Participant’s investment election under Section 6.08 in effect at the time such interest and principal payment is made.


52





(g)     Spousal Consent . If any part of the loan will be disbursed from a Restricted Account, the Participant must obtain the consent of his or her spouse, if any, to use of his or her Accounts as security for the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the ninety (90)-day period that ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured. The consent must be in writing, must acknowledged the effect of the loan and must be witnessed by a notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse or any subsequent spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Accounts are used as security for the renegotiation, extension, renewal or other revision of the loan.

(h)     Loans Subject to Terms and Conditions Imposed by Plan Administration . Any loan made pursuant to this Section, subject to the foregoing requirements, shall be subject to such origination fee and other terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may in its discretion impose. The Plan Administrator may adopt such non-discriminatory rules and regulations relating to loans to Participants as it may deem appropriate.

7.03     Request for Distribution . A withdrawal or loan shall be paid only if the Participant or Beneficiary files a written request for a withdrawal with the Plan Administrator on such form as the Plan Administrator shall provide or permit and in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. A withdrawal or loan disbursed to a married participant from a Restricted Account shall require the consent of the participant’s spouse in accordance with Appendix A. A withdrawal or loan shall be paid as soon as administratively feasible after the first Valuation Date that after the Plan Administrator receives a valid written request for a withdrawal or loan.
 

53





ARTICLE VIII
Benefits

8.01     Payment of Benefits in General . Subject to the special rules applicable to Restricted Accounts set forth in Appendix A, a Participant’s benefits under this Plan shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of this Article. Except as otherwise specifically provided, the provisions of this Article shall apply to all distributions occurring on or after the Effective Date including distributions to Participants (or to the Beneficiaries of deceased Participants) who had a Termination of Employment prior to the Effective Date.

8.02     Payment on Termination of Employment . If a Participant has a Termination of Employment, the Participant (or if the Participant has died, his or her Beneficiary) shall be entitled to a distribution of the vested portion of the Participant’s Account Balance in such one of the following methods as the Participant (or if the Participant has died and has not elected a form of distribution which precludes his or her Beneficiary from making a subsequent election, the Participant’s Beneficiary), may elect by written notice to the Plan Administrator in a form acceptable to the Plan Administrator:

(a)    a single lump sum;

(b)    installments at monthly, quarterly or annual intervals over a period certain not exceeding the period determined under Section 8.06(b) and in compliance with the requirements of Section 8.06.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any reason no election of a form of benefit is on file with the Plan Administrator when payment of the Participant’s Account Balance is required under Section 8.03, or if the Participant’s vested Account Balance does not exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000) at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Employment, the Trustee will pay the Participant’s vested Account Balance in a single lump sum.

8.03     Time of Payment .

(a)     General . Distribution of a Participant’s benefits upon Termination of Employment will normally be available as soon as reasonably practicable after the Valuation Date coinciding or with or next following the Participant’s Termination of Employment, but not more than sixty (60) days following the end of the Plan Year in which his or her Termination of Employment occurred. However, except as otherwise provided in this Section, a distribution shall be paid only if and after the Participant or Beneficiary files a written request for a distribution with the Plan Administrator on such form as the Plan Administrator shall provide or permit and in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. The time of any distribution is subject to subsection (b), (c) and (d).

(b)     Consent Requirement . If the Participant’s distributable Account balance is more than five thousand dollars ($5,000), and if the Participant is living but has not attained

54





age sixty-five (65), distribution will not be made without the Participant’s prior written consent before the Participant attains age sixty-five (65) or dies. The Plan Administrator will notify each such terminated Participant of his or her right to give or withhold such consent at least thirty (30) days, but no more than ninety (90) days, before the date distribution is made (if in a lump sum) or begins (if in installments). Such distribution may be made less than thirty (30) days after such notice is given if the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider the decision whether to elect a distribution, and the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

(c)     Limitation on Mandatory Deferral . The making (if in a lump sum) or commencement (if in installments) of any distribution shall not be delayed without the consent of the Participant (or Beneficiary) beyond sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the latest of (i) the Participant’s Termination of Employment, or (ii) the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The failure of a Participant or Beneficiary to otherwise elect payment in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall be deemed to be an election to defer the making or commencement of payment of benefits until such Participant files a request in accordance with subsection (a) and (if applicable) a consent in accordance with subsection (b), or until the Required Distribution Date as provided in subsection (d) below.

(d)     Required Distribution Date . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or any Participant election, payment of benefits shall be made (if in a lump sum) or shall commence (if in installments) not later than the Participant’s Required Distribution Date, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate shall by applicable regulation, ruling or notice permit. If the payment is made in installments, the installment schedule shall comply with Section 8.06. If the payment is made by reason of the death of the Participant, the schedule shall comply with Section 8.05(d).

8.04     Lump Sum Payment Without Election . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VIII, if a Participant (or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) is entitled to a distribution (including distributions with respect to Participants who had a Termination of Employment prior to January 1, 1997) and if the value of a Participant’s vested Account Balance does not exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000), the Plan Administrator shall direct the immediate distribution of such benefit in a single lump sum regardless of any election or consent of the Participant, his or her spouse or other Beneficiary; provided, however, that no cash-out payment under this subsection shall be made after distribution of benefits has begun without the consent of the Participant or (if the Participant has died and his or her surviving spouse is his or her Beneficiary) his or her surviving spouse.

8.05     Payment Upon Death .

(a)     Designated Beneficiary . Each Participant shall designate a Beneficiary to receive payment of that portion, which may be all, of his or her Account Balance that is payable after the Participant’s death, on such form as the Plan Administrator shall provide

55





or permit and in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. The Participant may change his or her Beneficiary from time to time by filing a Beneficiary designation in writing with the Plan Administrator. No designation of Beneficiary or change of Beneficiary shall be effective unless and until it is received by the Plan Administrator during the Participant’s lifetime and, if applicable, unless and until the consent of the Participant’s spouse (in accordance with subsection) is received by the Plan Administrator.

(b)     Default Beneficiary . If a Participant shall fail to file a valid Beneficiary designation, or if all persons designated as the Beneficiary shall have died, (or, in the case of a Beneficiary other than an individual, ceased to exist), or if, after a reasonable search, the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant’s Beneficiary within a period of two years following the Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the first of the following in order of precedence:

(1)    the Participant’s surviving spouse;

(2)    the Participants then-living descendants, if any, per stirpes;

(3)    the Participant’s then-living parent or parents, equally;

(4)    the estate of the last to die of the Participant and any designated Beneficiary.

(c)     Spousal Consent . If the Participant is married, his or her designation of a Beneficiary other than his or her surviving spouse will not be valid unless the spouse has consented to such designation of Beneficiary. Such consent shall be:

(1)    in a writing acknowledging the effect of the consent;

(2)    signed by the Participant’s spouse and witnessed by a notary public or (if the Plan Administrator is an individual employed by the Company or an Employer) the Plan Administrator or an Employee of the Company or an Employer working under the organizational supervision of the Plan Administrator;

(3)    effective only for the spouse who gives the consent;

(4)    effective only with respect to the specific beneficiary named in the consent unless the spouse voluntarily in such consent expressly permits subsequent elections of Beneficiaries without further spousal consent and acknowledges the spouse’s right to limit the consent to a specific Beneficiary; and

(5)    irrevocable unless and until the Participant revokes his or her designation of Beneficiary.


56





However, the consent of a Participant’s spouse shall not be required if (i) it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse, or because the spouse cannot be located, (ii) the Participant is legally separated or the Participant has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect, or (iii) because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations prescribe. If the spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the spouse’s legal guardian, even if the guardian is the Participant, may give consent. To the extent provided in any Qualified Domestic Relations Order (as defined in Section 13.03), the former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the surviving spouse of such Participant for purposes of providing consent in accordance with this Section 8.05.

(d)     Time and Period of Distribution . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.05, if a Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant's entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

(i)    If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin no later than December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2), if later,

(ii)    If the Participant's surviving spouse is not the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, or if there is no designated Beneficiary, then the Participant's entire interest will be distributed to the Beneficiary no later than December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death. If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving spouse begin, then this clause (ii) shall apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII or Section 8.06, if for any reason any portion of a Participant's vested Account Balance is to be paid after his or her death to a trust or to an estate, distribution shall be made in the form of an immediate lump sum payment.

For purposes of this Section 8.05(d) and Section 8.06, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant's Required Distribution Date. If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant's Required Distribution Date (or to the Participant's surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under clause (i)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. The minimum amount of distributions beginning pursuant to this Section 8.05(d) shall be determined under Section 8.06(e)

57





(e)     Rights of Beneficiary . The Beneficiary of a Participant who has died shall have the same rights and obligations as the Participant with respect to the portion of the interest of the Participant as to which he or she is the Beneficiary, to direct the investment of Accounts pursuant to Section 6.08 and to direct the Trustee with respect to exercise of rights in Company Stock pursuant to Section 6.09.

8.06     Minimum Distribution Requirements .

(a)    A Participant's entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant's Required Distribution Date. Unless a Participant's interest is distributed in a single sum on or before his or her Required Distribution Date, the amount required to be distributed for each calendar year, beginning with distributions for the first distribution calendar year (as defined in subsection (f)), will be made in accordance with this Section 8.06. If the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Treasury regulations.

(b)    During the Participant's lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of: (i) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant's age as of the Participant's birthday in the distribution calendar year; or (ii) if the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant's spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant's and spouse's attained ages as of the Participant's and spouse's birthdays in the distribution calendar year. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 8.06 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant's date of death.

(c)    If a Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant's designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

(i)     The Participant's remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(ii)     If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death using the surviving spouse's age as of the spouse's birthday in that year. For

58





distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse's death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse's birthday in the calendar year of the spouse's death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

(iii)     If the Participant's surviving spouse is not the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, the designated Beneficiary's remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant's death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(d)    If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the Participant's remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(e)    If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin then, subject to Section 8.05(d):

(i)    If there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant's designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in subsection (d).

(ii)     If there is no designated Beneficiary, distribution of the Participant's entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.

(iii)    If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 8.05(d), this Section 8.06(e) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

(f)    For purposes of this Section 8.05(d) and this Section 8.06:

(i)     "Designated Beneficiary " means the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 8.05(a) of the Plan and is the designated Beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-4, of the Treasury regulations.

(ii)    " Distribution calendar year " means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant's death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding

59





the calendar year which contains the Participant's Required Distribution Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 8.05(d). The required minimum distribution for the Participant's first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant's Required Distribution Date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant's Required Distribution Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

(iii)      "Life expectancy " means life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

(iv)      "Participant's account balance " means the account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

(g)    The requirements of Section 8.05(d) and this Section 8.06 will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. Distributions required under Section 8.05(d) and this Section 8.06 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(h)    2009 Waiver of Requirements. Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan to the contrary; to the extent provided by Code section 401(a)(9), IRS Notice 2009,-82 and any superseding guidance:

(i)    a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive a 2009 RMD will not receive that distribution for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distribution. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distribution described in the preceding sentence.

(ii)    a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive an Extended 2009 RMD will receive that distribution for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses not to receive such distribution. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distribution described in the preceding sentence.


60





In addition, notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs will be treated as Eligible Rollover Distributions.

(iii)     Definitions:

1.     "2009 RMDs " are Required Minimum Distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of section 401(a)(9)(H) of the Code;

2.     "Extended 2009 RMDs " are one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years.

8.07     Facility of Payment . If a Participant or Beneficiary is (i) declared an incompetent or is a minor, (ii) a conservator, guardian, or other person legally charged with his or her care has been appointed, and (iii) written notice of such incompetency and appointment is filed with the Plan Administrator before distribution of benefits, then any benefits to which such Participant or Beneficiary is entitled shall be payable to such conservator, guardian, or other person legally charged with his or her care. Neither the Company, any Employer, the Trustee, the Investment Committee, any Investment Manager, nor the Plan Administrator, shall be under any duty to see to the proper application of such payments made to a Participant, conservator, guardian, or relatives of a Participant.

8.08     Form of Payment . Each distribution shall be paid in cash (including negotiable check or other cash equivalent), except that a Participant or Beneficiary may elect in accordance with such procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish or adopt to receive that portion of his or her distributable Accounts invested in the Company Stock Fund or in other Employer Stock in the form of whole shares (with cash in lieu of fractional shares) of such Company Stock or other Employer Stock.

8.09     Direct Rollover to Another Plan . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, a Participant or other Distributee (as defined below), may elect, at such time and in such manner as prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have all or any portion of the benefits payable to such Distributee which constitutes an Eligible Rollover Distribution (as defined below) as paid by the Trustee directly to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by such Distributee. Such election shall be subject to such reasonable administrative requirements as the Plan Administrator may from time to time establish which may include, but shall not be limited to, requirements consistent with Treasury Regulations and other guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service permitting de minimis requirements for amounts eligible to be rolled over or paid partly to the Participant and partly rolled over. An election may be made pursuant to this Section only after the Distributee has met otherwise applicable requirements for receipt of a distribution under the Plan, including any applicable requirements of Appendix A. As used in this Section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

61






(1)     “Eligible Rollover Distribution ” means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 8.06(b); any distribution by reason of Hardship pursuant to Section 7.01(b); and except as provided in the following sentence the portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includable in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includable in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includable.

A portion of a distribution will not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of all or a portion of the Participant's Roth Contribution Account or Roth Rollover Account. However, such portion may be transferred only to another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Section 402A(e)(l) of the Code or to a Roth IRA described in Section 408A of the Code, and only to the extent the direct rollover is permitted under the rules of Section 402(c) of the Code.

(2)     “Eligible Retirement Plan ” means an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distributions. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a Participant’s surviving spouse or surviving former spouse who is a Distributee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (as defined in Section 13.03), an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. For purposes of this Section an Eligible Retirement Plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code.


62





Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for distributions made after December 31, 2007, a Participant may roll over a distribution from the Plan to a Roth IRA provided that the amount rolled over is an eligible rollover distribution (as defined in Code section 402(c)(4)) and, pursuant to Code section 408A(d)(3)(A), there is included in gross income any amount that would be includible if the distribution were not rolled over.

Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, a nonspouse Beneficiary may elect to have all or any portion of the benefits payable to such Distributee which constitutes an eligible rollover distribution as defined in Section 402(c)(4) of the Code transferred directly to (A) an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or (B) an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract) that was established for the purpose of receiving the benefits on behalf of the nonspouse Beneficiary.

(3)     “Distributee ” means a Participant. In addition, a Participant’s surviving spouse, former spouse who is an alternative payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, and a nonspouse Beneficiary are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse, former spouse, or nonspouse Beneficiary.

(4)    “ Direct Rollover ” means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

(5)     Automatic Rollovers . In the event of a mandatory distribution greater than one thousand dollars ($1,000), if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Section 8.03(b), then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator. For purposes of determining whether a mandatory distribution is greater than one thousand dollars ($1,000), the portion of the Participant's distribution attributable to any rollover contribution is included.

8.10     Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable . The Trustee may deduct from any amounts to be distributed under this Plan such amounts as the Trustee, in his, her or its sole discretion, deems proper to protect the Trustee and the Trust against liability for the payment of death, succession, inheritance, income, or other federal, state or local taxes, and out of the money so deducted, the Trustee may discharge any such liability and pay the amount remaining to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary, as the case may be.
 

63





ARTICLE IX
Administration

9.01     Sponsor Rights and Duties . The Company shall have overall responsibility for the administration and operation of the Plan, which the Company shall discharge by the appointment and removal (with or without cause) of the Trustee, the Investment Committee and the Plan Administrator.

9.02     Plan Administrator Rights and Duties . The Plan Administrator shall administer and enforce the Plan and the Trust in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trust Agreement and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish that purpose, including but not by way of limitation, the following, all to be exercised in the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator:

(a)    To issue rules, regulations and procedures and prescribe forms necessary for the proper conduct and administration of the Plan and to change, alter, or amend such rules, regulations and procedures and forms;

(b)    To construe the Plan and Trust Agreement;

(c)    To determine all questions arising in the administration of the Plan, including those relating to the eligibility of persons to become Participants; the rights of Participants, former Participants and their Beneficiaries; and Employer contributions;

(d)    To determine and advise the Trustee of the amount and kind of benefits payable to Participants or their Beneficiaries;

(e)    To authorize the Trustee to disburse funds from the Trust Fund in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;

(f)    To employ and compensate such accountants and attorneys (who may but need not be the accountants or attorneys of the Company) and other persons to render advice, and such clerical employees as the Plan Administrator may deem necessary to the performance of his, her or its duties;

(g)    To invest all or a portion of the Trust Fund in loans to Participants and to segregate the notes representing such loan in a separate fund in accordance with Section 7.2;

(h)    To have prepared and furnished to Participants and Beneficiaries all information required under federal law or provisions of this Plan to be furnished to them;

(i)    To have prepared and filed or published with the Department of Labor and the Department of Treasury or other governmental agency all reports and other information required under federal law;

64






(j)    To make available to Participants upon request, for examination during business hours, such records as pertain exclusively to the examining Participant;

(k)    To hear, review and determine claims for benefits;

(l)    To delegate his, her or its responsibilities under the Plan to such person or persons as he, she or it may deem advisable; and

(m)    To do all other acts and things necessary he, she or it deems in his, her or its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan.

9.03     Plan Administrator Bonding and Expenses . The Plan Administrator shall serve without bond (except as otherwise required by federal law) and without compensation for his, her or its service as such; but all expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan and the Trust shall be paid by the Trust pursuant to Section 6.03 except to the extent paid by the Company.

9.04     Information To Be Supplied by Participants . Participants and Beneficiaries shall provide the Plan Administrator and the Trustee or their delegates with such information, as they shall from time to time determine to be necessary in the discharge of their duties for the administration of the Plan and the Trust. The Plan Administrator and the Trustee may rely conclusively on the information certified to them by a Participant or Beneficiary.

9.05     Information To Be Supplied by Employers . Employers shall provide the Plan Administrator and the Trustee or their delegates with such information, as they shall from time to time determine to be necessary in the discharge of their duties for the administration of the Plan and the Trust. The Plan Administrator and the Trustee may rely conclusively on the information certified to them by an Employer.

9.06     Records . The regularly kept records of the Plan Administrator, the Company and the other Employers shall be conclusive evidence of the Service of a Participant, his or her Compensation, his or her age, marital status, status as an Eligible Employee, and all other matters contained in such records applicable to this Plan.

9.07     Electronic Media . Under procedures authorized or approved by the Plan Administrator, any form for any notice, election, designation, or similar communication required or permitted to be given to or received from a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan may be made available to such Participant or Beneficiary in an electronic medium (including computer network, e-mail or voice response system) and any such communication to or from a Participant or Beneficiary through such electronic media shall be fully effective under this Plan for such purposes as such procedures shall prescribe; provided, however, that the consent of a spouse under Section 7.02(g), 8.05(c), or Appendix A, shall be effective only if made in a written document. Any record of such communication retrieved from such electronic medium under its normal storage and retrieval parameters shall be effective as a fully authentic executed writing for all purposes of this Plan absent manifest error in the storage or retrieval process.

65






9.08     Plan Administrator Decisions Final . The Plan Administrator shall have discretion to determine all matters within his, her or its jurisdictions. The decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Employers, and the Trustee and upon each Employee, Participant, former Participant, Beneficiary and every other person or party interested or concerned.
 

66





ARTICLE X
Claims Procedure

10.01     Initial Claim for Benefits . Except as provided in Section 8.03 for requests for and consents to distribution in certain circumstances, and in Appendix A, no claim shall be required for benefits routinely due to be made or begin under this Plan. Any Participant or Beneficiary (a “Claimant”) may submit to the Plan Administrator (or to such other person or persons as may be designated by the Plan Administrator) a claim for benefits not received or received in an improper amount. A claim shall be in writing in such form as is provided or approved by the Plan Administrator. A Claimant shall have no right to seek review of a denial of benefits, or to bring any action in any court to enforce a claim for benefits, prior to his or her filing a claim for benefits under this Section 10.01 and exhausting his or her rights to review under Section 10.02.

When a claim for benefits has been filed properly, the Plan Administrator shall evaluate such claim for benefits and notify the Claimant of its approval or the denial within ninety (90) days after the receipt of such claim unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension of time for processing is required, the Plan administrator shall furnish written notice of the extension to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial ninety (90) day period. The notice shall specify the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a final decision will be reached (which date shall not be later than one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date on which the claim was filed). The Plan Administrator shall give the Claimant written notice whether the claim is granted or denied, in whole or in part. If a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator shall give the Claimant written notice which shall contain (1) the specific reasons for the denial, (2) references to pertinent plan provisions upon which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (4) the Claimant’s rights to seek review of the denial.

10.02     Review of Claim Denial . If a claim is denied, in whole or in part (or if within the time periods presented in Section 10.01 the Claimant has not received an approval or a denial and the claim is therefore deemed denied), the Claimant shall have the right to request that the Plan Administrator (or such other person or persons as may be designated by the Plan Administrator) review the denial. The Plan Administrator may in the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator appoint a third person other than the Plan Administrator, with such person’s consent but without the consent of any Claimant, to make any decision on review of a claim under this Section 10.02, provided such person acknowledges in writing that he, she or it is a fiduciary with respect to this Plan for such purpose. A request for review shall be in writing and must be filed with the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after the date on which the Claimant received written notification of the denial. A Claimant (or his or her duly authorized representative) may request and receive copies of pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator (or other designated person). Within sixty (60) days after such request for review is received, the Plan Administrator (or other designated person) shall reconsider the decision and advise the Claimant in writing of the decision on review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the review, in which case the Plan Administrator (or other designated person) shall give the Claimant a written notification within such initial sixty (60) day

67





period specifying the reasons for the extension and advising the Claimant when such review shall be completed. Such review shall be completed within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date on which the request for review was filed. The Plan Administrator (or other designated person) shall forward the decision on review to the Claimant in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision and references to plan provisions upon which the decision is based. A decision on review shall be final and binding on all persons for all purposes. No action may be brought in any court respecting benefits, which were the subject of a denial of a claim for benefits (other than an action by the Plan Administrator to enforce such denial) more than one (1) year after the denial of such claim. If a Claimant shall fail to file a request for review in accordance with the procedures described in Sections 10.01 and 10.02, such Claimant shall have no right to review and shall have no right to bring action in any court and the denial of the claim shall become final and binding on all persons for all purposes.
 

68





ARTICLE XI
Amendment, Merger and Termination of the Plan

11.01     Amendments . The Company may amend, modify, change, revise, discontinue or terminate the Plan at any time prospectively or retroactively. Such amendment, modification, change, revision, discontinuance or termination shall be done by written resolution of the Board, except that (i) an amendment or modification required (in the reasonable judgment of the Plan Administrator or the Company) to comply with changes in applicable law or to permit the issuance of or conform to the conditions of a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service on the qualification of the Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code may be done by written instrument signed on behalf of the Company by the Plan Administrator or officer of the Company; and (ii) the Plan Administrator may revise Schedule 1 from time to time to reflect the Accounts maintained from time to time under the Plan as long as such revision does not have an effect prohibited by this Section or Section 11.02. However, except as authorized or permitted by provisions of the Code, or any other statute relating to employees’ trusts, or regulations or ruling issued pursuant thereto, no amendment shall: (i) increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee or the Plan Administrator without the consent of the person affected; (ii) have the effect of vesting in any Employer any interest in any funds, securities or other property subject to the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement; or authorizing or permitting at any time any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund to be used or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries, except as provided in Sections 5.06 and 6.11 or applicable law as in effect from time to time, or (iii) divest any Participant of his or her vested Account Balance, decrease the Account Balance of any Participant, or eliminate or reduce any early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy or eliminate an optional form of benefit except as permitted by Section 411(d)(6) of the Code and Treasury Regulations and rulings thereunder or other applicable law as in effect from time to time.

11.02     Plan Merger . The Company may direct the merger or consolidation of this Plan with, or transfer of assets from this Plan to, another employee benefit plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (“Other Plan”), or may direct the Trustee to accept the merger or consolidation of a Transferor Plan into, or a transfer of assets and liabilities, or portion thereof, from a Transferor Plan to this Plan, on such terms and conditions as the Company in its sole discretion deems desirable, in the same manner (and subject to the same conditions) as an amendment to this Plan under Section 11.01. However, the Plan shall not merge or consolidate with, or transfer to or receive from any Transferor Plan or Other Plan any assets or liabilities, (i) unless each Participant would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan were then terminated) which is equal to or greater than the benefit to which he would have been entitled immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan were then terminated), and (ii) the merger, consolidation or transfer of assets does not have an effect prohibited by clause (iii) of the last sentence of Section 11.01 above. The portion of any assets and liabilities received from a Transferor Plan that was attributable to elective contributions, qualified nonelective contributions or qualified matching contributions (as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-6 (“401(k) Assets and Liabilities”) shall remain subject to the distribution limitations of Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-1(d). 401(k) Assets and Liabilities of this Plan shall not be transferred to an Other Plan unless the Other Plan provides (as determined by the Plan Administrator) that such 401(k) Assets and Liabilities may not be

69





distributed before the times specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-1(d). The portion of any assets and liabilities received from a Transferor Plan that was subject to Section 412 of the Code shall not be distributable before the earlier of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or Termination of Employment except as otherwise required by Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. No merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets shall impose on the Company or any Related Company any liabilities or obligations of the sponsor of a Transferor Plan respecting the Transferor Plan or accounts transferred from the Transferor Plan (including but not limited to the obligation to make contributions to such accounts) unless the Company or Related Company expressly assumes such liabilities or obligations.

Subject to the conditions and limitations of Revenue Ruling 2008-40, a transfer of assets from the Plan’s Trust to a nonqualified foreign trust shall be treated as a distribution.

Sponsorship of the Plan may not be transferred to an unrelated taxpayer if such transfer would violate Revenue ruling 2008-45.

11.03     Plan Termination . The Company, by resolution of the Board, may reduce, suspend or discontinue Employer contributions hereunder, and terminate the Plan at any time in whole or in part, provided, however, that the termination of the Plan or the reduction, suspension or discontinuance of contributions hereunder shall not have any retroactive effect as to deprive any Participant or Beneficiary of any benefit already accrued.

11.04     Payment Upon Termination . Upon termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of Employer contributions, the unvested portion of each Participant’s Account Balance that has not been forfeited pursuant to Section 4.11 prior to the termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of Employer contributions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable. Upon a partial termination of the Plan, the Account Balance of each former Active Participant who lost status as an Active Participant because of such partial termination shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable. In determining whether a partial plan termination has occurred, the Plan Administrator shall employ the analysis set forth in IRS Revenue Ruling 2007-43. In the event of termination of the Plan and after payment of all expenses, the Plan Administrator may direct that either (1) each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant receive his or her entire Account Balance as soon as reasonably possible and permitted by regulations under Section 401(k) of the Code where the applicable Employer does not continue to maintain an alternative defined contribution plan, or (2) the Trust be continued and Participants’ Account Balances be distributed at such times and in such manner as provided in Article VIII, in which case continued allocations of net income, gains, losses and expenses of the Trust Fund as provided in Article VI shall be made. Any distribution upon Plan termination shall be deemed to include a distribution of Excess Deferrals, Total Excess Contributions, and Total Excess Aggregate Contributions, to the extent such distribution is required by Article V of the Plan.

11.05     Withdrawal from the Plan by an Employer . Any Employer other than the Company may withdraw from the Plan and Trust Agreement, under such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe, by delivery to the Trustee and the Company of a resolution of its board of directors electing to so withdraw. An Employer that ceases to be an Employer shall automatically withdraw

70





from the Plan effective as of the date such Employer ceases to be an Employer unless then or thereafter such Employer affirmatively elects, and the Board affirmatively consents, to such Employer continuing to be an Employer under this Plan.
 

71





ARTICLE XII
Top Heavy Provisions

12.01     Application . The definitions in Section 12.02 shall apply under this Article XII and the special rules in Section 12.03 shall apply, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan and for such other Plan Years as may be specified herein. In any year in which the Plan is a multiple employer plan as described in Code Section 413(c), the provisions of this Article XII shall be applied separately to each Employer and Related Company taking account of benefits under the Plan provided to employees of the Employer or Related Company because of service with that Employer or Related Company.

12.02     Special Top Heavy Definitions . The following special definitions shall apply under this Article XII.

(a)     “Aggregate Employer Contributions ” means the sum of all Employer contributions under this Plan allocated for a Participant to the Plan and employer contributions and forfeitures allocated for the Participant to all Related Defined Contribution Plans in the Aggregation Group. With respect to Non-Key Employees, Elective Deferrals under the Plan and employer contributions attributable to salary reduction or similar arrangement under any Related Defined Contribution Plans shall not be included in Aggregate Employer Contributions. Matching Contributions under the Plan and employer matching contributions (within the meaning of Section 401(m)(4)(A) of the Code) under any Related Defined Contribution Plans shall be included in Aggregate Employer Contributions. Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements of Section 12.03(a) shall be treated as Matching Contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test of Section 5.03 of the Plan and other applicable requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code.

(b)    “ Aggregation Group” means the group of plans in a Mandatory Aggregation Group, if any, that includes the Plan, unless the inclusion of Related Plans in the Permissive Aggregation Group would prevent the Plan from being a Top Heavy Plan, in which case “Aggregation Group” means the group of plans consisting of the Plan and each other Related Plan in a Permissive Aggregation Group with the Plan.

(1)    “ Mandatory Aggregation Group ” means each plan (considering the Plan and Related Plans) that, during the Plan Year that contains the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years,

(A)    had a participant who was a Key Employee, or

(B)    was necessary to be considered with a plan in which a Key Employee participated in order to enable the plan in which the Key Employee participated to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.


72





If the Plan is not described in (A) or (B) above, it shall not be part of a Mandatory Aggregation Group.

(2)     “Permissive Aggregation Group ” means the group of plans consisting of (A) the plans, if any, in a Mandatory Aggregation Group with the Plan, and (B) any other Related Plan, that, when considered as a part of the Aggregation Group, does not cause the Aggregation Group to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) and Section 410 of the Code. A Related Plan in (B) of the preceding sentence may include a simplified employee pension plan, as defined in Code Section 408(k), and a collectively bargained plan, if when considered as a part of the Aggregation Group such plan does not cause the Aggregation Group to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) and Section 410 of the Code considering, if the plan is a multiemployer plan as described in Code Section 414(f) or a multiple employer plan as described in Code Section 413(c), benefits under the plan only to the extent provided to employees of the employer because service with the employer and, if the plan is a simplified employee pension plan, only the employer’s contribution to the plan.

(c)     “Determination Date ” means, with respect to a Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year or, in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year. If the Plan is aggregated with other plans in the Aggregation Group, the Determination Date for each other plan shall be, with respect to any plan year, the Determination Date for each such other plan which falls in the same calendar year as the Determination Date for the Plan.

(d)     “Key Employee ” means, for the Plan Year containing the Determination Date, any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during such Plan Year was:

(1)    an officer (including administrative executives as described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.416-1(T-13)) of the Employer or a Related Company having annual Compensation for the Plan Year greater than one hundred sixty-five thousand dollars ($165,000) (as adjusted under Section 416(i) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2012);

(2)    a more than five percent (5%) owner (or is considered as owning more than five percent (5%) within the meaning of Code Section 318) of the Employer or a Related Company; or

(3)    a more than one percent (1%) owner (or is considered as owning more than one percent (1%) within the meaning of Code Section 318) of the Employer or a Related Company and has an annual Compensation for such Plan Year from the Employer and Related Companies of more than one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000).


73





No more than a total of fifty (50) persons (or, if lesser, the greater of three (3) persons or ten percent (10%) of all persons or beneficiaries of persons who are employees or former employees) shall be treated as Key Employees under paragraph (1) above for any Plan Year. If the number of persons who meet the requirements to be treated as Key Employees under paragraph (1) exceeds such limitation those persons with the highest annual Compensation in a Plan Year for which the requirements are met and who are within the limitation on the number of Key Employees will be treated as Key Employees. For purposes of determining the number of officers taken into account hereunder, employees described in Section 2.27(b)(i) through (vi) shall be excluded. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i) of the Code and the applicable regulations

(e)    “ Non-Key Employee ” means a person with an accrued benefit or account balance in the Plan or any Related Plan in the Aggregation Group at any time during the Measurement Period who is not a Key Employee, and any beneficiary of such a person.

(f)     “Present Value of Accrued Benefits ” means, for any Plan Year, an amount equal to the sum of (1), (2) and (3), subject to (4), for each person who, in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date, was a Key Employee or a Non-Key Employee.

(1)    The value of a person’s accrued benefit under the Plan and each Related Defined Contribution Plan in the Aggregation Group, determined as of the valuation date coincident with or immediately preceding the Determination Date, adjusted for contributions due as of the Determination Date, as follows:

(A)    in the case of a plan not subject to the minimum funding requirements of Section 412 of the Code, by including the amount of any contributions actually made after the valuation date but on or before the Determination Date, and, in the first plan year of a plan, by including contributions made after the Determination Date that are allocated as of a date in that first plan year; and

(B)    in the case of a plan that is subject to the minimum funding requirements, by including the amount of any contributions that would be allocated as of a date not later than the Determination Date, plus adjustments to those amounts as required under applicable rulings, even though those amounts are not yet required to be contributed or allocated (e.g., because they have been waived) and by including the amount of any contributions actually made (or due to be made) after the valuation date but before the expiration of the extended payment period in Section 412(c)(10) of the Code.

(2)    The sum of the actuarial present values of a person’s accrued benefits under each Related Defined Benefit Plan in the Aggregation Group, expressed as a benefit commencing at Normal Retirement Date (or the person’s attained age, if later) determined based on the following actuarial assumptions:


74





(A)    Interest rate: five percent (5%); and

(B)    Post Retirement Mortality: 1984 Unisex Pension Table;

and determined in accordance with Code Section 416(g), provided, however, that the accrued benefit of any Non-Key Employee shall be determined under the method which is used for accrual purposes for all Related Defined Benefit Plans or, if no single accrual method is used in all such plans, such accrued benefit shall be determined as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). The present value of an accrued benefit for any person who is employed by an employer maintaining a plan on the Determination Date is determined as of the most recent valuation date which is within a twelve (12)-month period ending on the Determination Date, provided however that:

(C)    for the first plan year of the plan, the present value for an employee is determined as if the employee had a Termination of Employment (i) on the Determination Date or (ii) on such valuation date but taking into account the estimated accrued benefit as of the Determination Date; and

(D)    for the second and subsequent plan years of the plan, the accrued benefit taken into account for an employee is not less than the accrued benefit taken into account for the first plan year unless the difference is attributable to using an estimate of the accrued benefit as of the Determination Date for the first plan year and using the actual accrued benefit as of the Determination Date for the second plan year.

For purposes of this paragraph (2), the valuation date is the valuation date used by the plan for computing plan costs for minimum funding, regardless of whether a valuation is performed that year.

If the Plan provides for a nonproportional subsidy as described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.416-1(T-27), the present value of accrued benefits shall be determined taking into account the value of nonproportional subsidized early retirement benefits and nonproportional subsidized benefit options.

(3)    Distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any Related Plan within the Aggregation Group during the one (1)-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been a Related Plan within the Aggregation Group. In the case of a distribution for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five (5)-year period” for “one (1)-year period.”


75





(4)    The following rules shall apply in determining the Present Value of Accrued Benefits:

(A)    Amounts attributable to qualified voluntary employee contributions, as defined in Section 219(e) of the Code, shall be excluded.

(B)    In computing the Present Value of Accrued Benefits with respect to rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, the following rules shall be applied to determine whether amounts which have been distributed during the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date from or accepted into this Plan or any plan in the Aggregation Group shall be included in determining the Present Value of Accrued Benefits:

(i)    Unrelated Transfers accepted into the Plan or any plan in the Aggregation Group after December 31, 1983 shall not be included.

(ii)    Unrelated Transfers accepted on or before December 31, 1983 and all Related Transfers accepted at any time into the Plan or any plan in the Aggregation Group shall be included.

(iii)    Unrelated Transfers made from the Plan or any plan in the Aggregation Group shall be included.

(iv)    Related Transfers made from the Plan or any plan in the Aggregation Group shall not be included by the transferor plan (but shall be counted by the accepting plan).

(C)    The Accrued Benefit of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the one (1) year period ending on the Determination Date shall be excluded.

(g)     “Related Transfer ” means a rollover or a plan-to-plan transfer which is either not initiated by the Employee or is made between plans each of which is maintained by a Related Company.

(h)    A “Top Heavy Aggregation Group ” exists in any Plan Year for which, as of the Determination Date, the sum of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits for Key Employees under all plans in the Aggregation Group exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the sum of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits for all employees under all plans in the Aggregation Group; provided that, for purposes of determining the sum of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits for all employees, there shall be excluded the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of any Non-Key Employee who was a Key Employee for any Plan Year preceding the Plan

76





Year that contains the Determination Date. For purposes of applying the special rules herein with respect to a Super Top Heavy Plan, a Top Heavy Aggregation Group will also constitute a “Super Top Heavy Aggregation Group” if in any Plan Year as of the Determination Date, the sum of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits for Key Employees under all plans in the Aggregation Group exceeds ninety percent (90%) of the sum of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits for all employees under all plans in the Aggregation Group.

(i)    “ Top Heavy Plan ” means the Plan in any Plan Year in which the Plan is a member of a Top Heavy Aggregation Group, including a Top Heavy Aggregation Group consisting solely of the Plan. For purposes of applying the rules herein with respect to a Super Top Heavy Plan, a Top Heavy Plan will also constitute a “Super Top Heavy Plan” if the Plan in any Plan Year is a member of a Super Top Heavy Aggregation Group, including a Super Top Heavy Aggregation Group consisting solely of the Plan.

(j)     “Unrelated Transfer ” means a rollover or a plan-to-plan transfer which is both initiated by the Employee and (a) made from a plan maintained by a Related Company to a plan maintained by an employer which is not a Related Company or (b) made to a plan maintained by a Related Company from a plan maintained by an employer which is not a Related Company.

12.03     Special Top Heavy Provisions . For each Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, the following rules shall apply, except that the special provisions of this Section 12.03 shall not apply with respect to any employee included in a unit of employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective-bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more Employers if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such employee representative and the Employer or Employers:

(a)     Minimum Employer Contributions . In any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, the Employers shall make additional Employer Contributions to the Plan as necessary for each Participant who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year and who is a Non-Key Employee to bring the amount of his or her Aggregate Employer Contributions for the Plan Year up to at least three percent (3%) of his or her Compensation, or if the Plan is not required to be included in an Aggregation Group in order to permit a Related Defined Benefit Plan in the Aggregation Group to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or Section 410 of the Code, such lesser amount as is equal to the largest percentage of a Key Employee’s Compensation allocated to the Key Employee as Aggregate Employer Contributions, unless such Participant is a Participant in a Related Defined Benefit Plan and receives a minimum benefit thereunder in accordance with Section 416(c) of the Code in which case such Participant shall not receive a minimum contribution under this Section 12.03(a).

For purposes of determining whether a Non-Key Employee is a Participant entitled to have minimum Employer Contributions made on his or her behalf, a Non-Key Employee

77





will be treated as a Participant even if he is not otherwise a Participant (or accrues no benefit) under the Plan because:

(i)    he has failed to complete the requisite number of hours of service (if any) after becoming a Participant in the Plan,

(ii)    he is excluded from participation in the Plan (or accrues no benefit) merely because his or her compensation is less than a stated amount, or

(iii)    he is excluded from participation in the Plan (or accrues no benefit) merely because of a failure to make mandatory employee contributions or, if the Plan is a 401(k) plan, because of a failure to make elective 401(k) contributions.

Contributions required by this subsection shall be allocated to the Company Contribution Account of the affected Non-Key Employee.

(b)     Vesting . For each Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan and any Plan Year thereafter, the Employer Contribution Account of a Participant who has at least one (1) Hour of Service after the Plan becomes a Top Heavy Plan and who has completed three (3) or more years of Vesting Service shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable.

(c)     Transition Rule for a Top Heavy Plan . For each Plan Year commencing prior to January 1, 2000 in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan and in which the Plan does not meet the special requirements of Section 416(h)(2) of the Code in order to use 1.25 in the denominator of the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction and the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction, if an Employee was a participant in one or more defined benefit plans and in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the employer before the plans became Top Heavy Plans and if such Participant’s Combined Fraction exceeds 1.00 because of accruals and additions that were made before the plans became Top Heavy Plans, a factor equal to the lesser of 1.25 or such lesser amount (but not less than 1.00) as shall be needed to make the Employee’s Combined Fraction equal to 1.00 shall be used in the denominator of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction if there are no further accruals or annual additions under any Top Heavy Plans until the Participant’s Combined Fraction is not greater than 1.00 when a factor of 1.00 is used in the denominators of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction. Any provisions herein to the contrary notwithstanding, for Plan Years commencing prior to January 1, 2000, if the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan and the Plan does not meet the special requirements of Section 416(h)(2) of the Code in order to use 1.25 in the denominators of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction, there shall be no further Annual Additions for a Participant whose Combined Fraction is greater than 1.00 when a factor of 1.00 is used in the denominator of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction, until such time as the Participant’s Combined Fraction is not greater than 1.00. This Section 12.03(d) shall not apply to any Plan Year commencing after December 31, 1997.


78





(d)     Terminated Plan . If the Plan becomes a Top Heavy Plan after it has formally been terminated, has ceased contributions and has been or is distributing all Plan assets to Participants and their Beneficiaries as soon as administratively feasible or if a terminated Plan has distributed all benefits of Participants and their Beneficiaries, the provisions of Section 12.03 shall not apply to the Plan.

(e)     Frozen Plans . If the Plan becomes a Top Heavy Plan after contributions have ceased under the Plan but all assets have not been distributed to Participants or their Beneficiaries, the provisions of Section 12.03 shall apply to the Plan.
 

79





ARTICLE XIII
Miscellaneous Provisions
13.01     Employer Joinder .     

(a)     Any Employer immediately before the Effective Date that continues to be a Related Company immediately after the Effective Date shall continue as an Employer under this Plan. Any entity that is a Related Company as of the Effective Date or which is created by a transfer of assets from an Employer after the Effective Date, and that employs Employees within the United States who would be Eligible Employees if such Related Company were an Employer, shall be an Employer and shall be deemed to have adopted this Plan and the Trust unless such Related Company by resolution of its board of directors, or the Company by resolution of the Board, affirmatively provides that such Related Company shall not be an Employer or shall be an Employer only as to selected features pursuant to subsection (b) below. Any other Related Company shall become an Employer as of the date (if any) as of which such Related Company adopts the Plan by resolution of its board of directors, or as of which the Company designates such Related Company as an Employer under the Plan by resolution of the Board.

(b)    An Employer may adopt this Plan (or the Company may designate a Related Company as an Employer) separately for each of (i) Elective Deferrals (including Catch-Up Deferrals) (ii) Matching Contributions (if it has also adopted the Plan for Elective Deferrals); (iii) Company Contributions; or (iv) combination thereof; in each case as specified by resolution of the Employer’s board of directors or of the Company’s Board. Adoption of any of those Plan features will include for such Employer and its Eligible Employees all Plan provisions relating thereto and all generally applicable Plan provisions, but will not include for such Employer or its Eligible Employees Plan provisions to the extent relating to the features not adopted. If the resolution of the Employer’s board of directors or of the Company’s Board does not specifically limit Plan adoption to fewer than all of the above features the Employer will be deemed to have adopted the Plan in its entirety for itself and its Eligible Employees. An Employer may withdraw separately from one or more of the above features by resolution of the Employer’s board of directors in accordance with Section 11.05.

(c)    Each Employer other than the Company so adopting or deemed to have adopted the Plan thereby irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent to do on its behalf all acts and things required of an Employer under this Plan and authorizes the Plan Administrator to determine the Employer contributions required of such Employer under this Plan, to the end that Participants, Beneficiaries, the Trustee, the Plan Administrator, and all other persons may deal with the Company as if it were the only Employer under this Plan.

13.02     Non-Alienation of Benefits . Except as provided in Section 13.03, no benefit payable at any time under this Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, or other legal processes, or encumbrance of any kind, other than federal tax

80





levies and judgments which are enforceable under federal law. Any attempt to alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber any such benefits, whether currently or thereafter payable, shall be void. No benefit, nor any fund which may be established for the payment of such benefits, shall, in any manner, be liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of any person entitled to such benefits.

13.03     Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Notwithstanding Section 13.02, the Plan will pay all or the designated portion of a Participant’s Accounts to an Alternate Payee (as defined below) pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (defined below). Payments to an Alternate Payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order may not be made before the earlier of (i) the date on which the Participant corresponding to the Qualified Domestic Relations Order is entitled to a distribution under the Plan; or (ii) the later of (A) the date on which such Participant attains age 50 or (B) the earliest date on which such Participant could begin receiving benefits under the Plan if the Participant had separated from service; provided, however, that clause (ii)(A) shall not apply (and therefore the Plan will make distributions to an Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order regardless of whether the Participant has attained age 50) if the Order specifies distributions at an earlier date than otherwise permitted by clause (ii)(A) or permits the Alternate Payee to request or consent to a distribution prior to the date specified by clause (ii)(A).

The term “Qualified Domestic Relations Order” means any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which:

(a)     relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant,

(b)    is made pursuant to a State domestic relations law (including a community property law),

(c)    creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee’s right to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to, receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to the Participant,

(d)    clearly specifies the name and last known mailing address, if any, of the Participant and the name and mailing address of each Alternate Payee covered by the order, the amount and percentage of the Participant’s benefits to be paid by the Plan to each Alternate Payee, or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined, the number of payments or period to which such order applies and each plan to which such order applies, and
(e)    does not require the Plan to provide (i) any form or type of benefit, or any option, not otherwise provided under the Plan, (ii) increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial value), (iii) benefits to a beneficiary inconsistent with the form of distribution available under Article VIII (or, if applicable, Appendix A), (iv) benefits to an Alternate Payee which are required to be paid to another payee under another order previously determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order; or (v) payments or other benefits to a person other than an Alternate Payee.

81





The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations order and to administer distributions under such qualified orders, including the establishment of segregated accounts for Alternate Payees. All expenses incurred by the Plan Administrator in determining the qualified status of a domestic relations order shall be paid as an administrative expense of the Plan as a whole.

The term “Alternate Payee” means any spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefits payable under the Plan with respect to the Participant. To the extent provided in any Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the surviving spouse of such Participant for purposes of consenting to the naming of another Beneficiary to the extent provided in Sections 8.05 and Appendix A. An Alternate Payee shall be considered a Beneficiary under the terms of this Plan until the Alternate payee’s benefits are distributed.

In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall separately account for the amounts payable under the domestic relations order. If it is determined that the order is not a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the amounts separately accounted for during such determination shall no longer be accounted for separately.

Pursuant to DOL regulation 2530.206, a domestic relations order will not fail to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order solely because the domestic relations order: (i) revises or is issued after another domestic relations order or Qualified Domestic Relations Order, or (ii) the domestic relations order is issued after the Participant's death, divorce or annuity starting date.

13.04     Unclaimed Amounts . Unclaimed amounts shall consist of the amounts of the Accounts of a retired, deceased or terminated Participant which cannot be distributed because of the Plan Administrator’s inability, after a reasonable search, to locate a Participant or his or her Beneficiary within a period of two (2) years after the payment of benefits becomes due in accordance with Section 8.03. Unclaimed amounts for a Plan Year shall become a Forfeiture and shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.11(f) as of the close of the Plan Year in which such two (2)-year period shall end. If an unclaimed amount is subsequently properly claimed by the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary, said amount shall be paid to such Participant or Beneficiary out of Forfeitures for the Plan Year in which such benefits are properly claimed and to the extent that Forfeitures for such Plan Year are not sufficient, such payments shall be charged ratably against income or gain of the Trust Fund unless paid by an Employer.

13.05     No Contract of Employment . Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between any Employer and any Employee or as creating a right of any Employee to be continued in the employment of any Employer.

13.06     Recoupment of or Reduction for Overpayment . If the Plan Administrator determines that any payment previously made to a putative Participant or Beneficiary was not properly payable, the person to whom such payment was made shall promptly upon notice and demand from the Plan Administrator repay such amount to the Trust, subject to the right of such payee to request review

82





of such determination in accordance with Section 10.02. If the person to whom such payment was made does not, within a reasonable time, make the requested repayment to the Plan, and if such person is entitled to other benefits from the Plan, the Plan Administrator may in his, her or its discretion treat the overpayment as an advance payment of benefits, and the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to reduce all future benefits payable to that person, if any, by the amount of the overpayment.

13.07     Employees’ Trust . The Plan and Trust are created for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the Participants in the Plan and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and Trust. The Plan and Trust shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with their being a Plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code and a Trust exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.

13.08     Source of Benefits . All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided solely from the Trust and the Employers assume no liability or responsibility therefore.

13.09     Interest of Participants . No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any interest in any specific assets of the Trust Fund (other than notes representing a loan to the Participant pursuant to Section 7.02) but shall have only an undivided interest in the Trust Funds as a whole.

13.10     Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator, the members of the Investment Committee, and, if the Trustees are one or more individuals, the Trustees, and each officer and employee of an Employer to whom are delegated duties, responsibilities, and authority with respect to the Plan, from and against all claims, liabilities, fines and penalties, and all expenses reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him or her (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney fees) which arise as a result of his or her actions or failure to act in connection with the operation and administration of the Plan to the extent lawfully allowable and to the extent that such claim, liability, fine, penalty, or expense is not paid for by liability insurance purchased or paid for by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not indemnify any person for any such amount incurred through any settlement or compromise of any action unless the Company consents in writing to such settlement or compromise.

13.11     Company Action . Any action this Plan requires or permits the Company to do (including any action taken by the Company as agent for any other Employer pursuant to Section 13.01) shall be properly done if done by resolution of its Board, or, unless this Plan expressly requires action by such Board, by any officer or employee of the Company authorized to take actions of such type on behalf of the Company (i) under the by-laws of the Company, (ii) by resolution of the Board, or (iii) by delegation from a person authorized under clause (i) or (ii).

13.12     Company Merger . In the event that any successor corporation to the Company, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, shall elect to adopt the Plan, such successor corporation shall be substituted hereunder for the Company upon filing in writing with the Trustee its election so to do.


83





13.13     Multiple Capacity . Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one capacity (including more than one fiduciary or nonfiduciary capacity or both a fiduciary and non-fiduciary capacity) with respect to the Plan.

13.14     Gender and Number . Except when the context indicates to the contrary, when used herein, masculine terms shall be deemed to include the feminine or neuter, and singular the plural.

13.15     Headings . The headings of articles and sections are included solely for convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of this Plan, the text shall control.

13.16     Uniform and Non-Discriminatory Application of Provisions . The provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner with respect to all similarly situated Participants, former Participants, and Beneficiaries.

13.17     Invalidity of Certain Provisions . If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions, to the extent invalid or unenforceable, had not been included.

13.18     Law Governing . The Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of Illinois other than its laws with respect to choice of law, to the extent not preempted by ERISA.

Executed this ______ day of December, 2013.

CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON COMPANY
                        

By_______________________________________
                            
Title______________________________________
                            
            
 

84





APPENDIX A

A-1.     Distribution of Restricted Accounts . Notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan to the contrary, the balance of a Participant’s Restricted Accounts may be distributed, in addition to the options specified in Section 8.02(a) and (b), by purchase with the vested balance of his or her Restricted Accounts and distribution to the Participant of a nontransferable annuity contract, providing for payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (as defined below), and in any other form of distribution to which the participant would have been entitled under Section 6.02(b) of the Hourly Plan as in effect on December 31, 1996. The Participant shall select the method by which his or her benefits shall be distributed in accordance with Section 8.03, except as modified by this Appendix A. If no other election has been made under Section 8.03 and this Appendix A, the Participant’s benefits attributable to his or her Restricted Accounts will be distributed in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

For purposes of this Appendix A, a “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity”, for a Participant who is legally married on his or her Annuity Starting Date, is an immediate installment refund annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of such spouse (if such spouse survives the Participant) that is fifty percent (50%) or seventy-five percent (75%), as selected by the Participant prior to the Annuity Starting Date, of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse, and which is the amount of such benefit that can be purchased with the vested balance of the Participant’s Restricted Accounts. If the Participant does not select a Qualifying Joint and Survivor Annuity of fifty percent (50%) or seventy-five percent (75%), then the default distribution shall be a fifty percent (50%) survivor annuity. If the Participant is not married on his or her Annuity Starting Date, a “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” is an immediate installment refund annuity for the life of such Participant, which is the amount of such benefit that can be purchased with the vested balance of the Participant’s Restricted Accounts. The “Annuity Starting Date” is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

A-2.     Election and Revocation of Joint and Survivor Annuity Form . If a Participant is married on his or her Annuity Starting Date, his or her Restricted Account balances shall be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, subject to the following provisions of this subsection. Within one hundred eighty (180) days, but not less than thirty (30) days, preceding the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator will provide, by a means reasonably calculated to reach the Participant and his or her spouse, election information consisting of:

(a)    a written description of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the relative financial effect of payment of his or her Restricted Account balances in that form;

(b)    a notification of the right to waive payment in that form, the rights of his or her spouse with respect to such waiver and the right to revoke such waiver, and the effect of such revocation; and


85





(c)    the relative values of the various optional forms of benefit under the plan as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.417(a)-3.

During an election period commencing on the date the Participant receives such election information and ending on the later of the one hundred eightieth (180 th ) day thereafter or the Annuity Starting Date, a Participant may waive payment in the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form and elect payment in such another form permitted by Section A-1; provided that, the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, has consented in writing to such waiver and the spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of such revocation and is witnessed by a notary public. A Participant may, at any time during his or her election period, revoke any prior waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form. However, the consent of his or her spouse once given shall be irrevocable unless and until the Participant revokes his or her prior waiver of the Joint and Survivor Annuity form. A Participant may request, by writing filed with the Plan Administrator during his or her election period, an explanation, written in nontechnical language, of the terms, conditions and financial effect (in terms of dollars per monthly benefit payment) of payment in the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form. If not previously provided to the Participant, the Plan Administrator shall provide him or her with such explanation within thirty (30) days of his or her request by a method reasonably calculated to reach the Participant and his or her spouse, and the Participant’s election period will be extended, if necessary, to include the one hundred eightieth (180 th ) day next following the date on which he or she receives such explanation. No distribution shall be made from a Participant’s Restricted Accounts until his or her election period has terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant’s total distributable Account balances (not just Restricted Account balances) are less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) as of his or her date of Termination, the Trustee shall immediately distribute such benefits in a lump sum without such Participant’s consent pursuant to Section 8.03 of the Plan.

A-3.      Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity . The term “Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity” means an installment refund annuity for the life of the Participant’s surviving spouse, the payments under which are equal to the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the Participant’s Restricted Accounts as of the date of his or her death. Payment of such benefits will commence as soon as practicable after the date of the Participant’s death, unless the surviving spouse elects a later date. Any election to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity must be made by the Participant in writing during the election period described herein and shall require the spouse’s consent in the same manner provided for in Section A-2. The election period to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall begin on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-five (35) and end on the date of the Participant’s death. In the event a Participant separates from service prior to the beginning of the election period, the election period shall begin on the data of such separation from service. In connection with the election, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-two (32) and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-five (35), a written explanation of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity containing comparable information to that required pursuant to the provisions of subsections A-2(a), (b), and (c). If the Participant enters the Plan after the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attained age thirty-two (32), the Plan Administrator shall provide notice no later than the close of the second Plan Year following the entry of the Participant into the Plan.

86





In the case of a Participant who has a Termination of Employment before the Plan Year in which age thirty-five (35) is attained, the written explanation shall be provided within the two (2) year period beginning one (1) year prior to Termination of Employment and ending one year after Termination of Employment. If such a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the applicable period for providing the written explanation shall be redetermined. If the total distributable balance of the Participant’s Accounts (not just Restricted Accounts) is less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) as of his or her date of Termination, the Trustees shall provide for the immediate distribution of such Accounts to the Participant’s spouse. If the value exceeds one thousand dollars ($1,000), an immediate distribution of the entire amount may be made to the surviving spouse, provided such surviving spouse consents in writing to such distribution.
 


87





Schedule 1
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company
Employee Savings Plan
Participant Accounts
CB&I PLAN
SOURCE NAME
EXCHANGES
CONTRIBUTION MIX CHANGES
WITHDRAWALS
VESTING SCHEDULE
ANNUITY RESTRICTIONS
COMMENTS
Employee 401(k)
permitted
Permitted
Age 59 ½
Hardship
Termination
Loans
N/A
N/A
Converted 12/31/96 from Towers Perrin for 401(k) Plan
Prior Employee
permitted
N/A
Age 59 ½
Hardship
Termination
Loans
N/A
Annuity provisions
Spousal consent
Contains pretax deferred money from Callidus, Howe-Baker, A&B, and Matrix Plans
Prior Employer
permitted (exchanges into stock are not permitted)
N/A
Age 59 ½
Hardship
Termination
Loans
3 yr. cliff
Annuity provisions
Spousal consent
Contains match and stock sources from Callidus Plan
Prior Hourly Employee 401(k)
permitted
N/A
Age 59 ½
Hardship
Termination
N/A
Annuity provisions
Spousal consent
Converted 12/31/96 from Principal Financial for Hourly Employees Plan
Annual Company Contribution
permitted
Permitted
Age 59 ½
Termination
Loans
5 yr. cliff
N/A
 
MPPP Employee Contribution
permitted
N/A
Age 59 ½
Termination
In-service
Loans
N/A
Annuity provisions
Spousal consent
Converted 12/31/96 from Principal Financial for Hourly Employees Plan
Post 86 After-Tax
permitted
N/A
In-service
Loans
100%
N/A
Contains Howe-Baker, Matrix, A&B after-tax sources
USERRA
Employee 401(k)
permitted
Permitted
Age 59 ½
Hardship
Termination
Loans
N/A
N/A
Contains pre-tax deferrals made by participants on military leave
Travelers Benefit
permitted
N/A
Age 59 ½
Termination
100%
N/A
 






SOURCE NAME
EXCHANGES
CONTRIBUTION MIX CHANGES
WITHDRAWALS
VESTING SCHEDULE
ANNUITY RESTRICTIONS
COMMENTS
Prior Plan
permitted
N/A
Age 59 ½
Termination
In-service
Loans
N/A
Annuity provisions
Spousal consent
Converted 12/31/96 from Principal Financial for Hourly Employees Plans
Contains rollover money from CB&I, Callidus, Howe-Baker, A&B, and Matrix Plans
MPPP Company Contribution
permitted
N/A
Termination
Loans
100%
Annuity provisions
Spousal consent
Converted 12/31/96 from Principal Financial for Hourly Employees Plans
Pre-2001 Company Match
permitted
N/A
Age 59 ½
Termination
Loans
100% immediate
N/A
 
Prior QNEC
permitted
N/A
Termination
Loans
100%
Annuity provisions
Spousal consent
Contains Howe-Baker QNEC
Prior Profit Sharing
none
N/A
Age 59 ½
Termination
In-service (20% available after 5 yrs. of service)
Loans
100%
Annuity provisions
Spousal consent
Contains Howe-Baker, Matrix, A&B PS sources
Company Contribution CB&I Stock
no exchange out
no exchange out
Age 59 ½
Termination
Loans
100%
N/A
 
Prior Employer Match
permitted
N/A
Age 59 ½
Termination
Loans
5 yr. graded
Annuity provisions
Spousal consent
Contains match sources from Howe-Baker, Matrix, and A&B Plans
Company Match
permitted
permitted
Age 59 ½
Termination
Loans
5 yr. cliff
N/A
Contain new company match for 2001 and forward
USERRA
Company Match
permitted
Permitted
Age 59 ½
Termination
Loans
3 yr. cliff
N/A
Contains Company Matching Contributions for participants on military leave
Prior Plan & Rollovers
permitted
permitted
Age 59 ½
Termination
In-service
Loans
N/A
N/A
Converted 12/31/96 from Towers Perrin for 401(k) Plan
Lummus Rollover
permitted
N/A
Age 59 ½
Termination
In-service
Loans
N/A
N/A
Contains pre-tax rollover contributions from Lummus
Lummus After Tax Rollover
permitted
N/A
In-service
N/A
N/A
Contains after-tax rollover contributions from Lummus







SOURCE NAME
EXCHANGES
CONTRIBUTION MIX CHANGES
WITHDRAWALS
VESTING SCHEDULE
ANNUITY RESTRICTIONS
COMMENTS
Post-2006 Company Contribution
permitted
permitted
Age 59 ½
Termination
Loans
3 yr. cliff
N/A
 
Force Reduction Rehire Company Contribution
permitted
permitted
Age 59 ½
Termination
Loans
100%
N/A
 
Force Reduction Rehire Matching Contribution
permitted
Permitted
Age 59 ½
Termination
Loans
100%
N/A
 






Exhibit 10.27

















THE SHAW GROUP INC. 401(k) PLAN

Effective January 1, 2014
 


























TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I
INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS
 
 
 
1.1
Account
1
1.2
Actual Contribution Percentage
1
1.3
Actual Deferral Percentage
1
1.4
Affiliated Employer
2
1.5
Authorized Leave of Absence
2
1.6
Beneficiary
2
1.7
Board of Directors
2
1.8
Break in Service
2
1.9
Code
3
1.10
Compensation
3
1.11
Deferral Contributions
5
1.12
Disability or Disabled
5
1.13
Earnings
5
1.14
Effective Date
5
1.15
Eligibility Service
5
1.16
Eligible Employee
6
1.17
Employee
6
1.18
Employee Deferral Account
6
1.19
Employer
6
1.20
Employer Matching Contribution Account
7
1.21
Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account
7
1.22
Employer Stock
7
1.23
Employment Commencement Date
7
1.24
ERISA
7
1.25
Enrollment Date
7
1.26
Fund
7
1.27
Highly Compensated Employee
7
1.28
Hour of Service
8
1.29
Leased Employee
9
1.30
Matching Contributions
9
1.31
Normal Retirement Plan
9
1.32
Participant
9
1.33
Period of Severance
9
1.34
Plan
10
1.35
Plan Administrator
10
1.36
Plan Year
10
1.37
Pre-Tax Contributions Account
10
1.38
Pre-Tax Contributions
10
1.39
Profit Sharing Contributions
10




1.40
Reduction-in-Force-Termination
10
1.41
Reemployment Commencement Date
11
1.42
Rollover Contribution Account
11
1.43
Rollover Contributions
11
1.44
Roth Contribution Account
11
1.45
Roth Contributions
11
1.46
Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
11
1.47
Safe Harbor Notice
11
1.48
Severance Date
11
1.49
Spousal Consent
12
1.50
Statutory Compensation
12
1.51
Termination of Employment
13
1.52
Trust
13
1.53
Trust Agreement
13
1.54
Trustee
13
1.55
Valuation Date
14
1.56
Vested Portion
14
1.57
Vesting Service
14
 
 
 
ARTICLE II
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
 
 
 
2.1
Eligibility
14
2.2
Participation
15
2.3
Reemployment of Former Employees and Former Participants
15
2.4
Transferred Participants
15
2.5
Termination of Participation
15
 
 
 
ARTICLE III
CONTRIBUTIONS
 
 
 
3.1
Deferral Contributions
15
3.2
Matching Contributions
19
3.3
Profit Sharing Contributions
20
3.4
Participant Rollover Contributions and Transfers
21
3.5
Change in Contributions
22
3.6
Revocation of Contributions
23
3.7
Limitations Affecting Highly Compensated Employees
23
3.8
Maximum Annual Additions
27
3.9
Return of Contributions
28
3.10
Contributions Not Contingent Upon Profits
28
 
 
 



 
 
 
ARTICLE IV
INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS
 
 
 
4.1
Investment Funds
29
4.2
Investment of Participant’s Accounts
29
4.3
Responsibility for Investments
29
4.4
Change of Election
30
4.5
Transfers Between Funds
30
4.6
Limitations Imposed by Contract
30
4.7
Employer Stock
31
 
 
 
ARTICLE V
VALUATION OF THE ACCOUNTS
 
 
 
5.1
Valuation of the Accounts
37
 
 
 
ARTICLE VI
VESTED PORTION OF ACCOUNTS
 
 
 
6.1
Fully Vested Account
38
6.2
Other Accounts
38
6.3
Disposition of Forfeitures
40
 
 
 
ARTICLE VII
WITHDRAWALS WHILE STILL EMPLOYED
 
 
 
7.1
Withdrawal of Rollover Contributions
41
7.2
Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age 59-1/2
41
7.3
Hardship Withdrawal
41
7.4
Withdrawal Procedures
42
7.5
Qualified Reservist Distributions
43
7.6
Withdrawal of Deferral Contributions for Participants in Uniformed Services
43
 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII
LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
 
 
 
8.1
Amount Available
43
8.2
Terms
43
8.3
General Administration
44
 
 
 
 
 
 



 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IX
DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
 
 
 
9.1
Eligibility
44
9.2
Form of Distribution
45
9.3
Commencement of Payments
45
9.4
Minimum Distribution Requirements
46
9.5
Status of Accounts Pending Distribution
51
9.6
Proof of Death and Right of Beneficiary or Other Person
51
9.7
Distribution Limitation
51
9.8
Rollover Distributions
51
 
 
 
ARTICLE X
ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN
 
 
 
10.1
Plan Administration
53
10.2
Service in More Than One Fiduciary Capacity
54
10.3
Limitation of Liability
54
10.4
Indemnification
54
10.5
Appointment of Investment Manager
54
 
 
 
ARTICLE XI
MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS
 
 
 
11.1
Trust Agreement
54
11.2
Exclusive Benefit Rule
55
11.3
Payment of Expenses
55
 
 
 
ARTICLE XII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
 
 
12.1
Non-alienation
55
12.2
Conditions of Employment Not Affected by Plan
56
12.3
Facility of Payment
56
12.4
Information
57
12.5
Top-Heavy Provisions
57
12.6
Prevention of Escheat
59
12.7
Transfers of Trust Fund Assets
60
12.8
Construction
60
12.9
USERRA Compliance
60



12.10
Death Benefits Under USERRA-Qualified Active Military Service
60
12.11
Qualified Hurricane Disaster Relief
61
 
 
 
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT, MERGER, AND TERMINATION
 
 
 
13.1
Amendment of Plan
61
13.2
Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer
61
13.3
Additional Participating Employers
61
13.4
Termination of Plan
62




P REAMBLE

The Shaw Group Inc. 401(k) Plan ("Plan") became effective January 1, 1994, to provide a financial incentive and retirement security for Eligible Employees of The Shaw Group Inc. and participating employers. The Plan was subsequently restated effective October 1, 2006 using Fidelity non-standardized prototype documents.

Effective June 1, 2010, except as otherwise noted, The Shaw Group Inc. amended and restated the Plan into an individually designed Plan document. The amendment and restatement incorporated into the Plan document the prior amendments made to the Plan since its October 1, 2006 restatement, including the amendments required by the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001, the amendments required or pe1mitted by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008, and other amendments.

Also effective June 1, 2010, The Shaw Group Inc. amended and restated the Plan to include the provisions needed to implement the merger into the Plan of The Shaw Group Inc. 40l (k) Plan for Hourly Employees. The merged Plan was intended to provide similar benefits to employees through one plan as previously provided under the pre-merger, two-plan structure. Further, the merged Plan met all of the following conditions:

(1)
The sum of the account balances in each plan prior to the merger equaled the value of the entire Plan assets at the time of the merger;

(2)
The assets of each plan were combined at the time of the merger to form the assets of the merged Plan; and

(3)
Immediately after the merger, each Participant in the merged Plan had an Account equal to the sum of the account balances the Pa1ticipant had in each plan immediately prior to the merger.

Effective January 1, 2013, The Shaw Group Inc. amended and restated the Plan. This amendment and restatement is effective February 13, 2013.

Effective February 13, 2013, Chicago Bridge & Iron Company is the sponsor of the Plan (the “Plan Sponsor”). The Plan Sponsor now amends and restates the Plan effective January 1, 2014.

It is intended that this Plan, together with the Trust Agreement, meet all the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"), and that the Plan shall be interpreted, wherever possible, to comply with the terms of the Code and all formal regulations and rulings issued under the Code.


 




THE SHAW GROUP INC. 401(k) PLAN

Restated Effective January 1, 2014


ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

1.1
" Account " means the Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Roth Contribution Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, and any other subaccounts maintained for each Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to the terms of this Plan. Effective January 1, 2014, the Employer Matching Contribution Account shall include discretionary Matching Contributions which are in addition to Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.

1.2
" Actual Contribution Percentage " means, with respect to a specified group of Employees, the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each Employee in that group, of (a) the Employee's Matching Contributions for that Plan Year, to (b) his or her Statutory Compensation for that entire Plan Year, provided that, upon direction of the Plan Administrator, Statutory Compensation for a Plan Year shall only be counted if received during the period an Employee is a Participant or is eligible to become a Participant. The Actual Contribution Percentage for each group and the ratio determined for each Employee in the group shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent.

1.3
" Actual Deferral Percentage " means, with respect to a specified group of Employees, the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each Employee in that group, of (a) the amount of Deferral Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.1 for a Plan Year (including Deferral Contributions returned to a Highly Compensated Employee under Section 3.1(c) and Deferral Contributions returned to any Employee pursuant to Section 3.1(d)), to (b) the Employee's Statutory Compensation for that entire Plan Year, provided that upon direction of the Plan Administrator, Statutory Compensation shall only be counted if received during the period an Employee is a Participant or is eligible to become a Participant. The Actual Deferral Percentage for each group and the ratio determined for each Employee in the group shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. For purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage for a Plan Year, Deferral Contributions may be taken into account for a Plan Year only if they:

(a)
relate to compensation that would have been received by the Employee in the Plan Year but for the deferral election, or are attributable to services performed by the Employee in the Plan Year and would have been received by the Employee within 2-1/2, months after the close of the Plan Year but for the deferral election;





(b)
are allocated to the Employee as of a date within that Plan Year and the allocation is not contingent on the participation or performance of service after such date; and

(c)
are actually paid to the Trustee no later than twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year to which the contributions relate.

1.4
" Affiliated Employer " means any company which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which also includes the Employer; any trade or business under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Employer; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o). Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, for purposes of Section 3.8, the definitions in Code Sections 414(b) and (c) shall be modified as provided in Code Section 415(h).

1.5
Authorized Leave of Absence ” means an absence with or without pay, authorized by an Employer on a non-discriminatory basis, for Disability, accident, jury duty, military duty, or other reasons.

1.6
" Beneficiary " means any person, persons, or entity designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable in the event of the Participant’s death, and filed with the Plan Administrator in such manner and form as may be prescribed by the Plan Administrator. However, if the Participant is married, his or her spouse shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary unless or until he or she elects another Beneficiary in such manner and form as may be prescribed by the Plan Administrator. Any such designation shall not be effective without Spousal Consent or except as provided in Section 1.44. If no such designation is in effect at the time of death of the Participant, or if no person, persons or entity so designated shall survive the Participant, the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary; or if there is no surviving spouse, then the Beneficiary shall be the estate of the Participant. Whether an individual is a spouse or surviving spouse shall be determined in accordance with the law of the state in which the Participant resides on the date of his or her death.

1.7
" Board of Directors " means the Board of Directors of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company.

1.8
" Break in Service " means a 12 consecutive month period beginning on an Employee's Severance Date or any anniversary thereof in which the Employee is not credited with an Hour of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following special rules apply in determining whether an Employee who is on leave has incurred a Break in Service:

(a)
If an individual is absent from work because of "maternity/paternity leave" beyond the first anniversary of his Severance Date, the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on the individual's Severance Date shall not constitute a Break in Service. For purposes of this paragraph, "maternity/paternity leave" means a leave of absence

2



(1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by the individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for a child for the period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

(b)
If an individual is absent from work because of "FMLA leave" and returns to employment with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer following such "FMLA leave," he shall not incur a Break in Service during any 12-consecutive-month period beginning on his Severance Date or anniversaries thereof in which he is absent because of such "FMLA leave." For purposes of this paragraph, "FMLA leave" means an approved leave of absence pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

1.9
" Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

1.10
" Compensation " means wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) (for purposes of income tax withholding at the source) plus amounts that would be included in wages but for an election under Code Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(l)(B), 403(b), 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or 457(b) and all other payments of compensation to an Eligible Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business) for services to the Employer while employed as an Eligible Employee for which the Employer is required to furnish the Eligible Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401 (a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).However, "Compensation" shall be subject to the following adjustments and limitations:

(a)
The following shall be excluded:

(i)
the value of a qualified or non-qualified stock option granted to an Employee by the Employer to the extent such value is includable in the Employee's taxable income;

(ii)
the amount includable in the gross income of an Employee upon making the election described in Code Section 83(b);

(iii)
amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory option, or when restricted stock or other property held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

(iv)
amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option;


3



(v)
reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits; and

(vi)
amounts paid after a Participant's severance from employment with the Employer, except as described in Section l .9(b) below.

(b)
The following shall be included:

(i)
Compensation shall include compensation paid by the later of 2 months after a Participant's severance from employment with the Employer or the end of the Plan Year that includes the Participant's severance from employment with the Employer, if: (A) the payment is regular compensation for services during the Participant's regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant's regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), bonuses, commissions, or other similar payments, and, absent a severance from employment, the payments would have been paid to the Participant while such Participant continued in employment with the Employer; or (B) such amounts are either payments for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave (but only if the Eligible Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued), but only if the payment would have been paid to the Participant at the same time if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent that the payment is includable in the Participant's gross income.

(ii)
effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2008, Compensation shall include any differential wage payment (within the meaning of Code Section 3401(h)(2)) made by the Employer to a Participant with respect to any period during which the Participant is performing service in the uniformed services (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A)) while on active duty for more than 30 days, which represents all or a portion of the wages the Participant would have received from the Employer if the individual were performing service for the Employer.

(c)
The Compensation of any Participant taken into account for purposes of the Plan shall be limited to $200,000 for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, with such limitation to be adjusted automatically to reflect any amendments to Code Section 401(a)(l7) and any cost-of-living increases authorized by Code Section 401(a)(17)(B).

(d)
For a Participant's initial year of participation, Compensation shall be recognized for the entire Plan Year.


4



1.11
" Deferral Contributions " means all amounts contributed pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Plan, including, on and after June 1, 2010, any Roth Contributions.

1.12
Disability ” or “ Disabled ” means a Participant’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to last for a continuous or indefinite period of at least twelve (12) months, and which is substantiated by proof of disability satisfactory to the Plan Administrator (which proof shall include a written statement of licensed physician or other appropriate medical care provider appointed or approved by the Employer).

1.13
" Earnings " means the amount of earnings to be returned to a Participant with any excess deferrals, excess contributions or excess aggregate contributions under Article III as determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under the provisions of Sections 402(g), 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code, provided that for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2008, Earnings for the period between the end of the applicable Plan Year and the date of the corrective distribution ("gap period income") shall be included for purposes of correction of any excess deferrals. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2008, Earnings shall not include gap period income.

1.14
" Effective Date " means January 1, 2014. The original effective date of the Plan was January 1, 1994.

1.15
Eligibility Service ” means the aggregate of all periods of employment of an Employee by an Employer or Related Company (including periods of Authorized Leave of Absence) measured from the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service upon employment or reemployment to the date of the Employee's Termination of Employment, but excluding any Period of Severance other than an Authorized Leave of Absence; provided, however, that (i) an Employee shall not be credited with more than twelve (12) months of Service with respect to any single period of Authorized Leave of Absence; and (ii) if an Employee who has a Termination of Employment is reemployed by an Employer or a Related Company and performs an Hour of Service before he or she incurs a one (1)-year Period of Severance, such Termination of Employment shall be disregarded and his or her Service shall be treated as continuous through the date he or she resumes employment as an Employee. An Employee shall receive credit for one-twelfth (1/12) of a year of Service for each full or partial calendar month of Service.

With respect to a Participant who, as of February 13, 2013, was an employee of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company or any entity related to Chicago Bridge & Iron Company as a Affiliated Employer, service with Chicago Bridge & Iron Company or any entity related to Chicago Bridge & Iron Company as a Affiliated Employer shall be treated as service with an Employer.



5



1.16
" Eligible Employee " means an Employee who is employed by an Employer and paid through the U.S. payroll system of the Employer, including an Employee transferred from the United States to work outside the United States but retained on the U.S. payroll system of the Employer, but excluding:

(a)
any Leased Employee;

(b)
any individual who is included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement which does not provide for his or her participation in the Plan;

(c)
any individual who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 91l(d)(2)) from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 86l(a)(3));

(d)
any individual who is a signatory to a contract, letter of agreement or other document that acknowledges his status as an independent contractor not entitled to benefits under the Plan or who is not otherwise classified by the Employer as a common law employee and with respect to whom the Employer does not withhold income taxes and file Form W-2 (or any replacement form), with the Internal Revenue Service and does not remit Social Security payments to the Federal government, even if such individual is later adjudicated to be a common law employee;

(e)
any individual who is a resident of Puerto Rico, and

(f)
with respect to Employees hired on or after January 1, 2014, temporary employees, co-ops, interns, benefit ineligible employees and employees who are in the United States on an F1 Visa. Notwithstanding any other Plan provision, an ineligible Employee listed in this subsection (f) who subsequently becomes an Eligible Employee shall be credited with Hours of Service performed during his service as an ineligible Employee.

1.17
" Employee " means a person currently employed by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, including Leased Employees.

1.18
" Employee Deferral Account " means the separate subaccount into which shall be credited the Deferral Contributions made on a Participant’s behalf and earnings on those contributions.

1.19
" Employer " means The Shaw Group Inc., or any successor by merger, purchase or otherwise, with respect to its Employees; or any other Affiliated Employer participating in the Plan as provided in Section 13.3, with respect to its Employees.


6



1.20
" Employer Matching Contribution Account ” means the separate subaccount into which shall be credited the Matching Contributions made on a Participant's behalf and earnings on those contributions.
1.21
" Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account " means the separate subaccount into which shall be credited the Profit Sharing Contributions made on a Participant's behalf and earnings on those contributions.
1.22
" Employer Stock " means the common stock of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.

1.23
" Employment Commencement Date " means the date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service.

1.24
" ERISA " means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

1.25
" Enrollment Date " means the first day of each payroll period.

1.26
" Fund " or "Investment Fund" means the separate funds into which contributions to the Plan are invested in accordance with Article IV.

1.27
" Highly Compensated Employee " means, with respect to a Plan Year, any Employee classified as a highly compensated employee as determined under Code Section 414(q) and any regulations issued thereunder, who

(a)
Was a 5-percent owner of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer at any time during the Plan Year or preceding Plan Year; or

(b)
For the preceding Plan Year had Statutory Compensation from the Employer or an Affiliated Employer in excess of $80,000 (indexed as provided in Code Section 415(d)) and is in the group consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of the total number of persons employed by the Employer and Affiliated Employers when ranked on the basis of Statutory Compensation paid during the preceding Plan Year, provided, however, that, for purposes of determining the total number of persons employed by the Employer and Affiliated Employers , the following Employees shall be excluded:

(i)
Employees who have not completed an aggregate of six (6) months of service during the preceding Plan Year,

(ii)
Employees who work less than seventeen and one-half (17-1/2) hours per week for fifty percent (50%) or more of the total weeks worked by such employees during the preceding Plan Year,

(iii)
Employees who normally work not more than six (6) months during any year,

7



(iv)
Employees who have not attained age twenty-one (21) by the end of the preceding Plan Year,

(v)
Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer or Related Companies which constitutes income during the preceding Plan Year from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code), and

(vi)
Except to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, Employees who are members of a collective bargaining unit represented by a collective bargaining agent with which an Employer or Affiliated Employer has or has had a bargaining agreement.

An Employee shall be treated as a 5-percent owner of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer for any Plan Year if at any time during such year the Employee was a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) of the Employer or Affiliated Employer.

Any former Employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if such employee was a Highly Compensated Employee when he or she terminated employment, or in any year following attainment of age fifty-five (55).

1.28
" Hour of Service " means, with respect to any applicable computation period:

(a)
Each hour for which the Employee is paid or entitled to payment for the performance of duties for the Employer or an Affiliated Employer,

(b)
Each hour for which the Employee is paid or entitled to payment by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer on account of a period during which no duties are performed, whether or not the employment relationship has terminated, due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including Disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence, but not more than five hundred one (501) hours for any single continuous period, and

(c)
Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, excluding any hour credited under (a) or (b), which shall be credited to the computation period or periods to which the award, agreement or payment pertains rather than to the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

No hours shall be credited on account of any period during which the Employee performs no duties and receives payment solely for the purpose of complying with unemployment compensation, workers' compensation or disability insurance laws. The Hours of Service credited shall be determined as required by Department of Labor Regulations, Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c), which are incorporated herein by reference.

8




1.29
" Leased Employee " means any person (other than an employee of the recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one (1) year, and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the recipient employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to service performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer. A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient:

(a)
if such Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan maintained by the leasing organization providing:

(i)
a non-integrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but including amounts which are contributed by the employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which are not includible in the gross income under Code Sections 125, 132(1)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), or 457(b), and employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as employer contributions;

(ii) immediate participation; and

(iii)
full and immediate vesting; and

(b)
if Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the recipient's non-highly compensated work force.

1.30
" Matching Contributions " means all amounts contributed pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.

1.31
" Normal Retirement Date " means the date the Participant attains age sixty-five (65).

1.32
" Participant " means any person who is participating in the Plan as provided in Article II.

1.33
Period of Severance ” means the period of time from the earliest of (i) an Employee’s Termination of Employment, or (ii) the first anniversary of an Employee’s first absence from work for any reason other than a Termination of Employment, until the date the Employee is credited with an Hour of Service upon reemployment by or return to service with an Employer or a Related Company. However if one of the reasons for an Employee’s Termination of Employment or other absence was Maternity or Paternity Leave, the Period of Severance shall not include the first year that would otherwise be included in that Period of Severance.


9



1.34
" Plan " means The Shaw Group Inc. 401(k) Plan, as set forth in this document or as amended from time to time.    

1.35
" Plan Administrator " means the person or entity who administers the Plan. The Plan Administrator will be Chicago Bridge & Iron Company unless a different entity or person is designated as Plan Administrator in a resolution duly adopted by Chicago Bridge & Iron Company and such person accepts the designation in writing.

1.36
" Plan Year " means the 12-month period beginning on January 1 of each year and ending on the following December 31.

1.37
" Pre-Tax Contribution Account " means the separate subaccount into which shall be credited the Pre-Tax Contributions made on a Participant’s behalf and earnings on those contributions.

1.38
" Pre-Tax Contributions " means all amounts contributed pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Plan other than Roth Contributions.

1.39
" Profit Sharing Contributions " means all amounts contributed pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Plan.

1.40
Reduction-in-Force Termination ” means any permanent Termination of Employment of an Employee initiated by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, including any Termination of Employment caused by the sale by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer of an ownership interest in an Affiliated Employer or the assets of a business or business segment, causing the sold Affiliated Employer, business or business segment to cease being (or being part of) an Affiliated Employer, but excluding:

(a)
any Termination of Employment, or by early retirement under any retirement arrangement of an Employer applying to that Employee, elected by the Employee before being given notice of any impending Termination of Employment, or pursuant to an election under any special program of retirement incentive offered by the Employer prior to any notice of impending Termination of Employment;

(b)
any Termination of Employment by reason of Disability or death;

(c)
any Authorized Leave of Absence;

(d)
any Termination of Employment for or after “Cause,” as “Cause” is defined in the Chicago Bridge & Iron Salaried Employee Severance Pay Plan as from time to time in effect (the “Severance Plan”), whether or not the Severance Plan applies to the Employee;

(e)
any voluntary resignation by the Employee; or


10



(f)
any event that is not a Termination of Employment as defined in Section 1.51.

1.41
" Reemployment Commencement Date " means the date on which an Employee who terminates employment with the Employer or all Affiliated Employers first performs an Hour of Service following such Termination of Employment.

1.42
" Rollover Contribution Account " means the account into which shall be credited the Rollover Contributions made by a Participant and earnings on those contributions.

1.43
" Rollover Contributions " means all amounts contributed pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Plan.

1.44
" Roth Contribution Account " means the separate subaccount into which shall be credited the Roth Contributions made on a Participant's behalf and earnings on those contributions.

1.45
" Roth Contributions " means all amounts contributed pursuant to Section 3.1(f) of the Plan (including catch-up contributions contributed pursuant to Section 3.1(e)) that are includible in the Participant's gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Contributions by the Participant in his or her deferral election.

1.46
Safe Harbor Matching Contribution ” means the fixed Matching Contribution that is contributed to the Plan in accordance with Section 3.2.

1.47
" Safe Harbor Notice " means the comprehensive notice that the Employer provides to each Participant eligible to participate in Employer contributions that describes the Participant's rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant. The Safe Harbor Notice shall be given at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year. If a Participant becomes eligible after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notice for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than 90 days before the Eligible Employee becomes a Participant, but not later than the date the Employee becomes a Participant.

1.48
" Severance Date " means the earlier of (a) the date an Employee retires, dies, quits, or is discharged from employment with the Employer and all Affiliated Employers or (b) the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from employment; provided, however, that if an individual terminates or is absent from employment with the Employer and all Affiliated Employers because of military duty, such individual shall not incur a Severance Date if his employment rights are protected under Federal law and he returns to employment with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer within the period during which he retains such employment rights, but, if he does not return to such employment within such period, his Severance Date shall be the earlier of (1) the anniversary of the date his absence commenced or (2) the last day of the period during which he retains such employment rights.


11



1.49
" Spousal Consent " means written consent given by a Participant's spouse to a designation by the Participant of a specified Beneficiary. That consent shall be duly witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public and shall acknowledge the effect on the spouse of the Participant’s election. The requirement for Spousal Consent may be waived by the Plan Administrator if it is established to its satisfaction that there is no spouse, the Participant is legally separated and such separation allows the change in Beneficiary, or the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as may be established by applicable law.

1.50
" Statutory Compensation " means wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) (for purposes of income tax withholding at the source) plus amounts that would be included in wages but for an election under Code Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b) and all other payments of compensation to an Eligible Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business) for services to the Employer while employed as an Eligible Employee for which the Employer is required to furnish the Eligible Employee a written statement under Code Sections 604l (d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. Statutory Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)). However, "Statutory Compensation" shall be subject to the following adjustments and limitations:

(a)
Amounts paid after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer shall be excluded, except as described in Section l .50(b) below.

(b)
The following shall be included:

(i)
compensation paid by the later of 2-1/2, months after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer or the end of the Plan Year that includes the Participant's severance from employment with the Employer, if: (A) the payment is regular compensation for services during the Participant' s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), bonuses, commissions, or other similar payments, and, absent a severance from employment, the payments would have been paid to the Participant pant while such Participant continued in employment with the Employer; or (B) such amounts are either payments for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave (but only if the Eligible Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued), or received by a Participant pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the Participant at the same time if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent that the payment is includable in the Participant's gross income.


12



(ii)
for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2008, any differential wage payment (within the meaning of Code Section 3401(h)(2)) made by the Employer to a Participant with respect to any period during which the Participant is performing service in the uniformed services (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A)) while on active duty for more than 30 days, which represents all or a portion of the wages the Participant would have received from the Employer if the individual were performing service for the Employer.

(c)
The Statutory Compensation of any Participant taken into account for purposes of the Plan shall be limited to $200,000 for any Plan Year, with such limitation to be adjusted automatically to reflect any amendments to Code Section 401(a)( l 7) and any cost-of­ living increases authorized by Code Section 401(a)(17)(B).

(d)
For a Participant’s initial year of participation, Statutory Compensation shall be recognized for the entire Plan Year.

1.51
Termination of Employment ” occurs when for any reason (other than a layoff for lack of work with recall rights) an individual is no longer an Employee of an Employer or any Affiliated Employer, except that:

(a)
If an individual incurs a layoff for lack of work with recall rights, a Termination of Employment shall occur on the first anniversary of the date of layoff, unless the individual has in the interim been recalled to employment with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer.

(b)
A Participant’s Deferral Contributions, qualified non-elective contributions and earnings attributable to these contributions shall be distributed on account of the Participant’s severance from employment satisfying the requirements of Section 401(k)(10) of the Code and Treasury Regulations and rulings thereunder, all as in effect at the time of such severance from employment, as determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator. However, such a distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that require a separation from service before such amounts may be distributed.

1.52
" Trust " means the trust(s) established under the Trust Agreement(s) to hold and invest the contributions made under the Plan and income thereon, and from which Plan benefits are distributed.

1.53
" Trust Agreement " means the agreement entered into between the Employer and the Trustee pursuant to Article XI.

1.54
" Trustee " means the trustee or trustees by whom the assets of the Plan are held as provided in Article XI.


13



1.55
" Valuation Date " means each business day of the Plan Year. A business day is each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for the trading of registered securities, or any other date or dates that the Plan Administrator establishes.

1.56
" Vested Portion " means the portion of the Account in which the Participant has a nonforfeitable interest as provided in Article VI.

1.57
" Vesting Service " means service credited to an Employee for the aggregate of the periods beginning with the Employee's Employment Commencement Date (or Reemployment Commencement Date) and ending on his subsequent Severance Date; provided, however, that an Employee who has a Reemployment Commencement Date within the 12-consecutive-month period following the earlier of the first date of his absence or his Severance Date shall be credited with Vesting Service for the period between his Severance Date and his Reemployment Commencement Date. Fractional periods of a year shall be expressed in terms of days.

With respect to a Participant who, as of February 13, 2013, was an employee of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company or any entity related to Chicago Bridge & Iron Company as a Affiliated Employer, service with Chicago Bridge & Iron Company or any entity related to Chicago Bridge & Iron Company as a Affiliated Employer shall be treated as service with an Employer.

Vesting Service shall also include service with any and all employers whose employees become Employees of the Employer as a result of a (i) contract takeover or acquisition, or (ii) corporate acquisition, whether by asset purchase or stock purchase, to the extent provided in Section 13.3.


ARTICLE II
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1     Eligibility

(a)
An Eligible Employee hired prior to January 1, 2014 who has attained age 21 shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as of the date he satisfies such requirement.

(b)
An Eligible Employee hired on or after January 1, 2014 shall be eligible to participate in the Plan:

(i)
with respect to Deferral Contributions and Rollover Contributions, on the date he becomes an Eligible Employee; and

(ii)
with respect to Matching Contributions, Profit Sharing Contributions and corrective contributions described in Section 3.7, the date he or she completes one (1) year of Eligibility Service.

14



2.2     Participation

(a) An Eligible Employee shall automatically become a Participant on the first Enrollment Date coinciding with or immediately following his or her completion of the eligibility requirement in Section 2.1. Any election or deemed election to have the Participant's Compensation contributed to the Plan as Deferral Contributions shall be made in the manner described in Section 3.1.

(b)
The Plan Administrator or its designee shall notify each Participant who is an Eligible Employee, but who does not currently have in effect an affirmative investment election, about the opportunity and process for making investment elections under the Plan. In addition, the Plan Administrator or its designee shall make available to each Participant a means by which the Participant may designate a Beneficiary. The responsibility for completing and filing a Beneficiary designation rests solely with each Plan Participant.

2.3     Reemployment of Former Employees and Former Participants

Any person reemployed by an Employer as an Eligible Employee, who was previously a Participant or who was previously eligible to become a Participant, shall be immediately eligible to become a Participant of the Plan. Any person reemployed by an Employer as an Eligible Employee, who was not previously eligible to become a Participant, shall become a Participant upon completing the eligibility requirement in Section 2.1.

2.4     Transferred Participants

A Participant who remains in the employ of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer but ceases to be an Eligible Employee shall continue to be a Participant of the Plan but shall not be eligible to make Deferral Contributions, or to receive Matching Contributions or Profit Sharing Contributions while his or her employment status is other than as an Eligible Employee.

2.5     Termination of Participation

A Participant’s participation shall terminate on his or her Severance Date unless the Participant is entitled to benefits under the Plan, in which event his or her participation shall terminate when those benefits are distributed to him or her.

ARTICLE III
CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1     Deferral Contributions

(a)
Any Deferral Contributions elected under this Section 3.1 shall be considered Pre-Tax Contributions and shall be allocated to the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contribution

15



Account unless the Participant makes a timely, irrevocable election to designate the contributions, or any portion thereof, as Roth Contributions pursuant to Section 3.1(f) below. Pre-Tax Contributions shall be allocated to the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account pursuant to the following election rules:

(i)
Employee Initiated Compensation Reduction Election. An Eligible Employee may elect at any time, in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator or its designee, to reduce his Compensation payable while a Participant by a specified percentage that is not more than 75% of Compensation, and have that amount contributed to the Plan by an Employer as Pre-Tax Contributions; provided, however, that the Employer may limit the amount of deferrals to the amount sufficient to allow other legally required and elected withholdings and deductions to be withheld from the Eligible Employee's Compensation. An Eligible Employee's initial election to make Pre-Tax Contributions may be effective on the first Enrollment Date that coincides with or immediately follows the Employee's satisfaction of the eligibility requirements under Section 2.1, or on the first day of any subsequent payroll period following processing of the initial deferral election by the Plan Administrator or its designee. Any subsequent election to change the percentage of the Participant’s authorized Compensation reduction shall be effective as of the first day of the payroll period following processing of the Participant's election by the Plan Administrator or its designee, as provided in Section 3.5. A Participant may elect to revoke his deferral election at any time, as described in Section 3.6.

(ii)
Automatic Increase. A Participant may elect to automatically increase his pre-tax Deferral Contributions each year. Following such an election, each year such Participant's Deferral Contributions shall be increased by an amount equal to 1%, 2% or 3% of such Participant’s Compensation, subject to a maximum deemed Deferral Contributions of 20% of Compensation, unless prior to such anniversary such Participant has made an affirmative election to the contrary.

Any Deferral Contributions elected under this Section 3.1 shall be allocated to the Participant within the Plan Year for which they are contributed and shall be paid to the Trustee as soon as practicable.     Deferral Contributions shall be further limited as provided in Sections 3.7 and 3.8 and paragraph (b) below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, except for occasional, bona fide administrative considerations, Deferral Contributions made pursuant to an election under this Section 3.1 cannot precede the earlier of (1) the performance of services relating to such contributions and (2) the date the Compensation that is subject to the election would be currently available to the Participant in the absence of an election to defer.


16



(b)
No Participant shall be permitted to make Deferral Contributions under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect for such taxable year, except to the extent permitted under 3.1(e) of the Plan and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable. If a Participant’s Deferral Contributions in a calendar year reach that dollar limitation, his election of Deferral Contributions for the remainder of the calendar year will be canceled. As of the first pay period of the calendar year following such cancellation, the Participant’s election of Deferral Contributions shall again become effective in accordance with his previous election.

(c)
In the event that the sum of the Deferral Contributions and similar contributions to any other qualified defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliated Employer exceeds the dollar limitation under paragraph (b) for any calendar year, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected a return of Deferral Contributions in excess of such limit ("excess deferrals") from this Plan. The excess deferrals, together with Earnings, shall be returned to the Participant no later than the April 15 following the end of the calendar year in which the excess deferrals were made. The amount of excess deferrals to be returned for any calendar year shall be reduced by any Deferral Contributions previously returned to the Participant under Section 3.7(a)(ii) for that calendar year. In the event any Deferral Contributions returned under this paragraph (c) were matched by deferred Matching Contributions under Section 3.2, those deferred Matching Contributions, together with earnings thereon, shall be forfeited and used to reduce Employer contributions.

(d)
If a Participant makes tax-deferred contributions under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by an employer other than the Employer or an Affiliated Employer for any calendar year and those contributions when added to his or her Deferral Contributions under this Plan exceed the dollar limitation under Section 3.l(b) above for that calendar year, the Participant may allocate all or a portion of such excess deferrals to this Plan. In that event, the excess deferrals, together with Earnings, as allocated shall be returned to the Participant no later than the April 15 following the end of the calendar year in which the excess deferrals were made. However, the Plan shall not be required to return excess deferrals unless the Participant notifies the Plan Administrator, in writing, by March 1 of that following calendar year of the amount of the excess deferrals allocated to this Plan. In addition, the amount of any excess deferrals to be returned for any calendar year shall be reduced by any Deferral Contributions previously returned to the Participant under Section 3.7(a)(ii) for that calendar year. In the event any Deferral Contributions    returned under this Section 3.1(d) were matched by Matching Contributions under Section 3.2, those Matching Contributions, together with earnings thereon, shall be forfeited and used to reduce Employer contributions.


17



(e)
All Eligible Employees who have attained age fifty (50) before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code Section 4 l 4(v). Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code Sections 40l(k)(3), 40l(k)(l1), 40l(k)(l2), 40l(k)(l3), 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up contributions. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2014, Catch-up contributions shall be eligible for Matching Contributions. Catch-up contributions shall be fully vested at all times and not subject to forfeiture for any reason.

(f)
All Roth Contributions are permitted for periods beginning on and after June 1, 2010. Unless specifically stated otherwise in this Section 3.1(f), Roth Contributions shall be treated in the same manner as Pre-Tax Contributions for all purposes under the Plan, including, but not limited to, applicability of the 75% compensation deferral limit and the availability of catch-up contributions and Matching Contributions. Roth Contributions shall be fully vested at all times and not subject to forfeiture for any reason. A Participant’s Roth Contributions will be separately accounted for, as will gains and losses attributable to the Roth Contributions. No contributions other than Roth Contributions and properly attributable earnings will be credited to a Participant's Roth Contribution Account. The Plan must also maintain a record of a Participant’s investment of the Roth Contributions (i.e., designated Roth Contributions that have not been distributed).
A Participant may receive an in-service distribution from the Roth Contribution Account after attaining age 59-1/2, provided the distribution satisfies the same conditions that apply to in-service distributions from the Pre-Tax Contribution Account. A direct rollover of a distribution from a Roth Contribution Account under the Plan will be made only to another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) or to a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A, and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c).
In the event of a withdrawal (including but not limited to, hardship or other in-service withdrawals) of a Participant’s Deferral Contributions prior to age 59-1/2, amounts will be distributed from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions and Roth Contributions in the hierarchy prescribed by the Plan Administrator from time to time. If a withdrawal of Deferral Contributions is made after a Participant reaches age 59-1/2, the Participant shall have the right to elect whether to receive a distribution of Pre-Tax Contributions or Roth Contributions.
For any Plan Year in which a Participant may make both Roth Contributions and Pre-Tax Contributions, the distribution of excess deferrals (Code Section 402(g)), excess contributions (Code Section 401(k)), excess aggregate contributions (Code Section 401(m)), and excess annual additions (Code Section 415) will be

18



made first from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Contributions and then from his Roth Contributions, to the extent such type of elective deferrals was made for the year.
The Plan Administrator may modify the loan policy or program to provide limitations on the ability to borrow from, or use as security, a Participant’s Roth Contribution Account. Similarly, the loan policy or program may be modified to provide for an ordering rule with respect to the default of a loan that is made from the Participant’s Roth Contribution Account and other subaccounts of the Participant’s Account under the Plan.
The Plan Administrator will administer Roth Contributions in accordance with Code Section 402A and in accordance with applicable regulations or other binding authority not reflected herein. Any applicable regulations or other binding authority shall supersede any contrary provisions of this Section.
3.2     Matching Contributions

(a)
For each payroll period beginning on and after January 1, 2014, subject to the limitations described in Section 3.7, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan on behalf of each Participant who made Deferral Contributions (whether or not designated as Roth Contributions or Catch-up Contributions) a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution equal to: (i) 100% of the Deferral Contributions that are not in excess of 3% of the Participant's Compensation, plus (ii) 50% of the amount of the Deferral Contributions that exceed 3% of the Participant's Compensation but that do not exceed 5% of the Participant's Compensation.

The Board of Directors may provide for Matching Contributions to be made in addition to the foregoing. In any Plan Year that the Plan is deemed to meet the tests under Section 3.7 because the Plan is meeting the requirements of Code section 401(k)(12) by virtue of a Matching Contribution or if the Plan is intended to satisfy the ACP safe harbor of Code section 401(m)(11), no Highly Compensated Employee can receive a greater rate of Matching Contributions than a Nonhighly Compensated Employee at the same rate of Deferral Contributions. In any Plan Year the Plan is intended to satisfy the ACP safe harbor of Code section 401(m)(11): (i) the rate of Matching Contributions cannot increase as a Participant's Deferral Contributions increase, (ii) Matching Contributions cannot be made on Deferral Contributions in excess of six percent (6%) of Compensation, and (iii) the amount of Matching Contributions subject to the Employer’s discretion shall not exceed four percent (4%) of Compensation.

(b)
In addition, for each Participant for whom Deferral Contributions were made for a Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust, as a "true up" Matching Contribution, an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (1) the Matching Contribution, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.2(a) on a per payroll basis and (2) the maximum annual Matching Contribution, if any, determined based upon the Participant’s Compensation and Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year.

19



(c)
Matching Contributions for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2014, are subject to the vesting requirements of Article VI below. In no event may the Matching Contributions be paid to the Trustee later than the time required by law for filing the Employee's federal income tax return (with extensions) for the year with respect to which the contribution is made. If Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are made separately with respect to each payroll period (or with respect to all payroll periods ending with or within each month or quarter of a Plan Year), such Safe Harbor Matching Contributions must be contributed to the Plan by the last day of the immediately following Plan Year quarter.

3.3     Profit Sharing Contributions

(a)
The Employer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, contribute to the Plan for any Plan Year, a Profit Sharing Contribution equal to a percentage of each Participant's Compensation, provided that:

(i)
for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2014, in order to receive an allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions, a Participant must:

(A)
complete 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year,

(B)
be employed by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year

Or

(C)
die, become disabled or retire on or after age 65 during the Plan Year.

(D)
A Participant who transfers employment during the Plan Year to Chicago Bridge & Iron Company or any entity which has adopted the Chicago Bridge & Iron Savings Plan, and (A) is employed by such entity on the last day of the Plan Year, and (B) during the Plan Year completed a combined total of 1,000 or more Hours of Service with the Employer and Chicago Bridge & Iron Company (or any entity which has adopted the Chicago Bridge & Iron Savings Plan); or

(E)
A Participant who transfers employment during that Plan Year to work outside of the United States on a non-U.S. based payroll, and (A) is employed by an affiliated non-U.S. entity on the last day of the Plan Year, and (B) during the Plan Year completed a combined total of 1,000 or more Hours of Service with the Employer and its non-U.S. affiliate.


20



(ii)
for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2014, a Participant must be employed by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year in order to receive an allocation of the Profit Sharing Contribution.

The amount of such Profit Sharing Contribution, if any, shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

(b)
The allocation to each eligible Participant’s Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account shall be that po1tion of the Profit Sharing Contribution which is in the same proportion that each eligible Participant’s Compensation bears to the total of all such eligible Participants’ Compensation.

(c)
Profit Sharing Contributions are subject to the vesting requirements of Article VI below. Profit Sharing Contributions shall be paid to the Trustee at such time or times as the Board of Directors shall determine, but not later than the due date, with extensions, for the Employer's federal income tax return.

3.4     Participant Rollover Contributions and Transfers

(a)
With the consent of the Plan Administrator, Eligible Employees and Participants may transfer amounts from other corporate and noncorporate plans, provided that the trust from which such funds are transferred permits the transfer to be made and the transfer will not jeopardize the tax exempt status of the Plan or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. The Plan will accept Rollover Contributions and/or direct rollovers of distributions made after December 31, 2001 from: qualified plans described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions; annuity contracts described in Code Section 403(b), excluding after-tax employee contributions; and eligible plans under Code Section 457(b) which are maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. The Plan will also accept Rollover Contributions of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income. The amounts transferred shall be allocated to the Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account. The Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution to a Roth Contribution Account only if it is a direct rollover from another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c). The Plan will not accept a rollover contribution from a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A.

(b)
Such Rollover Contribution Account shall be fully vested at all times and shall not be subject to forfeiture for any reason. Amounts in a Participant's Rollover Contribution Account shall be held by the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may be withdrawn by or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part,

21



in accordance with the provisions of Article VII below, except as provided in subsection (c) below.

(c) Amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section l.401(k)-6, including amounts treated as elective contributions, which are transferred from another qualified plan in a plan-to-plan transfer shall be subject to the distribution limitations provided for in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d).

(d)
Upon termination of employment, or such other date when the Participant or his or her Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market value of the Participant's Rollover Contribution Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary. A Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account shall not be considered as part of the Participant's benefit in determining whether an involuntary cash-out of benefits without Participant consent may be made.

(e)
Prior to accepting any transfers to which this Section applies, the Plan Administrator may require the Employee to establish that the amounts to be transferred to this Plan meet the requirements of this Section and may also require the Employee to provide an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Employer that the amounts to be transferred meet the requirements of this Section.

(f)
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transfer directly to this Plan from another plan (or a transaction having the effect of such a transfer) shall only be permitted if it will not result in the elimination or reduction of any benefit protected by the provisions of Code Section 411(d)(6).

(g) All amounts allocated to a Participant's Rollover Contribution Account may be treated as a directed investment account pursuant to Article IV.

3.5     Change in Contributions

The percentage of Compensation designated or deemed designated by a Participant under Section 3.1 shall automatically apply to increases and decreases in the Participant’s Compensation. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1, a Participant may change the percentage of his or her authorized payroll reduction by giving prior notice to the Plan Administrator not later than at the time determined by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner and communicated to all Participants. Elections under this Article III may be filed with the Plan Administrator in such manner and form as may be prescribed by the Plan Administrator from time to time, including but not limited to in writing, online, or by telephone voice response systems. The changed percentage shall become effective as soon as reasonably practicable following the Plan Administrator's receipt and processing of the Participant’s request for such change.


22



3.6     Revocation of Contributions

A Participant may revoke his or her election or deemed election under Section 3.1 at any time. The revocation shall become effective as soon as reasonably practicable following the Plan Administrator's receipt and processing of the request. A Participant who has revoked his or her election under Section 3.I may elect to have his or her Compensation reduction resumed in accordance with Section 3.1 as soon as reasonably practicable following the Plan Administrator's receipt and processing of the Participant’s request for such resumption.

3.7     Limitations Affecting Highly Compensated Employees

Effective January 1, 2014 and because the Plan is intended to be a safe harbor plan, the Plan shall comply with the Safe Harbor Notice requirements as described in Section 1.47, and the Plan shall be deemed to meet the requirements of Section 3.7(a) with respect to Deferral Contributions. However, for any year the Plan is not deemed to meet the requirements of Section 3.7(a), the Plan must meet one of the two tests (as described in Section 3.7(a), below), with respect to Deferral Contributions for any Plan Year.

(a)
Limitation Based on Actual Deferral Percentage: This Section 3.7(a) shall be construed and administered in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 40l(k), Treas. Reg. Section l.401(k)-2, and any subsequent IRS guidance issued under applicable Code provisions, all of which materials shall be incorporated in the Plan by reference. The Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants or eligible to become Participants shall not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for all other Employees who were Participants or were eligible to become Participants multiplied by l.25. If the Actual Deferral Percentage does not meet the foregoing test, the Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees may not exceed the lesser of the Actual Deferral Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for all other Employees who were Participants or were eligible to become Participants plus two (2) percentage points or such Actual Deferral Percentage multiplied by 2.0. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2014, the Plan shall be considered to be using the "prior year testing method" as such term is defined in Treas. Reg. Section l .401(k)-6. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2014, the Plan shall be considered to be using the "current year testing method."

With respect to the foregoing limitations, if, in any Plan Year, the Plan benefits Employees otherwise excludable from the Plan if the Plan had imposed the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a), and the Employer applies Code Section 410(b) separately to the portion of the Plan that benefits only Employees who satisfy age and service conditions under the Plan that are lower than the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a) and to the portion of the Plan that benefits Employees who have satisfied the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under

23



Code Section 410(a), the Plan may be treated as comprising two separate Plans and the Actual Deferral Percentage test set forth above may be applied separately for each group of Employees in each Plan.

In the alternative, if, in any Plan Year, the Plan benefits Employees otherwise excludable from the Plan if the Plan had imposed the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a), and the Employer applies Code Section 410(b) separately to the portion of the Plan that benefits only Employees who satisfy age and service conditions under the Plan that are lower than the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a) and to the portion of the Plan that benefits employees who have satisfied the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a), the Actual Deferral Percentage test set faith above may be applied by excluding from consideration all eligible Employees (other than Highly Compensated Employees) who have not satisfied the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a).

The Plan Administrator may implement rules limiting the Deferral Contributions which may be made on behalf of some or all Highly Compensated Employees so that this limitation is satisfied. If the Plan Administrator determines that the limitation under this Section 3.7(a) has been exceeded in any Plan Year, the following provisions shall apply:

(i)
Any distribution of Deferral Contributions subject to reduction under this Section ("excess contributions") shall be made to Highly Compensated Employees by leveling based on the amount of contributions by, or on behalf of, such employees.

(ii)
Excess contributions, together with Earnings, shall be paid to the Participant before the close of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the excess contributions were made and, to the extent practicable, within 2-1/2 months of the close of the Plan Year in which the excess contributions were made. In the event any Deferral Contributions returned under this Section 3.7(a) were matched by Matching Contributions, such corresponding Matching Contributions, together with Earnings thereon, to the extent vested shall be paid to the Participant and to the extent forfeitable under the Plan shall be forfeited and used to reduce Employer contributions.

Effective January 1, 2014 and because the Plan is intended to be a safe harbor plan, the Plan shall comply with the Safe Harbor Notice requirements as described in Section 1.47, the Plan shall be deemed to meet the requirements of Section 3.7(b) with respect to Matching Contributions. However, for any year the Plan is not deemed to meet the requirements of Section 3.7(b), the Plan must meet one of the two tests (as described in Section 3.7(b), below) with respect to Matching Contributions for any Plan Year.


24



(b)
Limitation Based on Contribution Percentage: This Section 3.7(b) shall be construed and administered in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(m), Treas. Reg. Section l.401(m)-2, and any subsequent IRS guidance issued under applicable Code provisions, all of which materials shall be incorporated in the Plan by reference. The Actual Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants or eligible to become Participants shall not exceed the Actual Contribution Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for all other Employees who were Participants or were eligible to become Participants multiplied by 1.25. If the Actual Contribution Percentage does not meet the foregoing test, the Actual Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees may not exceed the lesser of the Actual Contribution Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for all other Employees who were Participants were eligible to become Participants plus two (2) percentage points or such Actual Contribution Percentage multiplied by 2.0. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2014, the Plan shall be considered to be using the "prior year testing method" as such term is defined in Treas. Reg. Section l.401(m)-5. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2014, the Plan shall be considered to be using the “current year testing method.”

With respect to the foregoing limitations, if, in any Plan Year, the Plan benefits Employees otherwise excludable from the Plan if the Plan had imposed the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a), and the Employer applies Code Section 410(b) separately to the portion of the Plan that benefits only Employees who satisfy age and service conditions under the Plan that are lower than the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a), and to the portion of the Plan that benefits Employees who have satisfied the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a), the Plan may be treated as comprising two separate Plans and the Actual Contribution Percentage test set forth above may be applied separately for each group of Employees in each Plan.

In the alternative, if, in any Plan Year, the Plan benefits Employees otherwise excludable from the Plan if the Plan had imposed the greatest minimum age and service conditions pe1missible under Code Section 410(a), and the Employer applies Code Section 410(b) separately to the portion of the Plan that benefits only Employees who satisfy age and service conditions under the Plan that are lower than the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a) and to the portion of the Plan that benefits Employees who have satisfied the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a), the Actual Contribution Percentage test set forth above may be applied by excluding from consideration all eligible Employees (other than Highly Compensated Employees) who have not satisfied the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a).


25



The Plan Administrator may implement rules limiting the Deferral Contributions that may be made by some or all Highly Compensated Employees so that this limitation is satisfied. If the Plan Administrator determines that the limitation under this Section 3.7(b) has been exceeded in any Plan Year, the following provisions shall apply:

(i)
Any distribution of Matching Contributions subject to reduction under this Section ("excess aggregate contributions") shall be made to Highly Compensated Employees by leveling based on the amount of contributions by, or on behalf of, such employees.

(ii)
Any excess aggregate contributions, together with Earnings thereon, shall be reduced, with the vested Matching Contributions being paid to the Participant and the Matching Contributions which are forfeitable under the Plan being forfeited and applied to reduce Employer contributions.

Any repayment or forfeiture of excess aggregate contributions shall be made before the close of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the excess aggregate contributions were made and, to the extent practicable, any repayment shall be made within 2-1/2 months of the close of the Plan Year in which the excess aggregate contributions were made.

(c)
The multiple use test described in prior Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-2 shall not apply for any Plan Year.

(d)
If any Highly Compensated Employee is a participant in another qualified plan of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, other than an employee stock ownership plan described in Code Section 4975(e)(7), under which pre-tax deferral contributions or matching contributions are made on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employee or under which the Highly Compensated Employee makes after-tax contributions, the Plan Administrator shall implement rules, which shall be uniformly applicable to all employees similarly situated, to take into account all such contributions for the Highly Compensated Employee under all such plans in applying the limitations of this Section. If any other such qualified plan has a plan year other than the Plan Year, the contributions to be taken into account in applying the limitations of this Section will be those made on the plan years ending with or within the same calendar year.

(e)
In the event that this Plan is aggregated with one or more other plans to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) (other than for purposes of the average benefit percentage test) or if one or more other plans is aggregated with this Plan to satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code, then the provisions of this Section 3.7 shall be applied by determining the Actual Deferral Percentage and Actual Contribution Percentage of employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If this Plan is permissively aggregated with any other plan or plans for purposes of satisfying the provisions of Code Section 401(k)(3), the aggregated plans must

26



also satisfy the provisions of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) as though they were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated under this Section 3.7(e) only if they have the same plan year.

(f)
The Plan Administrator may authorize that special "qualified non-elective contributions" shall be made for a Plan Year, which shall be allocated in such amounts and to such Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees, as the Plan Administrator shall determine; provided, however, that such contributions cannot be taken into account for purposes of this Section 3.7 for a Plan Year to the extent the contributions exceed the limitations set out in Treas. Reg. Sections l.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv), l.401(m)-2(a)(5) and 1.401(m)-2(a)(6). The Plan Administrator shall establish such separate accounts as may be necessary. Qualified non-elective contributions shall be 100% non-forfeitable when made. Qualified non-elective contributions made for the Plan Year shall be used to satisfy the tests described in subsections (a) and (b) above. The provisions of this Section 3.7(f) shall be subject to any applicable regulations which may be issued.

(g)
The Plan shall satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3) and 401(m)(2) and the regulations thereunder as in effect from time to time, and such requirements are incorporated herein by reference.

3.8     Maximum Annual Additions

The provisions of this Section 3.8 shall govern notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan. Accordingly, the limitations, adjustments, and other requirements prescribed in the Plan shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 415 and the final regulations promulgated thereunder, the terms of which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

(a)
Effective for limitation years beginning after December 31, 2001, except to the extent permitted under Code Section 414(v), if applicable, the annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s Account under the Plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of (a) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Code Section 415(d), or (b) 100% of the Participant's Statutory Compensation for the limitation year.

(b)
For purposes of this Section 3.8, the term "limitation year" shall mean the Plan Year.

(c)
For purposes of this Section 3.8, the term "annual addition" shall mean the sum for any limitation year of Employee contributions, Employer contributions, and forfeitures as provided in Code Section 415(c)(2) and applicable regulations, including Treas. Reg. Section 1.415(c)-1(b).

(d)
If the annual addition to a Participant's Account for any Plan Year, prior to the application of the limitation set forth in Section 3.8(a) above, exceeds that limitation, the Employer may use any appropriate correction under the Employee Plans

27



Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set out in Rev. Proc. 2013-12 or superseding guidance, including, but not limited to, the preamble to the final regulations under Code Section 415.

3.9     Return of Contributions

(a)
If the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, on timely application made after the initial establishment of the Plan, determines that the Plan is not qualified under Code Section 401(a), or refuses, in writing, to issue a determination as to whether the Plan is so qualified, the Employer's contribution is made on or after the date on which that determination or refusal is applicable shall be returned to the Employer. The return shall be made within one year after the denial of initial qualification. The provisions of this Section 3.9(a) shall apply only if the application for the determination is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan was adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

(b)
The Employer's contributions to the Plan are conditioned upon their deductibility under Code Section 404. If all or part of the Employer's deductions for contributions to the Plan are disallowed by the Internal Revenue Service, the portion of the contributions to which that disallowance applies shall be returned to the Employer without interest but reduced by any investment loss attributable to those contributions. The return shall be made within one year after the disallowance of the deduction.

(c)
The Employer may recover without interest the amount of its contributions to the Plan made on account of a mistake of fact, reduced by any investment loss attributable to those contributions, if recovery is made within one year after the date of those contributions.

(d)
In the event that Deferral Contributions made under Section 3.1 are returned to the Employer in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.9, the elections to reduce Compensation which were made by Participants on whose behalf those contributions were made shall be void retroactively to the beginning of the period for which those contributions were made. The Deferral Contributions so returned shall be distributed in cash to those Participants for whom those contributions were made, provided, however, that if the contributions are returned under the provisions of Section 3.9(a) above, the amount of Deferral Contributions to be distributed to Participants shall be adjusted to reflect any investment gains or losses attributable to those contributions.

3.10     Contributions Not Contingent Upon Profits

The Employer may make contributions to the Plan without regard to the existence or the amount of profits. Profits shall include both accumulated earnings and current net taxable

28



income of the Employer before deduction of federal, state, and local income taxes and before any contributions made by the Employer to this or any other employee benefit plan maintained by the Employer, as determined by its independent public accountants in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, this Plan is designed to qualify as a "profit sharing plan" for all purposes of the Code.


ARTICLE IV
INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1     Investment Funds

Contributions to the Plan shall be invested in one or more of the Investment Funds as may be selected by the Plan Administrator from time to time. The Plan Administrator shall provide at least four (4) different Funds with varying degrees of investment risk consistent with ER ISA Section 404(c) and the regulations thereunder.

4.2     Investment of Participants' Accounts

A Participant shall make an investment election that covers the Participant's entire Account, in accordance with one of the following options:

(a)
Except as provided in Section 4.7(a) with respect to Employer Stock, one hundred percent (l00%) investment in any one (l) Investment Fund;

(b)
In more than one (1) Investment Fund allocated in multiples of one percent (1%).

If a Participant to make an investment election, contributions to his or her Account shall be invested by default in an Investment Fund or Funds that meet the requirements of a qualified default investment alternative as determined under applicable regulations, which Fund or Funds shall be designated as the Plan's default Investment Fund in the Plan's summary plan description.

4.3     Responsibility for Investments

Each Participant is solely responsible for the selection of his or her investment options. The Trustee, Plan Administrator, Employer, and the officers, supervisors, and other employees of the Employer are not empowered to advise a Participant as to the manner in which his or her Account shall be invested. The fact that an Investment Fund is available to Participants for investment under the Plan shall not be construed as a recommendation for investment in that Investment Fund.


29



4.4     Change of Election

A Participant may change his or her investment allocation election under Section 4.2, including any investment election with respect to Employer Stock, each Valuation Date of a Plan Year by giving notice to the Trustee in the manner approved by the Plan Administrator. The changed investment allocation election shall become effective as promptly as practicable following receipt by the Trustee of such notice of change, in accordance with the Trustee's customary procedures.

4.5     Transfers Between Funds

A Participant may elect to transfer all or any fraction in multiples of one percent (1%) of his or her Account between or among the Investment Funds, including any investment election with respect to Employer Stock, at any time by giving notice to the Trustee in the manner approved by the Plan Administrator. The transfer or transfers shall be effective as of the earliest practicable Valuation Date following the receipt by the Trustee of such notice of transfer.

4.6     Limitations Imposed by Contract

Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, any contributions invested in a guaranteed investment contract shall be subject to any and all terms of such contract, including any limitations placed on the exercise of any rights otherwise granted to a Participant under any other provisions of this Plan with respect to such contributions. The Investment Funds available under the Plan are generally intended to be long-term investments suitable for retirement savings and are not designed to accommodate frequent exchanges (purchases and sales) by Participants. An exchange occurs any time a Participant transfers all or a portion of his or her Account from one Investment Fund to another. Frequent exchanges by Participants may be harmful to the performance of the Plan's investments by increasing transaction costs that are shared by all investors and by interfering with portfolio management. Therefore, the Plan Administrator or the entities that provide investments and administrative services to the Plan may adopt procedures to discourage these activities. Such procedures shall be consistent with ERISA Section 404(c) and may include, but are not limited to, the following:

(a)
Limits on the frequency with which a Participant may submit investment directions;

(b)
Limits on the frequency with which a Participant may transfer in and out of Investment Funds;

(c)
Limits on the dollar value of transactions;

(d)
Fees when a Participant transfers out of an Investment Fund within a certain period of time after transferring into the Fund;


30



(e)
Restrictions on the means by which a Participant may submit investment directions; and

(f)
Such other procedures which the Plan Administrator or the Plan's service provider determines to be appropriate to prevent or discourage frequent trading activity.

Participants will be notified of any such procedures applicable under the Plan.

4.7     Employer Stock

Investments in Employer Stock shall be made via an Investment Fund which invests primarily in Employer Stock (the "Stock Fund") which shall consist of either (i) the shares of Employer Stock held for each Participant who participates in the Stock Fund (a "Share Accounting Stock Fund"), or (ii) a combination of shares of Employer Stock and short-term liquid investments, consisting of mutual fund shares or commingled money market pool units as agreed to by the Employer and the Trustee, which are necessary to satisfy the Stock Fund's cash needs for transfers and payments (a "Unitized Stock Fund"). Dividends received by the Stock Fund are reinvested in additional shares of Employer Stock or, in the case of a Unitized Stock Fund, in short-term liquid investments.

In the case of a Unitized Stock Fund, such units shall represent a proportionate interest in all assets of the Unitized Stock Fund, which includes shares of Employer Stock, short-term investments, and at times, receivables for dividends and/or Employer Stock sold and payables for Employer Stock purchased. A net asset value per unit shall be determined daily for each cash unit outstanding of the Unitized Stock Fund. The return earned by the Unitized Stock Fund shall represent a combination of the dividends paid on the shares of Employer Stock held by the Unitized Stock Fund, gains or losses realized on sales of Employer Stock, appreciation or depreciation in the market price of those shares owned, and interest on the short-term investments held by the Unitized Stock Fund. A target range for the short-te1m liquid investments shall be maintained for the Unitized Stock Fund. The Named Fiduciary shall, after consultation with the Trustee, establish and communicate to the Trustee in writing such target range and a drift allowance for such short-term liquid investments. Such target range and drift allowance may be changed by the Named Fiduciary, after consultation with the Trustee, provided any such change is communicated to the Trustee in writing. The Trustee is responsible for ensuring that the actual short-term liquid investments held in the Unitized Stock Fund fall within the agreed upon target range over time, subject to the Trustee's ability to execute open-market trades in Employer Stock or to otherwise trade with the Employer.

Investments in Employer Stock shall be subject to the following limitations:

(a)
Contribution Limit. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, effective January l, 2012, no contributions to the Plan may be invested in the Stock Fund and no amounts may be transferred from any other Investment Fund into the Stock Fund.

31




(b)
Fiduciary Duty of Named Fiduciary. The Plan Administrator shall act as the Named Fiduciary, and the Named Fiduciary shall continuously monitor the suitability under the fiduciary duty rules of ERISA Section 404(a)(l) (as modified by ERISA Section 404(a)(2)) of acquiring and holding Employer Stock.

(c)
Execution of Purchases and Sales. Purchases and sales of Employer Stock shall be made on the open market on the date on which the Trustee receives in good order all information and documentation necessary to accurately effect such purchases and sales or (i)    if later, in the case of purchases, the date on which the Trustee has received a transfer of the funds necessary to make such purchases, (ii) as otherwise provided in the applicable service agreement, or (iii) as provided in paragraph (d) below. Such general rules shall not apply in the following circumstances:

(i)
If the Trustee is unable to determine the number of shares required to be purchased or sold on such day;

(ii)
If the Trustee is unable to purchase or sell the total number of shares required to be purchased or sold on such day as a result of market conditions; or

(iii)
If the Trustee is prohibited by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the New York Stock Exchange, or any other regulatory body from purchasing or selling any or all of the shares required to be purchased or sold on such day.

In the event of the occurrence of the circumstances described in (1), (2), or (3) above, the Trustee shall purchase or sell such shares as soon as possible thereafter.

(d)
Purchases and Sales from or to Employer. If directed by the Employer in writing prior to the trading date, the Trustee may purchase or sell Employer Stock from or to the Employer if the purchase or sale is for adequate consideration (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(18)) and no commission is charged. If Employer contributions or contributions made by the Employer on behalf of the Participants under the Plan are to be invested in Employer Stock, the Employer may transfer Employer Stock in lieu of cash to the Trust. In such case, the shares of Employer Stock to be transferred to the Trust will be valued at a price that constitutes adequate consideration (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(18)).

(e)
Securities Law Reports. The Named Fiduciary shall be responsible for filing all reports required under Federal or state securities laws with respect to the Trust's ownership of Employer Stock; including, without limitation, any reports required under Section 13 or 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and shall immediately notify the Trustee in writing of any requirement to stop purchases or sales of Employer Stock pending the filing of any report. The Trustee shall provide to the

32



Named Fiduciary such information on the Trust's ownership of Employer Stock as the Named Fiduciary may reasonably request in order to comply with Federal or state securities laws.

(f)
Voting and Tender Offers. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Trust Agreement the provisions of this Subsection shall govern the voting and tendering of Employer Stock. For purposes of this Subsection, each Participant shall be designated as a named fiduciary under ERISA with respect to shares of Employer Stock that reflect that portion, if any, of the Participant's interest in the Stock Fund not acquired at the direction of the Participant in accordance with ERISA Section 404(c).

The Employer, after consultation with the Trustee, shall provide and pay for all printing, mailing, tabulation and other costs associated with the voting and tendering of Employer Stock, except as required by law. The Trustee, after consultation with the Employer, shall prepare the necessary documents associated with the voting and tendering of Employer Stock, unless the Employer directs the Trustee not to do so.

(i)    Voting.

(A)
When the issuer of the Employer Stock prepares for any annual or special meeting, the Employer shall notify the Trustee thirty (30) days in advance of the intended record date and shall cause a copy of all proxy solicitation materials to be sent to the Trustee. If requested by the Trustee, the Employer shall ce1tify to the Trustee that the aforementioned materials represent the same information that is distributed to shareholders of Employer Stock. Based on these materials the Trustee shall prepare a voting instruction form. At the time of mailing of notice of each annual or special stockholders' meeting of the issuer of the Employer Stock, the Employer shall cause a copy of the notice and all proxy solicitation materials to be sent to each Participant with an interest in Employer Stock held in the Trust, together with the foregoing voting instruction form to be returned to the Trustee or its designee. The form shall show the proportional interest in the number of full and fractional shares of Employer Stock credited to the Participant's sub-Accounts held in the Stock Fund. The Employer shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any materials provided to the Participants and shall (if the mailing is not handled by the Trustee) notify the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants.

(B)
Each Participant with an interest in the Stock Fund shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Trustee is to vote (including not to vote) that number of shares of Employer Stock

33



that is credited to his Account, if the Plan uses share accounting, or, if accounting is by units of participation, that reflects such Participants proportional interest in the Stock Fund (both vested and unvested). Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the voting of Employer Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by such other means mutually acceptable to the Trustee and the Employer. These directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Employer, or any officer or employee thereof, or any other person, except to the extent that the consequences of such directions are reflected in reports regularly communicated to any such persons in the ordinary course of the performance of the Trustee's services hereunder. Upon its receipt of the directions, the Trustee shall vote the shares of Employer Stock that reflect the Participant’s interest in the Stock Fund as directed by the Participant. The Trustee shall not vote shares of Employer Stock that reflect a Participant's interest in the Stock Fund for which the Trustee has received no direction from the Participant, except as required by law.

(ii)    Tender Offers.

(A)
Upon commencement of a tender offer for any securities held in the Trust that are Employer Stock, the Employer shall timely notify the Trustee in advance of the intended tender date and shall cause a copy of all materials to be sent to the Trustee. The Employer shall certify to the Trustee that the aforementioned materials represent the same information distributed to shareholders of Employer Stock. Based on these materials, and after consultation with the Employer, the Trustee shall prepare a tender instruction form and shall provide a copy of all tender materials to be sent to each Participant with an interest in the Stock Fund, together with the foregoing tender instruction form, to be returned to the Trustee or its designee. The tender instruction form shall show the number of full and fractional shares of Employer Stock that are credited to the Participant's Account, if the Plan uses share accounting, or, if accounting is by units of participation, that reflect the Participant’s proportional interest in the Stock Fund (both vested and unvested). The Employer shall notify each Participant with an interest in such Employer Stock of the tender offer and utilize its best efforts to timely distribute or cause to be distributed to the Participant the tender materials and the tender instruction form described herein. The Employer shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any materials provided to the Participants and shall (if the mailing is not handled by the Trustee) notify the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants.


34



(B)
Each Participant with an interest in the Stock Fund shall have the right to direct the Trustee to tender or not to tender some or all of the shares of Employer Stock that are credited to the Participant’s Account, if the Plan uses share accounting, or, if accounting is by units of participation, that reflect such Participant's proportional interest in the Stock Fund (both vested and unvested). Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the tender of Employer Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by such other means as is agreed upon by the Trustee and the Employer under the preceding paragraph. These directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Employer, or any officer or employee thereof, or any other person, except to the extent that the consequences of such directions are reflected in reports regularly communicated to any such persons in the ordinary course of the performance of the Trustee's services hereunder. The Trustee shall tender or not tender shares of Employer Stock as directed by the Participant. Except as otherwise required by law, the Trustee shall not tender shares of Employer Stock that are credited to the Participant’s Account, if the Plan uses share accounting, or, if accounting is by units of participation, that reflect a Participant’s proportional interest in the Stock Fund for which the Trustee has received no direction from the Participant.

(C)
A Participant who has directed the Trustee to tender some or all of the shares of Employer Stock that reflect the Participant's proportional interest in the Stock Fund may, at any time prior to the tender offer withdrawal date, direct the Trustee to withdraw some or all of such tendered shares, and the Trustee shall withdraw the directed number of shares from the tender offer prior to the tender offer withdrawal deadline. A Participant shall not be limited as to the number of directions to tender or withdraw that the Participant may give to the Trustee.

(D)
A direction by a Participant to the Trustee to tender shares of Employer Stock that reflect the Participant's proportional interest in the Stock Fund shall not be considered a written election under the Plan by the Participant withdraw, or have distributed, any or all of his withdrawable shares. If the Plan uses share accounting, the Trustee shall credit to the Participant's Account the proceeds received by the Trustee in exchange for the shares of Employer Stock tendered from the Participant's Account. If accounting is by units of participation, the Trustee shall credit to each proportional interest of the Participant from which the tendered shares were taken the proceeds received by the Trustee in exchange for the shares of Employer Stock tendered from that interest. Pending receipt of direction (through the Plan

35



Administrator) from the Participant or the Named Fiduciary as to which of the remaining Investment Funds the proceeds should be invested in, the Trustee shall invest the proceeds in the Plan's default Investment Fund.

(g)
Shares Credited. If accounting with respect to the Stock Fund is by units of participation, then for all purposes of this Section 4.7, the number of shares of Employer Stock deemed "reflected" in a Participant's proportional interest shall be determined as of the last preceding valuation date. The trade date is the date the transaction is valued.

(h)
General. With respect to all rights other than the right to vote, the right to tender, and the right to withdraw shares previously tendered, in the case of Employer Stock credited to a Participant's Account or a Participant’s proportional interest in the Stock Fund, the Trustee shall follow the directions of the Participant and if no such directions are received, the directions of the Named Fiduciary. The Trustee shall have no duty to solicit directions from Participants.

(i)
Conversion. All provisions in this Section 4.7 shall also apply to any securities received as a result of a conversion to Employer Stock.

(j)
Diversification out of Employer Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and in addition to the general Employer Stock diversification rights otherwise available under the Plan, the following rules shall apply:

(i)
With respect to the portion of a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account attributable to:

(A)
Matching and/or Profit Sharing Contributions and invested in Employer Stock, the Participant or Beneficiary shall be permitted to exchange out of Employer Stock into any other permissible investment otherwise available, no later than the date on which either (1) or (2) below is applicable:

(1)
If a Participant has completed at least three years of      service, or

(2)
If a Beneficiary is the Beneficiary of a Participant     who is either described in (1) above or who is deceased.

(B)
Pre-Tax, Roth and/or Rollover Contributions and invested in Employer Stock, the Participant or Beneficiary shall immediately be

36



permitted to exchange out of Employer Stock into any other permissible investment otherwise available.
    
(ii)
The Plan must have no fewer than three permissible investments, other than Employer Stock, each of which must be diversified and have materially different risk and return characteristics. A Participant or Beneficiary who is permitted to exchange out of Employer Stock must be permitted to direct the investment of the proceeds from such an exchange out of Employer Stock into the permissible     investments described in this Section 4.7(j)(ii). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this section 4.7(j)(ii):

(A)
The Plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of this section 4.7(j)(ii) merely because the Plan limits the time for divestment and reinvestment to periodic, reasonable opportunities occurring no less frequently than quarterly, and

(B)
Except as provided in otherwise applicable guidance, the Plan shall not impose restrictions or conditions with respect to the investment of Employer Stock that are not imposed on the investment of other assets of the Plan. This subsection (B) shall not apply to any restrictions or conditions imposed by reason     of the application of securities law.


ARTICLE V
VALUATION OF THE ACCOUNTS

A Participant's Account shall be represented in shares in each Investment Fund, and in shares or units in a Stock Fund as provided in Section 4.7. The value of any such Account on any Valuation Date shall equal the number of shares of the applicable Investment Fund and in the Stock Fund held for the Participant in such Account multiplied by the value on such Valuation Date of the shares or units. The share or unit value shall be determined in accordance with the applicable Investment Fund's and Stock Fund's customary procedures. A Participant's Account shall also be adjusted as of each Valuation Date to reflect contributions, loan payments, withdrawals, distributions, loan disbursements, and transfers between Investment Funds since the next preceding Valuation Date. For purposes of the foregoing sentence:

(a)
contributions and loan repayments shall be credited as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date the amounts are actually invested in the applicable Investment Funds, in accordance with the Trustee's customary procedures;

(b)
withdrawals, distributions, and loan disbursements shall be deducted as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date the required document is processed by the Trustee, in accordance with its usual procedures; and


37



(c)
transfers between Investment Funds shall be reflected as of their effective date under Section 4.5.

Each calendar quarter a Participant shall be furnished by the Trustee with a statement setting forth the value of his or her Account.


ARTICLE VI
VESTED PORTION OF ACCOUNTS

6.1
Fully Vested Accounts

A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in, and have a non-forfeitable right to, his or her Employee Deferral Account, his Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, his Rollover Contribution Account, and his catch-up contributions and qualified non-elective contributions, if any.

In addition, the portion of a Participant’s Employer Matching Contribution Account which is attributable to discretionary Matching Contributions made for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2014 shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable.

6.2
Other Accounts

(a)
Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1 and in subsection (b), below, a Participant shall be vested in, and have a non-forfeitable right to, his Employer Matching Contribution Account (excluding Matching Contributions for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2014) and Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account in accordance with the following schedule:

Years of Vesting Service            Percent Vested
1                        20%
2                        40%
3                        60%
4                        80%
5                        100%
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule, effective as of and subject to the Closing Date, if a Participant’s employment in the Employer's Energy & Chemicals Group is terminated in conjunction with the sale of the Employer's Energy & Chemicals Group to Technip SA, and the Participant becomes employed by Technip SA or an affiliate following the acquisition, such Participant shall become 100% vested in, and have a non­forfeitable. right to, his Employer Matching Contribution Account and Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account.


38



(b)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall be 100% vested in, and have a nonforfeitable right to, his Employer Matching Contribution Account and Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account (i) upon attainment of age 65, or upon his death, Disability, retirement on or after age 65, in each case, in the employment of an Employer or an Affiliated Employer; or (ii) his employment terminates by reason of a Reduction-in-Force Termination.
(c)
The following rules describe how Vesting Service earned before and after a period of Break in Service of five years shall be applied for purposes of determining a Participant’s vested interest in his Employer Matching Contribution Account and Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account.
(i)
If a Participant has a period of Break in Service of five years, all years of Vesting Service earned by the Participant after such period of Break in Service shall be disregarded in determining the Participant’s vested interest in his Employer Matching Contribution Account and Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account balances attributable to employment before such Break in Service. In addition, Vesting Service earned before a period of Break in Service of five years shall be disregarded in determining the Participant's vested interest in his Employer Matching Contribution Account and Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account balances attributable to employment after such Break in Service.
(ii)
If a Participant has a period of Break in Service of less than five years, Vesting Service earned both before and after such Break in Service shall be included in determining the Participant’s vested interest in his Employer Matching Contribution Account and Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account balances attributable to employment both before and after such Break in Service.
(d)
Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, upon the complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan or upon any full or partial termination of the Plan, all amounts credited to the Account of any affected Participant shall become 100% vested and shall not thereafter be subject to forfeiture.
(e)
The computation of a Participant's Vested Portion of his interest in the Plan shall not be reduced as the result of any direct or indirect amendment to this Plan. For this purpose, the Plan shall be treated as having been amended if the Plan provides for an automatic change in vesting due to a change in top heavy status. In the event that the Plan is amended to change or modify any vesting schedule, a Participant with at least three (3) whole years of Vesting Service as of the expiration date of the election period may elect to have his Vested Portion computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. If a Participant fails to make such election, then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The Participant’s election period shall commence on the adoption date of the amendment and shall end 60 days after the latest of:

39




(i)
the adoption date of the amendment,
(ii)
the effective date of the amendment, or
(iii)
the date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment from the Employer or Plan Administrator.
6.3     Disposition of Forfeitures

(a)
Upon termination of employment of a Participant who was not fully vested in his Employer Matching Contribution Account or Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account, the non-vested portion of such Accounts shall remain in the Participant's Account until the Participant has a period of Break in Service of five years or receives a distribution of the Vested Portion of his Account, if earlier. If a former Participant, who has not received a distribution of the Vested Portion of his Account, is not reemployed by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer before he has a Break in Service of five years or receives such a distribution, the non-vested portion of his Employer Matching Contribution Account or Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account shall be forfeited.    
Any amounts forfeited pursuant to this paragraph (a) shall first be made available to reinstate previously forfeited Account balances of former Participant’s, if any, in accordance with Section 6.3(b). The remaining forfeitures shall be applied in the following manner:

(i)
First, to pay Plan administration expenses, and

(ii)
Next, to reduce the Employer's Matching Contribution or Profit Sharing Contribution for the Plan Year in which such forfeitures occur.

(b)
If a portion of a Participant’s Employer Matching Contribution Account or Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account has been forfeited in accordance with paragraph (a) above, that amount shall be subsequently restored to the Participant's Employer Matching Contribution Account or Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Account, whichever is applicable, provided (i) he is reemployed by an Employer or an Affiliated Employer before he has a period of Break in Service of five years, and, except as provided in paragraph (c) below, (ii) he repays to the Plan during his period of reemployment and within five years of his date of reemployment an amount in cash equal to the full amount distributed to him, if any, from the Plan on account of his termination of employment, other than Rollover Contributions made under Section 3.4; provided, however, that he may elect to repay to the Plan all or part of this amount as well.

(c)
In the event that any amounts to be restored by an Employer to a Participant's Employer Matching Contribution Account or Employer Profit Sharing Contribution

40



Account have been forfeited under paragraph (a) above, those amounts shall be taken first from any forfeitures which have not as yet been applied against Employer contributions and if any amounts remain to be restored, the Employer shall make a special Employer contribution equal to those amounts.

(d)
Generally, repayments under this Section must be made in a lump sum within five years of a Participant's reemployment. A repayment shall be invested in the available Investment Funds as the Participant elects at the time of repayment.


ARTICLE VII
WITHDRAWALS WHILE STILL EMPLOYED

7.1     Withdrawal of Rollover Contributions

A Participant may elect to withdraw all or part of his or her Rollover Contribution Account at any time.

7.2     Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age 59-1/2

A Participant who has attained age 59-1/2, may withdraw all or any part of the Vested Portion of his or her Account.

7.3     Hardship Withdrawal

A Participant who has a financial hardship and who has made all available withdrawals pursuant to the Sections above and pursuant to the provisions of any other plans of the Employer and any Affiliated Employers of which he or she is a member, and who has obtained all available loans pursuant to A1ticle VIII and pursuant to the provisions of any other plans of the Employer and any Affiliated Employers of which he or she is a member, may withdraw from his or her Employee Deferral Account (excluding Roth Contributions) an amount not to exceed the amount determined by the Plan Administrator as being available for withdrawal pursuant to this Section. For purposes of this Section, financial hardship shall mean the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. A withdrawal based upon financial hardship pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall not exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship and not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant. The amount required to meet the immediate financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. The determination of the existence of a Participant's financial hardship and the amount required to be distributed to meet the need created by the hardship shall be made by the Plan Administrator or its delegate. The decision of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding, provided that all Participants similarly situated shall be treated in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. A withdrawal shall be deemed to be made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant if the withdrawal is for:

41




(a)
Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income) and expenses for or necessary to obtain medical care that would be deductible under Code Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income);

(b)
Costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence of the Participant (excluding mortgage payments);

(c)
Payment of tuition and related educational foes, and room and board expenses, for up to the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant or the Participant's spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(l), (b)(2) and (d)(l)(B));

(d)
Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his or her principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's principal residence;

(e)
Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and without regard to Code Section 152(d)(l)(B));

(f)
Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant's principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or

(g)
Such other financial needs that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may deem to be immediate and heavy financial needs through the publication of revenue rulings, notices, and other documents of general applicability.

A Participant who makes a withdrawal from his or her Employee Deferral Account under this Section may not make elective contributions or employee contributions to the Plan or any other qualified or nonqualified plan of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer for a period of six (6) months following the date of such withdrawal.

7.4     Withdrawal Procedures

To make a withdrawal, a Participant shall give prior notice to the Plan Administrator or its designee not later than at the time determined by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and non­discriminatory manner and communicated to all Participants. A withdrawal shall be made as of the earliest practicable Valuation Date following receipt by the Trustee of the application for withdrawal. The amount of the withdrawal shall be allocated between and among the Investment Funds in proportion to the value of the Participant's Account from

42



which the withdrawal is made in each Investment Fund as of the date of the withdrawal. All payments to Participant’s under this Article VII shall be made in cash as soon as practicable.

7.5     Qualified Reservist Distributions

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant who, by reason of being a member of a "reserve component" (as defined in Section 101 of Title 37 of the United States Code), is ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001 for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period may take a “qualified reservist distribution” (as defined in Code Section 72(t)(2)(G)(iii)), from amounts attributable to Employer contributions made pursuant to the Participant’s elective deferrals described in Section Code 402(g)(3)(A), during the period beginning on the date the Participant is ordered or called to duty and ending at the close of the Participant's active duty period.

7.6     Withdrawal of Deferral Contributions for Participants in Uniformed Services

For purposes of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I), any Participant shall be treated as having been severed from employment during the period he or she is performing service in the uniformed services described in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A) while on active duty for a period of more than 30 days. If such a Participant elects to receive a distribution of Deferral Contributions, the Participant may not contribute any Deferral Contributions to the Plan during the six-month period beginning on the date of distribution.


ARTICLE VIII
LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

8.1     Amount Available

A Participant who is an Eligible Employee may borrow, by giving notice to the Trustee in the manner approved by the Plan Administrator and on approval by the Plan Administrator under such uniform rules as it shall adopt, an amount which is not less than $1,000 and, when added to the outstanding balance of any other loans to the Participant from the Plan, does not exceed the lesser of (a) 50% of the Vested Portion of the Participant' s Account, or (b) $50,000 reduced by the excess, if any, of (i) the highest outstanding balance of loans to the Participant from the Plan during the one year period ending on the day before the day the loan is made, over (ii) the outstanding balance of loans to the Participant from the Plan on the date on which the loan is made. A loan may be made from any portion of a Participant’s Account except Roth Contributions. The loan shall be made under such terms, security interest, and conditions as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate.

8.2     Terms

In addition to such rules and regulations as the Plan Administrator may adopt, all loans shall comply with the following terms and conditions:

43




(a)
An application for a loan by a Participant shall be made to the Plan Administrator, or to its designee, in the manner described in the Plan's loan policy, whose action in approving or disapproving the application shall be final.

(b)
Each loan shall be evidenced by a promissory note payable to the Plan and shall bear interest at a rate to be fixed by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall determine a reasonable rate of interest based on the prevailing interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made under similar circumstances. The interest rate shall remain fixed throughout the duration of the loan.

(c)
The period of repayment for any loan shall be arrived at by mutual agreement between the Plan Administrator and the Participant. That period shall not exceed five (5) years, except that a payment period of ten (10) years will be allowed if the loan is being used for the purchase of a principal residence of the Participant.

(d)
Payments of principal and interest will be made by payroll deductions or in a manner agreed to by the Participant and the Plan Administrator in substantially level amounts, but no less frequently than quarterly, in an amount sufficient to amortize the loan over the repayment period.

(e)
If a loan is not repaid in accordance with the terms contained in the promissory note and a default occurs, the Plan may execute upon its security interest in the Participant's Account under the Plan to satisfy the debt; however, amounts in a Participant's Account may not be offset and used to satisfy the payment of such loan (including interest) prior to the earliest time such amounts would otherwise be permitted to be distributed under applicable law.

8.3     General Administration

The Plan Administrator shall have the right to establish such policies and procedures as may be reasonable, necessa1y or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Article VIII.


ARTICLE IX
DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNTS UPON
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

9.1     Eligibility

Upon a Participant's Severance Date, the Vested Portion of the Participant's Account, as determined under Article VI, shall be distributed as provided in this Article.


44



9.2     Form of Distribution

Distribution of the Vested Portion of a Participant's Account shall be paid in a single lump sum payment, subject to the distribution limitations set out in Section 9.7.

9.3     Commencement of Payments

(a)
Unless a Participant elects otherwise, distribution of the Vested Portion of a Participant’s Account shall be made as soon as administratively practicable following the latest of: (i) the Participant's Severance Date; (ii) the sixty-fifth (65th) anniversary of the Participant's date of birth; or (iii) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date on which he or she became a Participant (but not more than sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of (i), (ii), or (iii) occurs). Notwithstanding the preceding, the failure of a Participant to elect to receive a distribution shall be deemed an election to defer the receipt of payment of the Vested Portion of the Participant’s Account until the Participant's required beginning date as described in Section 9.4, if later.

(b)
In lieu of a distribution as described in Section 9.3(a) above, a Participant may, in accordance with such procedures as the Plan Administrator shall prescribe, elect to have the distribution of the Vested Portion of his or her Account made as soon as administratively practicable after any Valuation Date coincident with or following his or her Severance Date which is before the date described in subsection (a) above.

(c)
Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b), beginning effective June 1, 2010, if the value of the Vested Portion of the Participant’s Account amounts to $5,000 or less, a lump sum payment shall automatically be made as soon as administratively practicable following the Participant’s Severance Date; provided, however, that in the event of an involuntary cash-out of benefits greater than $1,000, if the Participant does not elect to receive the distribution directly or to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover, then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designed by the Plan Administrator. For purposes of this Section 9.3(c), the value of the Vested Portion of the Participant’s Account shall be calculated by excluding any portion attributable to Rollover Contributions.

(d)
In the case of the death of a Participant before his or her benefits commence, the Vested Portion of his or her Account shall be distributed to his or her Beneficiary in one lump sum as soon as administratively practicable following the Participant’s date of death.


45



9.4     Minimum Distribution Requirements

(a)
General rules

(i)
Effective Date. The provisions of this Section 9.4 will apply for purposes of determining minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.

(ii)
Precedence. The requirements of this Section will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

(iii)
Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Plan as amended will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 40l(a)(9).

(b)
Time and Manner of Distribution

(i)
Required Beginning Date. The Participant's entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.

(ii)
Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, no later than as follows:

(A)
If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, then, except as otherwise elected under Section 9.4(f), distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Pa1ticipant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, if later.

(B)
If the Participant's surviving spouse is not the sole designated Beneficiary; then, except as otherwise elected under Section 9.4(f), distributions to the designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

(C)
If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant's entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(D)
If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the

46



Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 9.4(b)(2), other than Section 9.4(b)(2)(A), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

For purposes of this Section 9.4(b)(2) and Section 9.4(d), unless Section 9.4(b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date. If Section 9.4(b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 9.4(b)(2)(A). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant's surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 9.4(b)(2)(A)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

(iii)
Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 9.4(c) and (d). If the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 40l(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations.

(c)
Required Minimum Distributions During Participant's Lifetime

(i)
Amount of Required Minimum Distribution for Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant's lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

(A)
The quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section l.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant's age as of the Participant's birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

(B)
If the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant's spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section l.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse's attained ages as of the Participant's and spouse's birthdays in the distribution calendar year.


47



(ii)
Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 9.4(c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

(d)
Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death

(i)
Death On or After Date Distributions Begin

(A)
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

(1)
The Participant's remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(2)
If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse's age as of the spouse's birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse's death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse's birthday in the calendar year of the spouse's death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

(3)
If the Participant's surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the designated Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant's death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(B)
No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant's death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient

48



obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(ii)
Death Before Date Distributions Begin

(A)
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.4(f), if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant's designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 9.4(d)(i).

(B)
No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(C)
Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated    Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 9.4(b)(2)(A), this Section 9.4(d)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

(e)
Definitions

(i)
Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 1.5 of the Plan and is the designated Beneficiary under Code Section 40l(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury Regulations.

(ii)
Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant's required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 9.4(b)(2). The required minimum distribution for the

49



Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant's required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant's required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

(iii)
Life expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section l .401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) Participant's account balance. The account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation year.

(v)
Required beginning date. The "required beginning date" of a Participant is the later of the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 or retires, except that benefit distributions to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416) must commence by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains 70-1/2, even if such Participant has not retired.

(f)
Participants or Beneficiaries May Elect 5-Year Rule. Participants or Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule in Sections 9.4(b) and 9.4(d) apply to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under Section 9.4(b), or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, the surviving spouse's) death. If neither the Participant nor the Beneficiary makes an election under this Section 9.4(d), distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 9.4(b) and 9.4(d).

(g)
2009 Required Minimum Distributions. Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9.4, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code Section 401(a)(9)(H) ("2009 RMDs"), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include

50



the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years ("Extended 2009 RMDs"), will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence. A direct rollover will be offered only for distributions that would be eligible rollover distributions without regard to Code Section 40l(a)(9)(H).
9.5     Status of Accounts Pending Distribution
Until distributed under Section 9.3 or 9.4, the Account of a Participant who is entitled to a distribution shall continue to be invested as part of the Funds of the Plan.
9.6     Proof of Death and Right of Beneficiary or Other Person
The Plan Administrator may require and rely upon such proof of death and such evidence of the right of any Beneficiary or other person to receive the value of the Account of a deceased Pat1icipant as the Plan Administrator may deem proper, and its determination of the right of that Beneficiary or other person to receive payment shall be conclusive.
9.7     Distribution Limitation

(a)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX, all distributions from this Plan shall conform to the regulations issued under Code Section 401(a)(9), including the incidental death benefit provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). Further, such regulations shall override any Plan provision that is inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).

(b)
Payments shall be made in cash and shall not be made in kind (except as provided immediately below and in Section 9.8(b)(i) below); provided, however, that a Participant or Beneficiary may elect to have the portion of his or her Account that is invested in Employer Stock paid or transferred (pursuant to Section 9.8 below) in whole shares of Employer Stock with any balance (including fractional shares of Employer Stock) to be paid or transferred in cash. Conversions of Employer Stock to or from cash shall be based upon the value of the Employer Stock on the date the benefit payment is made.

9.8     Rollover Distributions

(a)
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this Section 9.8, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

51




(b)
Definitions. For purposes of Section 9.8(a) above, the following terms and phrases shall mean:

(i)
Eligible Rollover Distribution. An Eligible Rollover Distribution (as defined in Code Section 402(c)(4)) is any distribution, including in kind distributions of promissory notes for Plan loans, of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years of more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); the portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and, effective for distributions after December 31, 2001, any amount that is distributed on account of hardship.

(ii)
Eligible Retirement Plan. An Eligible Retirement Plan (as defined in Code Section 402(c)(8)(B)) is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a) that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. An Eligible Retirement Plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b), which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. An Eligible Retirement Plan includes a Roth individual retirement account described in Code Section 408A. The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall apply in the case of a distribution to any Distributee, including a surviving spouse, or a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

Effective for distributions after December 31, 2006, if, with respect to any portion of a distribution from an "eligible retirement plan" (as defined in Code Section 402(c)(8)(B)) of a deceased Participant, a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer is made to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity (as defined in Code Sections 402(c)(8)(B)(i) and (ii)) that is established for the purpose of receiving the distribution on behalf of an individual who is a designated beneficiary (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9)(E)) of the Participant and who is not the surviving spouse of the Participant,

52




(A)
the transfer shall be treated as an eligible rollover distribution for purposes of Code Section 402(c),

(B)
the individual retirement plan shall be treated as an inherited individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity (within the meaning of Code Section 408(d)(3)(C)), and

(C)
Code Section 401(a)(9)(B) (other than clause (iv) thereof) shall apply to such plan.

(iii)
Distributee. A Distributee includes an Employee, former Employee, or any individual designated as a Beneficiary by the Participant (as described in Code Section 401(a)(9)(E) and Treas. Reg. Section l.401(a)(9)-4 Q&A 1) who receives a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer pursuant to Code Section 402(c)(11). In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

(iv)
Direct Rollover. A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.


ARTICLE X
ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

10.1     Plan Administration

The general administration of the Plan and the responsibility for carrying out the provisions of the Plan shall be upon Chicago Bridge & Iron Company. Chicago Bridge & Iron Company shall be the "Plan Administrator" and the "Named Fiduciary" for the operation and administration of the Plan under the provisions of ERISA. In the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion, the Plan Administrator shall interpret the Plan's provisions and shall determine the eligibility of individuals for benefits. The Plan Administrator may appoint in its sole discretion a third-party administrator to act as administrator and to perform such duties as designated by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also engage such certified public accountants, actuaries, and other advisers and service providers, who may be accountants, actuaries, advisers or service providers for the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, as it shall require or may deem advisable for purposes of the Plan.


53



10.2     Service in More Than One Fiduciary Capacity
Any individual, entity, or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan and/or the Funds of the Plan.
10.3     Limitation of Liability
The Plan Sponsor, Employer, an Affiliated Employer, the directors of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, or any officer, employee, or agent of the Employer or Affiliated Employer shall not incur any liability individually or on behalf of any other individuals or on behalf of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer for any act or failure to act, made in good faith in relation to the Plan or the funds of the Plan. However, this limitation shall not act to relieve any such individual or the Employer from a responsibility or liability for any fiduciary responsibility, obligation, or duty under Part 4, Title I of ERISA.
10.4     Indemnification
The directors, officers, and employees of the Plan Sponsor, Employer or an Affiliated Employer shall be indemnified against any and all liabilities arising by reason of any act, or failure to act, in relation to the Plan or the funds of the Plan, including, without limitation, expenses reasonably inc1med in the defense of any claim relating to the Plan or the funds of the Plan, and amounts paid in any compromise or settlement relating to the Plan or the funds of the Plan, except for actions or failure to act made in bad faith. The foregoing indemnification shall be from the funds of the Plan to the extent of those funds and to the extent permitted under applicable law; otherwise from the assets of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer.
10.5     Appointment of Investment Manager
The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, appoint one or more investment managers (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(38)) to manage (including the power to acquire and dispose of) all or part of the assets of the Plan, as the Plan Administrator shall designate. In that event authority over and responsibility for the management of the assets so designated shall be the sole responsibility of that investment manager.

ARTICLE XI
MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS

11.1     Trust Agreement

All the Funds of the Plan shall be held by the Trustee appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors under a Trust Agreement adopted, or as amended, by the Board of Directors for use in providing the benefits of the Plan and paying its expenses not paid directly by the Employer. The Employer shall have no liability for the payment of benefits under the Plan or for the administration of the Funds paid over to the Trustee.


54



11.2     Exclusive Benefit Rule

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no part of the corpus or income of the Funds of the Plan shall be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan. No person shall have any interest in or right to any part of the earnings of the Funds of the Plan, or any right in, or to, any part of the assets held under the Plan, except as and to the extent expressly provided in the Plan.

11.3     Payment of Expenses

(a)
Except as provided in Section 11.3(b) below, all expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust, including but not limited to, legal, accounting, Trustee fees, expenses of the Plan Administrator, and the cost of furnishing any bond or security required of the Plan Administrator shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust, and, until paid, shall constitute a claim against the Trust which is paramount to the claims of Participants and Beneficiaries; provided, however, that (i) the obligation of the Trustee to pay such expenses from the Trust shall cease to exist to the extent such expenses are paid by the Employer and (ii) in the event the Trustee's compensation is to be paid, pursuant to this Section, from the Trust, any individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time pay from an employer or an association of employers whose employees are Participants in the Plan, or from an employee organization whose members are Participants in the Plan, shall not receive any additional compensation for serving as Trustee.    This Section shall be deemed to be a part of any contract to provide for expenses of Plan and Trust administration, whether or not the signatory to such contract is, as a matter of convenience, the Employer.

(b)
The Plan Administrator and any fiduciary under the Plan may charge against the Account of a Participant any actual and reasonable fees and expenses associated with the determination of eligibility of such Participant or his or her alternate payee for a distribution pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or pursuant to a request for a hardship withdrawal, or associated with the documentation and enforcement of any loan from the Plan.


ARTICLE XII
GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1     Non-alienation

Except as required by any applicable law, no benefit under the Plan shall in any manner be anticipated, assigned, or alienated, and any attempt to do so shall be void. However, payment shall be made in accordance with the provisions of any judgment, decree, or order which:


55



(a)
Creates for, or assigns to, a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant the right to receive all or a portion of the Participant’s benefits under the Plan for the purpose of providing child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to that spouse, child, or dependent;

(b)
Is made pursuant to a state domestic relations law;

(c)
Does not require the Plan to provide any type of benefit, or any option, not otherwise provided under the Plan; and

(d)
Otherwise meets the requirements of ERISA Section 206(d), as amended, as a "qualified domestic relations order" ("QDRO"), as determined by the Plan Administrator.

Any distribution due an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order may be made as soon as practicable following the earliest date specified in such order, even if the Participant has not terminated employment with the Employer or reached "earliest retirement age" as defined in Code Section 414(p)(4), or as otherwise permitted under such order pursuant to an agreement between the Plan and the alternate payee; provided, however, that if the amount of the distribution exceeds $5,000 and the order requires the alternate payee must consent to the distribution. Effective April 6, 2007, a domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements for a QDRO will not fail to be a QDRO: (a) solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or QDRO; or (b) solely because of the time at which the order is issued, including issuance after the annuity starting date or after the Participant's death.

12.2     Conditions of Employment Not Affected by Plan

The establishment of the Plan shall not confer any legal rights upon any Employee or other person for a continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the rights of the Employer to discharge any Employee and to treat him or her without regard to the effect which that treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant or potential Participant of the Plan.

12.3     Facility of Payment

If the Plan Administrator shall find that a Participant or other person entitled to a benefit is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident or is a minor, the Plan Administrator may direct that any benefit due him or her, unless claim shall have been made for the benefit by a duly appointed legal representative, be paid to his or her spouse, a child, a parent or other blood relative, or to a person with whom he or she resides. Any payment so made shall be a complete discharge of the liabilities of the Plan for that benefit.


56



12.4     Information

Each Participant, Beneficiary, or other person entitled to a benefit, before any benefit shall be payable to him or her or on his or her account under the Plan, shall file with the Plan Administrator the information that it shall require to establish his or her rights and benefits under the Plan.

12.5     Top-Heavy Provisions

(a)
The following definitions apply to the terms used in this Section:

(i)
"applicable determination date" means the last day of the later of the first Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year;

(ii)
"top-heavy ratio" means the ratio of (A) the value of the aggregate of the Accounts under the Plan for key employees to (B) the value of the aggregate of the Accounts under the Plan for all key employees and non-key employees;

(iii) "key employee" means, for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 21, 2002), a "5-percent owner" (as defined below) of the Employer, or a "1-percent owner" (as defined below) of the Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means Statutory Compensation as defined in Section 1.45. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(I) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

(iv)
"5-percent owner" means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possession more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer. "1-percent owner" means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possession more than one percent (1%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer.

In determining percentage ownership hereunder, Employers that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate Employers. However, in determining whether an individual receives annual compensation

57



of more than $150,000, compensation from each Employer required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) and (m) shall be taken into account;

(v)
"non-key employee" means any Employee who is not a key employee;

(vi)
"applicable Valuation Date" means the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the last day of the first Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year, whichever is applicable;

(vii)
"required aggregation group" means any other qualified plan(s) of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer in which there are members who are key employees or which enable(s) the Plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 40l(a)(4) or 410; and

(viii)
"permissive aggregation group" means each plan in the required aggregation group and any other qualified plan(s) of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer in which all members are non-key employees, if the resulting aggregation group continues to meet the requirements of Code Sections 40l(a)(4) and 410.

(b)
For purposes of this Section, the Plan shall be "top-heavy" with respect to any Plan Year if as of the applicable determination date the top-heavy ratio exceeds 60%. The top­ heavy ratio shall be determined as of the applicable Valuation Date in accordance with Code Section 416(g)(3) and (4) and Article V of this Plan, and shall take into account any contributions made after the applicable Valuation Date but before the last day of the Plan Year in which the applicable Valuation Date occurs. For purposes of determining whether the Plan is top-heavy, the Account balances under the Plan will be combined with the Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits under each other plan in the required aggregation group, and, in the Employer's discretion, may be combined with the Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits under any other qualified plan in the permissive aggregation group. Distributions made with respect to a Participant under the Plan during the five-year period ending on the applicable determination date shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratio; distributions under plans that terminated within such five-year period shall also be taken into account, if any such plan contained key employees and therefore would have been part of the required aggregation group. For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of Account balances of an Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or Disability, this provision shall be applied by

58



substituting "5-year period" for "1-year period." The accrued benefits and Account of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

(c)
For any Plan Year with respect to which the Plan is top-heavy, an additional Employer contribution shall be allocated on behalf of each Participant (and each Employee eligible to become a Participant) who is a non-key employee, and who has not separated from service as of the last day of the Plan Year, to the extent that the contributions made on his or her behalf under Sections 3.2 and 3.3 for the Plan Year (and not needed to meet the contribution percentage test set forth in Section 3.7(b)) would otherwise be less than 3% of his or her remuneration. However, if the greatest percentage of remuneration contributed on behalf of a key employee under Sections 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 for the Plan Year would be less than 3%, that lesser percentage shall be substituted for "3%" in the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.5(c), no minimum contribution shall be made under this Plan with respect to a Participant (or an employee eligible to become a Participant) if the required minimum benefit under Code Section 416(c)(1) is provided to him or her by any other qualified pension plan of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer. For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2). The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be made in another plan, such other plan.    

Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the Actual Contribution Percentage test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m).

12.6     Prevention of Escheat

If the Plan Administrator cannot ascertain the whereabouts of any person to whom a payment is due under the Plan, the Plan Administrator may, no earlier than three (3) years from the date such payment is due, mail a notice of such due and owing payment to the last known address of such person, as shown on the records of the Plan Administrator or the Employer. If such person has not made written claim therefor within three (3) months of the date of the mailing, the Plan Administrator may, if it so elects and upon receiving advice from counsel to the Plan, direct that such payment and all remaining payments otherwise due such person be canceled on the records of the Plan and the amount thereof applied to reduce the contributions of the Employer. Upon such cancellation, the Plan and the Trust shall have no further liability therefor except that, in the event such person or his or her Beneficiary later notifies the Plan Administrator of his or her whereabouts and requests the payment or payments due to him or her under the Plan, the amount so applied shall be paid to him or her in accordance with the provisions of the Plan applicable to the restoration of forfeitures.

59




12.7     Transfers of Trust Fund Assets

The Plan Administrator may make a transfer of liabilities and corresponding assets from the Trust Fund to trusts of plans of an Affiliated Employer and other plans qualified under Code Section 401(a), subject to Section 13.2. The Plan Administrator may accept a transfer of liabilities and corresponding assets from the trustees of plans of an Affiliated Employer and other plans qualified under Code Section 401(a). Any assets received under this Section shall thereafter constitute part of the corpus of the Trust Fund. All such transfers and allocations shall be made in accordance with ERISA.

12.8     Construction

(a)
The Plan shall be construed, regulated, and administered under ERISA and the laws of Louisiana, except where ERISA controls.

(b)
The masculine pronoun shall mean the feminine wherever appropriate and vice versa, and the singular shall mean the plural wherever appropriate and vice versa.

(c)
The titles and headings of the Articles and Sections in this Plan are for convenience only. In the case of ambiguity or inconsistency, the text rather than the titles or headings shall control.

12.9     USERRA Compliance

(a)
Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

(b)
Loan repayments may be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4).

12.10     Death Benefits Under USERRA-Qualified Active Military Service

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the case of a Participant who dies on or after January 1, 2007 while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.


60



12.11     Qualified Hurricane Disaster Relief
This Section 12.11 reflects the amendment of the Plan to implement any and all relief that is made available with respect to Plan distributions and loans by IRS Announcement 2005-70, the Katrina Emergency Tax Relief Act of 2005 ("KETRA") and the Gulf Opportunity Zone Act of 2005 ("GOZA"). This amendment shall be interpreted in accordance with Code Section l400Q and Announcement 2005-70, which are incorporated herein by reference, and all other applicable and related IRS guidance, including, but not limited to, Notice 2005-92. This amendment, which is effective as of the effective dates and for the periods set forth in Code Section 1400Q and Announcement 2005-70, shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent, and for the periods, that those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.

ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT, MERGER, AND TERMINATION

13.1     Amendment of Plan

Chicago Bridge & Iron Company reserves the right at any time and from time to time, and retroactively if deemed necessary or appropriate, to amend in whole or in part any or all of the provisions of the Plan by duly adopted resolution; provided, however, that amendments to the Plan which do not have a significant cost impact on the Employer and amendments necessary to acquire and maintain the qualified status of the Plan under the Code, whether or not retroactive, may be made by Chicago Bridge & Iron Company. However, no amendment shall make it possible for any part of the Funds of the Plan to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of persons entitled to benefits under the Plan. No amendment shall be made which has the effect of decreasing the balance of the Account of any Participant or of reducing the non-forfeitable percentage of the balance of the Account of a Participant below the non-forfeitable percentage computed under the Plan as in effect on the date on which the amendment is adopted or, if later, the date on which the amendment becomes effective.

13.2     Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer

The Plan may not be merged or consolidated with, and its assets or liabilities may not be transferred to, any other plan unless each person entitled to benefits under the Plan would, if the resulting plan were then terminated, receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer if the Plan had then terminated.

13.3     Additional Participating Employers

(a)
If any company is or becomes an Affiliated Employer, the Board of Directors may include the employees of that Affiliated Employer in the membership of the Plan

61



upon appropriate action by that company necessary to adopt the Plan. In that event, or if any persons become Employees of the Employer as the result of merger or consolidation or as the result of acquisition of all or part of the assets or business of another company, the Board of Directors shall determine to what extent, if any, previous service with the Affiliated Employer shall be recognized under the Plan, but subject to the continued qualification of the Trust for the Plan as tax-exempt under the Code.

(b)
Any Affiliated Employer may terminate its participation in the Plan upon appropriate action by it. In that event the Funds of the Plan held on account of Participants in the employ of that company, and any unpaid balances of the Accounts of all Participants who have separated from the employ of that company, shall be determined by the Plan Administrator. Those Funds shall be distributed as provided in Section 13.4 if the Plan should be terminated, or shall be segregated by the Trustee as a separate trust, pursuant to ce1tification to the Trustee by the Plan Administrator, continuing the Plan as a separate plan for the employees of that company under which the board of directors of that company shall succeed to all the powers and duties of the Board of Directors.

13.4     Termination of Plan

(a)
The Board of Directors, by duly adopted resolution, may terminate the Plan in whole or in part, or completely discontinue contributions under the Plan, for any reason at any time.
In case of termination or partial termination of the Plan, or complete discontinuance of Employer contributions to the Plan, the rights of affected Participants to their Accounts under the Plan as of the date of the termination or discontinuance shall be non-forfeitable. The total amount in each Participant' s Account shall be distributed, as the Plan Administrator shall direct, to him or her or for his or her benefit or continued in trust for his or her benefit.
(b)
Upon termination of the Plan, Deferral Contributions, with earnings thereon, shall be distributed to Participants as soon as administratively practicable, provided that (i) neither the Employer nor an Affiliated Employer establishes or maintains an alternative defined contribution plan within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(4)(i), and (ii) payment is made to the Participant in the form of a lump sum.
Executed this _____ day of December, 2013.
CHICAGO BRIDGE & IRON COMPANY

By_______________________________________
                            
Title______________________________________

62



Exhibit 21.1
LIST OF SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
 
 
Subsidiary or Affiliate
  
Jurisdiction in which
Incorporated or Organized
CB&I Holdings B.V.
  
The Netherlands
Lealand Finance Company B.V.
  
The Netherlands
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company B.V.
  
The Netherlands
Arabian CBI Ltd.
  
Saudi Arabia
Arabian CBI Tank Manufacturing Company Ltd.
  
Saudi Arabia
CBI Constructors Pty. Ltd.
  
Australia
CBI Constructors (PNG) Pty. Ltd.
  
Papua New Guinea
CBI Constructors S.A. (Proprietary) Limited
  
South Africa
CB&I Finance Company Limited
  
Ireland
CBI Holdings (U.K.) Limited
  
United Kingdom
CBI Constructors Limited
  
United Kingdom
CB&I UK Limited
  
United Kingdom
CBI (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
  
Malaysia
CBI Montajes de Chile Limitada
  
Chile
CB&I (Nigeria) Limited
  
Nigeria
CB&I Oil & Gas Europe B.V.
  
The Netherlands
CB&I Nederland B.V.
  
The Netherlands
CB&I GmbH
  
Germany
Lummus Novolen Technology GmbH
  
Germany
Lummus Technology Heat Transfer B.V.
  
The Netherlands
CB&I s.r.o.
  
Czech Republic
CBI Peruana S.A.C.
  
Peru
CBI (Philippines) Inc.
  
Philippines
CBI Venezolana S.A.
  
Venezuela
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company (Egypt) LLC
  
Egypt
CMP Holdings B.V.
  
The Netherlands
CB&I Europe B.V.
  
The Netherlands
Horton CBI, Limited
  
Canada
P.T. Chicago Bridge & Iron (1)
  
Indonesia
 
 
Chicago Bridge & Iron (Antilles) N.V.
  
Netherland Antilles
Arabian Gulf Material Supply Company Ltd.
  
Cayman Islands
CBI Eastern Anstalt
  
Liechtenstein
Oasis Supply Company Anstalt
  
Liechtenstein
CB&I Hungary Holding LLC (CBI Hungary Kft)
  
Hungary
CBI Overseas, LLC
  
Delaware
Southern Tropic Material Supply Company, Ltd.
  
Cayman Islands





 
 
 
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company
  
Delaware
The Shaw Group Inc.
 
Louisiana
CB&I Stone & Webster, Inc.
 
Louisiana
CB&I Inc.
  
Texas
CBI Americas Ltd.
  
Delaware
CB&I Tyler Company
  
Delaware
CB&I Paddington Limited
  
United Kingdom
CB&I London
  
United Kingdom
CB&I Woodlands L.L.C.
  
Delaware
CBI Services, Inc.
  
Delaware
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company
  
Illinois
Asia Pacific Supply Co.
  
Delaware
CBI Caribe, Ltd.
  
Delaware
CBI Company Ltd.
  
Delaware
Constructora C.B.I. Limitada
  
Chile
Central Trading Company Ltd.
  
Delaware
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company (Delaware)
  
Delaware
CSA Trading Company, Ltd.
  
Delaware
Lummus Technology Inc.
  
Delaware
Lummus Catalyst Company Ltd.
  
Delaware
 
(1)
Unconsolidated affiliate
In addition, Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. has multiple other consolidated subsidiaries providing similar contracting services outside the United States, the number of which changes from time to time depending upon business opportunities and work locations.




Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-64442) pertaining to the 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.,
(2)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-156004) pertaining to the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.,
(3)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-87081) pertaining to the 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.,
(4)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-39975) pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (1997) of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.,
(5)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-24443) pertaining to the Management Defined Contribution Stock Incentive Plan of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.,
(6)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-24445) pertaining to the Long-Term Incentive Plan of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.,
(7)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-33199) pertaining to the Savings Plan of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.,
(8)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-159182) pertaining to the 2009 Amendment to the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.,
(9)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-159183) pertaining to the 2009 Amendment to the 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.,
(10)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-182223) pertaining to the Common Stock, Senior Debt Securities, Subordinated Debt Securities and Warrants of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.,
(11)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-186996) pertaining to The Shaw Group Inc. 1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, The Shaw Group Inc. The Shaw Group Inc. 2001 Employee Incentive Compensation Plan, The Shaw Group Inc. 2005 Non-Employee Director Stock Incentive Plan, The Shaw Group Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
of our reports dated February 27, 2014 , with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company, N.V., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. for the year ended December 31, 2013 .
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Houston, Texas
February 27, 2014




Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13A-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Philip K. Asherman, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Philip K. Asherman
Philip K. Asherman
Principal Executive Officer
Date: February 27, 2014




Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13A-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Ronald A. Ballschmiede, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/ Ronald A. Ballschmiede
Ronald A. Ballschmiede
Principal Financial Officer
Date: February 27, 2014




Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with this Annual Report of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Philip K. Asherman, Principal Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ Philip K. Asherman
Philip K. Asherman
Principal Executive Officer

Date: February 27, 2014




Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with this Annual Report of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ronald A. Ballschmiede, Principal Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ Ronald A. Ballschmiede
Ronald A. Ballschmiede
Principal Financial Officer

Date: February 27, 2014